Docstoc

AM-Req - TN.gov

Document Sample
AM-Req - TN.gov Powered By Docstoc
					State of Tennessee                                                                                                                    RFP 317.03-134
Project Edison
                                      FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                        10/21/05




   Requirements Matrix Instructions

   Proposers must indicate whether their proposed offering meets the listed requirements by providing a response to each individual requirement
   using the legend that follows. Areas that are grayed out represent information provided to structure or add context to the requirements and a
   response code should not be entered. Any requirements that are left blank, or requirements for which responses other than the responses
   listed below are given, will be evaluated as an "N".

   Y – Standard Function
   The proposed software provides the requested functionality (data entry, inquiry, report, form, etc.) without screen, code, or design changes.
   The proposed product can satisfy the requirement without any modification to the standard baseline software offering. Only use Y if the
   software fully meets the requirement. Vendors should not be tempted to answer “Y” to all questions to ensure higher compliance.

   M – Modification Required
   Screen, code, or design modifications must be made to the standard offering to satisfy the specified requirement. A brief explanation must be
   required to explain any proposed modification. Explanations must be provided in the “Comments” section of the matrix. The explanation must
   include an assessment of the impact of the modifications on system performance. The fixed fee cost proposal must include the cost associated
   with all “M” responses including design, coding, testing, installation, and all other costs associated with the modification.

   N – Cannot Meet Requirement
   The requirement is not available as existing functionality and a modification is not being proposed.

   Q – Query Report/Inquiry
   The proposed solution cannot satisfy the reporting/inquiry requirement in the standard baseline software offering as delivered; however, the
   requirement can be met through the development of a query report using proposed ad hoc reporting tools.




RFP Attachment 6.8                                                    Instructions                                                                 i
State of Tennessee                                                                                                     RFP 317.03-134
Project Edison
                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                             10/21/05




                                                       Asset Management

                Asset management includes the ability to monitor and track leased, capitalized, and non-
                capitalized assets. Specific areas of functionality include:

                        Asset creation
                        Asset maintenance including transfers
                        Depreciation
                        Asset retirement




                Additional Information:

                        The ability to produce reports in accordance with GASB 34 for inclusion with the
                         Consolidated Annual Financial Report for land, building, roads, bridges and infrastructure.
                        Allows the agencies to track other items as needed including sensitive items and other
                         controlled assets




RFP Attachment 6.8                                           Introduction                                                          ii
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                         RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                   FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                       10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                          N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                         Q - Custom Report/Query



 Reference                                                                                              Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                    Business Requirements                                      Response                   Comments                   Modify
                                  Asset Management General Requirements
AM 1.00         System provides for online entry and maintenance of fixed asset records, and
                properly accounts for assets in accordance with State's chart of accounts
                (i.e., by fund, department, organization, program, etc.).
AM 2.00         Asset Management module is fully integrated with all relevant modules
                including, but not limited to the following:
AM   2.01            General Ledger
AM   2.02            Project Management
AM   2.03            Purchasing
AM   2.04            Inventory
AM   2.05            Plant Maintenance
AM   2.06            Fleet Management
AM   2.07            Personnel Administration
AM   2.08            Accounts Payable
AM   3.00       System maintains pertinent data on both capitalized and non-capitalized
                assets which can be either portable or non-portable as follows:
AM 3.01            Capitalize assets based upon a user-specified amount threshold by asset
                   type
AM 3.02            Track assets (non-capitalized equipment) that are not to be capitalized per
                   State policy but have been deemed to be secured by State or department
                   policy (e.g., mobile phones)
AM 4.00         System technical design allows for modification of asset capitalization and
                control rules per State and agency policy as necessary, (i.e., no hard coding
                of rules).
AM 5.00         At a minimum, System provides the following Asset Management
                functionality:
AM   5.01            Additions
AM   5.02            Changes
AM   5.03            Deletions/Disposals/Theft
AM   5.04            Reverse previous transactions, including depreciation
AM   5.05            Transfers
AM   5.06            Inquires
AM   5.07            Betterments

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                Asset Management Requirements                                                        AM1
   State of Tennessee                                                                                                                            RFP # 317.03-134
   Project Edison
                                                   FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                        10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                           N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                          Q - Custom Report/Query



 Reference                                                                                               Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                    Business Requirements                                       Response                   Comments                   Modify
AM 5.08            Depreciation
AM 5.09            Amortization (of leases)
AM 6.00        System security is able to limit the Asset Management functions based on the
               access granted to users by each agency.
AM 7.00        System provides the ability to generate "mass" asset transactions (such as
               mass additions, mass disposals, mass transfers and mass changes) by user-
               defined criteria, with proper security/authority.
AM 8.00        System supports a physical location hierarchy (i.e., parent/child relationship)
               of at least four levels. For example, (1) a parcel of land can have multiple
               buildings on it, and each building can have multiple rooms, etc., and (2) a
               piece of equipment can be comprised of multiple component levels.

AM 9.00        System provides the ability to link accounting activity (e.g., asset movement,
               depreciation, etc.) relating to a room's in a building and its contents to a cost
               center, fund, department, grant or division.
AM 10.00       Physical layout of facilities can be graphically depicted along with the bar-
               code number of each physical area (e.g., office, storage room, etc.).
AM 11.00       System supports Geographic Information Systems (GIS) technology for
               locating and tracking assets.
AM 12.00       System supports Global Positioning System (GPS) technology for locating
               and tracking assets.
AM 13.00       System supports I.D. Tag technology for locating and tracking assets.
AM 14.00       System supports Low Orbiting Satellite technology for locating and tracking
               assets.
AM 15.00       System provides the ability to attach electronic documents (including photos)
               to an asset record.
AM 16.00       System provides for integration between the General Ledger module and
               Asset Management module to identify expenditure transactions as capitalized
               assets when items meet user-defined criteria. One example: capitalize if
               greater than $5,000 and controlled by a specific GL account.
AM 17.00       System provides the ability to specify an effective/posting date for all
               transactions as long as the associated accounting period is still open
               (transactions can only be applied to open fiscal periods).

    RFP Attachment 6.8                                                  Asset Management Requirements                                                        AM2
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                           RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                    FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                        10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                            N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                           Q - Custom Report/Query



 Reference                                                                                                Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                     Business Requirements                                       Response                   Comments                   Modify
                                    Asset Additions and Maintenance
AM 18.00        System provides the ability to carry forward relevant purchasing, descriptive,
                invoice and accounting information as a starting point for recording the asset.

AM 19.00        System integration with Plant Maintenance, Fleet Management, Personnel
                Administration, and Inventory modules provides the ability to carry forward
                relevant asset information to those modules.
AM   20.00      System tracks the following categories of assets:
AM   20.01          Land
AM   20.02          Buildings
AM   20.03          Leasehold improvements
AM   20.04          Equipment
AM   20.05          Furniture and fixtures
AM   20.06          Vehicles
AM   20.07          Trailers
AM   20.08          Capitalized leases
AM   20.09          Construction in progress
AM   20.10          Infrastructure
AM   20.11          Sensitive/Controlled equipment
AM   20.12          Data processing equipment (i.e. pc's, printers, servers, etc.)
AM   20.13          Other user-defined categories
AM   21.00      System provides the ability to support multiple user defined asset types.
AM   22.00      System provides a table to be used for establishing and associating standard
                asset descriptive data for all assets. The standard asset descriptive data
                from this table reduces and standardizes data entry and reporting.

AM 23.00        System allows for a free-form narrative long description of each asset item.

AM 24.00        System allows for identification of users of assets, in addition to recording
                property custodian.
AM 25.00        System is able to automatically create and assign an asset number to a
                single item or multiple items purchased


     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                  Asset Management Requirements                                                        AM3
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                        RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                   FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                      10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                         N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                        Q - Custom Report/Query



 Reference                                                                                             Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                    Business Requirements                                     Response                   Comments                   Modify
AM 26.00        System allows an asset number to be made up of two parts, a user-definable
                prefix and a system generated sequence number.
AM 27.00        System provides the ability to assign an asset number manually.
AM 28.00        System provides the ability to track the detailed cost for each item which
                makes up a whole asset.
AM 29.00        System provides the ability to store up to 10 different asset
                numbers/references for assembled assets.
AM 30.00        System allows the ability to change the asset number/reference and retain all
                associated information and history.
AM 31.00        System maintains detailed property information required to identify, properly
                account for, and safeguard all assets, including but not limited to the
                following:
AM   31.01           Asset number
AM   31.02           Property tag number (inventory control number)
AM   31.03           User defined fields (at least 30)
AM   31.04           Property Officer
AM   31.05           Location segments (minimum of six)
AM   31.06           Building address including but not limited to city, county and state.
AM   31.07           Multiple organizational ownership information (including assets loaned
                     to/from other entities)
AM   31.08           CFDA (multiple)
AM   31.09           Budget item
AM   31.10           Encumbrance number
AM   31.11           Purchasing document number (multiple)
AM   31.12           Asset acquisition date
AM   31.13           Asset acquisition source code (user-defined)
AM   31.14           In-service date
AM   31.15           Asset condition
AM   31.16           Asset type
AM   31.17           Delivery date
AM   31.18           Payment document number (e.g. warrant number)
AM   31.19           Asset status (e.g., inactive)
AM   31.20           Unit cost/value

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                               Asset Management Requirements                                                        AM4
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                         RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                    FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                      10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                          N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                         Q - Custom Report/Query



 Reference                                                                                              Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                     Business Requirements                                     Response                   Comments                   Modify
AM   31.21           Value basis
AM   31.22           Trade-in credit
AM   31.23           Item classification code (user-defined) with multiple sub-class codes
AM   31.24           Insured value/insurance information
AM   31.25           Vendor number, name
AM   31.26           Asset descriptive information
AM   31.27           Manufacturer number, name
AM   31.28           Model year
AM   31.29           Model number
AM   31.30           Operator ID
AM   31.31           Contact information
AM   31.32           Salvage value
AM   31.33           Serial number
AM   31.34           License number (if applicable)
AM   31.35           Employee name (as established in human resources module) for
                     employee to which asset is assigned to (if applicable)
AM 31.36             Employee number (as established in Human Resources module) for
                     employee to which asset is assigned to (if applicable)
AM 31.37             Driver license number of the State employee asset is assigned to (if
                     applicable)
AM   31.38           Warranty/maintenance information
AM   31.39           Maintenance company
AM   31.40           Betterments
AM   31.41           Disposal information
AM   31.42           Lease asset information (if applicable)
AM   31.43           Estimated useful life
AM   31.44           Estimated residual value (trade-in value)
AM   31.45           Replacement cost – This field can be updated as needed by users
AM   31.46           Depreciation schedule (method and life)
AM   31.47           Depreciation convention (beginning of month, half-year, mid-month, etc.)

AM 31.48           Budget year (from which asset was purchased)
AM 32.00        System provides an audit trail of all changes made to asset records.

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                Asset Management Requirements                                                        AM5
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                           RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                    FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                        10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                            N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                           Q - Custom Report/Query



 Reference                                                                                                Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                     Business Requirements                                       Response                   Comments                   Modify
AM 33.00        System provides the ability to adjust original cost/value at any time,
                irrespective of fiscal year boundaries, with proper security authorization.
AM 34.00        System provides for the addition and maintenance of assets obtained through
                non-expenditure transactions (e.g., gifts, donations, eminent domain).

AM 35.00        System is able to copy an asset record to create a similar asset record.
AM 36.00        System is able to link component units in a parent/child relationship whereby
                each component (i.e., land, betterments, etc.) maintains a financial life of its
                own.
AM 37.00        Users are able to correct discrepancies in asset records by overriding initially
                loaded information (received from General Ledger, Accounts Payable and
                Purchasing modules) with proper security authorization.
AM 38.00        In addition to asset information listed previously, system maintains detailed
                property information required to identify, properly account for and safeguard
                State lands, including but not limited to the following:
AM   38.01          Legal description per survey
AM   38.02          Property's full address
AM   38.03          Acquisition information
AM   38.04          Number of acres
AM   38.05          Value per acre
AM   38.06          Fair market value
AM   38.07          Cost per acre (multiple)
AM   38.08          Deed information
AM   38.09          Options to purchase property
AM   38.10          Geographic Information System technology location (latitude and
                    longitude)
AM   38.11          Flood plane designations
AM   38.12          Other user-defined fields
AM   38.13          Mapping (e.g. images, plots)
AM   39.00      System provides the ability to record insurance information including:
AM   39.01          Insurance company name
AM   39.02          Insurance company address
AM   39.03          Insurable value

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                  Asset Management Requirements                                                        AM6
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                          RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                    FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                       10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                           N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                          Q - Custom Report/Query



 Reference                                                                                               Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                    Business Requirements                                       Response                   Comments                   Modify
AM   39.04          Policy number
AM   39.05          Policy period (term)
AM   39.06          Type of coverage
AM   39.07          Liability limits
AM   39.08          Premium
AM   39.09          Other user-defined fields
AM   40.00      System provides the ability to store a minimum of three different accounting
                entries in accordance with State's chart of accounts (i.e., by fund, department,
                organization, program, etc.).
AM   40.01          Funding sources (multiple)
AM   40.02          Ownership
AM   40.03          Billing or cost recovery (multiple)
AM   41.00      During mass additions process, user can split asset record entries for
                identical items and then assign separate property tag/inventory control
                numbers (e.g., purchase of 20 identical personal computers).
AM 42.00        System provides the ability to transfer fixed assets within or between
                organizations at the individual asset level and to generate the appropriate
                accounting entries.
AM 43.00        System provides the ability to maintain information about the condition of the
                asset (e.g., good, idle, obsolete, broken, etc.).
AM 44.00        System provides the ability to generate notification to appropriate parties
                upon employee separation from State service that assets assigned to
                employees must be returned.
AM 45.00        System supports multiple organization asset ownership for each property
                item. (Many organization units or funds may finance an asset).
AM 46.00        System tracks assets purchased with various funding sources (i.e., grants).

                                  Asset Disposition, Retirement, and Theft
AM 47.00        System can generate either financial or memo transactions to the General
                Ledger to reflect the financial impact of asset dispositions and should
                automatically compute the gain/loss associated with a disposal.
AM 48.00        System allows for recording of the following information related to disposals,
                trade-ins, missing, lost or stolen assets:

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                 Asset Management Requirements                                                        AM7
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                           RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                    FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                        10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                            N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                           Q - Custom Report/Query



 Reference                                                                                                Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                     Business Requirements                                       Response                   Comments                   Modify
AM   48.01           Property tag / inventory control number
AM   48.02           Reporting individual
AM   48.03           Date of occurrence or date first noticed missing
AM   48.04           Description of circumstances surrounding the disappearance/disposition

AM   48.05           Steps taken to locate item
AM   48.06           Disposal date
AM   48.07           Disposal amount
AM   48.08           Disposal method
AM   48.09           Disposal type
AM   48.10           Police report information (multiple jurisdictions)
AM   48.11           Electronic documents (including images and photos)
AM   48.12           Comptroller report information
AM   49.00      System provides the ability to track replacement needs for assets. Tracks
                estimated useful life and provides electronic notification to users when useful
                life threshold is nearing.
AM 50.00        System provides the ability to allow the application of indices and/or factors to
                historical costs to asset's to update the replacement cost data.
AM 51.00        System records grant asset dispositions and proceeds of sales which
                integrate with the Grants Management module.
AM 52.00        System has the ability to attach grant expiration date to asset and notify users
                when expiration date is imminent.
AM 53.00        System provides the ability to flag assets with disposal restrictions and
                display the restriction message for user handling (e.g., federal grant items
                that must be returned to the federal government).
                                                Surplus Property
AM 54.00        System provides the ability to split and distribute the proceeds of an asset
                disposition including accounting distribution information.
AM 55.00        System provides the ability to establish an electronic approval path for
                dispositions.
AM 56.00        System provides the ability of owning agency to change the asset status to
                "surplus".
AM 57.00        System provides the ability to transfer ownership to retired status.

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                  Asset Management Requirements                                                        AM8
   State of Tennessee                                                                                                                           RFP # 317.03-134
   Project Edison
                                                   FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                       10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                          N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                         Q - Custom Report/Query



 Reference                                                                                              Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                                       Response                   Comments                   Modify
AM 58.00       System should provide ability to support electronic advertisement of items for
               sale (e.g., on the web) to designated customers.
AM 59.00       System supports receipt of bid responses through electronic means.
AM 60.00       If bid opening date and time has expired, the system must prohibit the
               acceptance of a bid through electronic means.
AM 61.00       System should support the publishing of surplus properties to be sold to a
               common State web site.
AM 62.00       System maintains a file of customers that commonly bid on surplused
               properties.
AM 63.00       System should provide a field that indicates the condition of the item.
AM 64.00       System should provide the ability to maintain multiple individual bin locations
               for any item within any storeroom while retaining ownership information for
               each individual item.
AM 65.00       System should allow for sale of items via sealed bid and perform bid
               tabulations to show highest bidder.
AM 66.00       System should allow for grouping of items into lots for sale while retaining
               specific item owner information.
AM 67.00       System should allow for recording of sale price received when item is sold.

AM 68.00       System produces a bill of sale that includes dollar amount cost and item
               number.
AM 69.00       System provides a report of items sold that are greater than a user specified
               dollar amount.
AM 70.00       System should provide for interfacing to/from-banking systems for credit card
               authorizations and check verifications, integrating with the relevant financial
               modules.
AM 71.00       System provides the ability to process the disposition of donated federal
               property, including:
AM 71.01           Ability to treat proceeds as program income
AM 71.02           Ability to generate federal reporting: GSA 3040
                                                 Depreciation




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                                 Asset Management Requirements                                                        AM9
   State of Tennessee                                                                                                                           RFP # 317.03-134
   Project Edison
                                                   FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                       10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                          N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                         Q - Custom Report/Query



 Reference                                                                                              Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                    Business Requirements                                      Response                   Comments                   Modify
AM 72.00       System can generate either financial or memo transactions to the General
               Ledger for capital asset depreciation expense in specified funds.

AM 73.00       System provides the option to process depreciation on-line or in a batch
               process.
AM 74.00       System provides the following depreciation functionality:
AM 74.01          Provide depreciation schedules on fixed assets
AM 74.02          Generate monthly depreciation by asset for any element in the
                  classification structure
AM 74.03          Automatically calculate depreciation in accordance with the depreciation
                  method and convention where designated for an asset
AM 74.04          Maintain multiple asset basis values for each asset if desired, utilizing
                  industry-standard depreciation methods
AM 74.05          Automatically charge depreciation to multiple chart of accounts for split-
                  ownership assets
AM 75.00       System supports user-defined time periods for recording depreciation.
AM 76.00       System allows for multiple depreciation schedules to be applied to an asset to
               support separate depreciation reporting requirements.
AM 77.00       System allows for changing asset useful life, value basis, salvage value, and
               depreciation method when necessary, and automatically recalculating
               depreciation expense in accordance with such changes, with proper security
               authorization.
AM 78.00       System provides the ability to simulate depreciation calculations for individual
               assets or group of assets without being required to post the results.

AM 79.00       System provides allocation tables which can be user-defined to allocate asset
               cost and depreciation expense.
AM 80.00       System provides the ability to store an acquisition date and a depreciation-
               start date and the dates do not have to be the same date.
AM 81.00       System provides multiple depreciation methods including, but not limited to:

AM 81.01            Straight Line
AM 81.02            Declining Balance

    RFP Attachment 6.8                                                 Asset Management Requirements                                                        AM10
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                          RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                    FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                       10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                           N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                          Q - Custom Report/Query



 Reference                                                                                               Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                     Business Requirements                                      Response                   Comments                   Modify
AM   81.03         Sum of the Years Digits
AM   81.04         User Defined
AM   82.00      System prevents the depreciating of an asset's value below zero.
AM   83.00      System provides the ability to record different conventions for depreciable
                assets such as beginning of month, half year, mid-month, etc.
AM 84.00        System provides the ability to allow depreciation methods to be changed for
                an asset or group of assets, to depreciate the assets for the balance of the
                asset's useful life.
AM 85.00        System provides the ability to allow some assets to be designated as non-
                depreciable (i.e., land, CIP, roadways, bridges).
                                               Physical Inventory
AM 86.00        System provides a fully integrated bar-code technology for physical inventory
                tagging upon acquisition/purchase and annual inventory certification's).

AM 87.00        System provides ability to create a scanned record file from bar-coding for
                comparison to fixed asset and portable equipment records.
AM 88.00        System is able to update asset location information and “last inventoried
                date” for each scanned asset based on scanned data.
AM 89.00        System provides the ability to report and adjust variances between system
                amounts and physical counts.
AM 90.00        System is able to generate customized bar-coded labels for asset
                identification (inventory control and property number tags), including building
                floor and room information.
AM 91.00        System provides the ability to enter data manually in addition to using bar
                coding technology.
                                                 Capital Projects
AM 92.00        System is able to identify/record all capitalize costs associated with the
                construction or purchase/acquisition of an asset.
AM 93.00        System identifies, records and depreciates betterments associated with an
                asset, including optional unique identification of betterments associated with
                component units.
AM 94.00        System provides complete integration with Project Accounting module.


     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                 Asset Management Requirements                                                        AM11
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                        RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                       10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                         N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                        Q - Custom Report/Query



 Reference                                                                                             Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                                      Response                   Comments                   Modify
AM 95.00        System provides the ability to capture activity/costs resulting from several
                State agencies working concurrently on a project.
AM 96.00        System provides the ability to produce notification of project status (e.g.,
                completed) based upon user-defined criteria.
AM 97.00        System captures and maintains construction work in progress information
                and provides the ability to recognize fixed/capital assets when they are
                completed, regardless of whether the project has been completed.
                                                      Leases
AM 98.00        System tracks assets in accordance with the requirements of FASB
                Statement No. 13: Accounting for Leases, as amended, and GASB
                Statement No. 13: Accounting for Operating Leases with Scheduled Rent
                Increases , including (but not limited to):
AM 98.01            Recording of the capital lease or operating lease and the corresponding
                    leasehold improvements
AM   98.02          Tracking lease payments
AM   98.03          Periodic cost recognition
AM   98.04          Tracking lessee and lessor
AM   98.05          Tracking facility accessibility and responsible party for making
                    accessibility modifications (lessee or lessor)
AM   98.06          Tracking rental income
AM   98.07          Tracking purchase options
AM   98.08          Tracking lease terms
AM   98.09          Tracking lease type (e.g., capital, operating, etc.)
AM   98.10          Tracking schedule of lease payments
AM   99.00      System is able to differentiate between leased assets and purchased assets.

AM 100.00 System facilitates determination of FASB 13 and GASB 13 lease type (i.e.,
          capital, operating, etc.) based on terms and conditions of lease agreement.

AM 101.00 System provides the ability to perform lease/purchase comparative analyses.

AM 102.00 System provides the ability to record the transfer of leases to the State.


     RFP Attachment 6.8                                               Asset Management Requirements                                                        AM12
   State of Tennessee                                                                                                                       RFP # 317.03-134
   Project Edison
                                               FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                       10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                      N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                     Q - Custom Report/Query



 Reference                                                                                          Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                 Business Requirements                                     Response                   Comments                   Modify
AM 103.00 System functionality includes processing leases from a lessee's and a
          lessor's perspective.
AM 104.00 System provides the ability to amortize leases in compliance with FASB 13
          and GASB 13.
AM 105.00 System supports changes required due to lease amendments.
AM 106.00 System provides complete integration of lease functionality with Project
          Management module.
AM 107.00 System provides the ability to automatically generate a notification that a
          lease is going to expire within a certain number of days as specified by the
          user.
AM 108.00 System should provide the ability to send an electronic notification if lease is
          terminated.
AM 109.00 System is able to maintain lease payment schedules.
                                  Asset Warranties and Service
AM 110.00 System should provide the ability to maintain online maintenance history
          information for assets, by type of asset.
AM 111.00 System should be able to maintain warranty/service agreement information
          for assets, by type of asset.
AM 112.00 System should support hyperlinks to the vendor’s web site to reference asset
          maintenance and warranty information.
AM 113.00 Authorized staff should be able to inquire on maintenance and service
          information through the entry of a property tag/inventory control number.
AM 114.00 System is able to record and track regular/preventive maintenance performed
          on selected assets.
                                             Buildings
AM 115.00 System maintains user-defined information on buildings pertinent to
          insurance underwriting including the following:
AM 115.01     Construction type
AM 115.02     Year built
AM 115.03     Fire protection class
AM 115.04     Sprinkler
AM 115.05     Housekeeping
AM 115.06     Square footage

    RFP Attachment 6.8                                             Asset Management Requirements                                                        AM13
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                    RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                               FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                      10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                     N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                    Q - Custom Report/Query



 Reference                                                                                         Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                 Business Requirements                                    Response                   Comments                   Modify
AM   115.07      Exposure
AM   115.08      Exposure hazard
AM   115.09      Heating type
AM   115.10      Building value on replacement cost basis
AM   115.11      Building value
AM   115.12      Building rate (used for insurance purpose)
AM   115.13      Content value
AM   115.14      Content rate (used for insurance purpose)
AM   115.15      Comments
AM   115.16      Other user-defined fields (minimum of 30)
AM   116.00 System captures and maintains information associated with fire/safety
            inspections conducted on/for a building.
AM   117.00 System provides the ability to compare building value with previous reporting
            period.
AM   118.00 System provides the ability to convert GPS coordinates to flood zone
            designations.
AM   119.00 System tracks certificates of insurance associated with the State’s insured
            properties.
AM   120.00 System provides the ability to input an inflationary factor and increase the
            value of assets including buildings.
                                                  Contents
AM   121.00 System provides the ability to capture contents value by tenant by location
            (i.e., building, floor, and room).
AM   122.00 System provides the ability to compare contents value with previous reporting
            period.
AM   123.00 System provides the ability to update contents value and date by agency and
            location with proper security authorization.
AM   124.00 System provides the ability to record notes for each contents value.
AM   125.00 System provides the ability to override contents value with proper security
            authorization.
                                               Infrastructure
AM   126.00 System provides the ability to capture and maintain information on
            infrastructure assets.

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                           Asset Management Requirements                                                        AM14
   State of Tennessee                                                                                                                         RFP # 317.03-134
   Project Edison
                                                 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                       10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                        N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                       Q - Custom Report/Query



 Reference                                                                                            Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                      Response                   Comments                   Modify
AM 127.00 System supports the Modified Approach to valuing assets in accordance with
          GASB 34.
                                    Querying and Reporting
AM 128.00 System is able to report on assets at user-defined fields required for financial
          reporting purposes.
AM 129.00 System is able to generate standard governmental fixed asset reports and
          user-defined fixed asset reports in compliance with GASB 34.
AM 130.00 System generates a fixed assets report sorted and filtered by one or more
          user defined criteria.
AM 131.00 System allows online inquiry for each asset of a group of assets.
AM 132.00 System allows user to print a listing of all table structures that are established
          for asset management (e.g., location table, asset categories, etc.).

AM 133.00 System can display or print subsidiary ledgers of fixed asset balances.
AM 134.00 System can display or print a report of surplus property, include each item's
          history.
AM 135.00 System produces a transaction register audit trail of all acquisitions, transfers,
          changes and retirements during a user-defined time period by asset type,
          department or transaction date or purchase amount.
AM 136.00 System can report asset transfers from perspective of lessor to lessee.
AM 137.00 System functionality includes processing leases from perspective of lessee to
          a lessor.
AM 138.00 System can provide a dollar total of fixed asset purchases by their funding
          source and department/organization.
AM 139.00 System reports assets due for disposition, based on the scheduled disposal
          date and type.
AM 140.00 System can provide a vendor/PO listing of assets by vendor or in purchase
          order number sequence.
AM 141.00 System can produce a disposition report showing items by asset type which
          have physically been disposed of but still remain on file for information
          purposes.
AM 142.00 System can produce a listing of all inactive/idle or retired assets by location
          and asset category.

    RFP Attachment 6.8                                               Asset Management Requirements                                                        AM15
   State of Tennessee                                                                                                                     RFP # 317.03-134
   Project Edison
                                              FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                      10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                    N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                   Q - Custom Report/Query



 Reference                                                                                        Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                Business Requirements                                    Response                   Comments                   Modify
AM 143.00 System can produce a listing of all disposed assets showing any gains or
          losses and the associated account coding, by type.
AM 144.00 System allows the reporting and inquiry of replacement cost by department or
          organization unit and by asset type.
AM 145.00 System can produce a forecast of assets scheduled for replacement, based
          on user-specified criteria, such as useful life, scheduled disposition date or
          odometer readings.
AM 146.00 System has the ability to produce depreciation reports by division.
AM 147.00 System can produce a depreciation report by balance sheet category, such
          as buildings and equipment.
AM 148.00 System can produce a report of assets by:
AM 148.01     Financial statement category (major asset type code)
AM 148.02     Minor asset type code
AM 148.03     Fund
AM 148.04     Agency/Department
AM 148.05     Organization (allotment, division, cost center)
AM 148.06     Program
AM 148.07     Appropriation
AM 148.08     Location
AM 148.09     Project
AM 148.10     Expenditure object
AM 148.11     Source of revenue
AM 148.12     General Ledger Account
AM 148.13     Grant
AM 148.14     Manufacturer
AM 149.00 System provides the ability to produce a physical inventory worksheet to be
          sorted by department, location, type and/or person responsible to assist in
          conducting physical inventory.
AM 150.00 System can produce a report that facilitates reconciliation to physical
          inventory counts.
AM 151.00 System provides a report of all property changes as of a user specified date.




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                           Asset Management Requirements                                                        AM16
   State of Tennessee                                                                                                                      RFP # 317.03-134
   Project Edison
                                               FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                      10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                     N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                    Q - Custom Report/Query



 Reference                                                                                         Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                Business Requirements                                     Response                   Comments                   Modify
AM 152.00 System provides a property insurance schedule that displays all data
          elements included in system.
AM 153.00 System provides a summary report that displays current and previous
          building and content values combined totals by division level.
AM 154.00 System provides a square footage by occupancy report.
AM 155.00 System provides the ability to print reports at various remote locations.
AM 156.00 System provides the ability to report all fixed asset balances in the standard
          CAFR format.
AM 157.00 System provides the ability to report Statement of Fixed Assets in standard
          CAFR format.
AM 158.00 System can generate a report for assets purchased with grant funding.
AM 159.00 System provides a report that forecasts depreciation by individual asset,
          groups of assets, or total assets for a user-specified period of time.
AM 160.00 System provides the ability to generate a report for all items assigned to a
          specific location by asset classification (e.g., portable equipment and fixed
          assets).
AM 161.00 System can identify and sort items ordered and received by organizational
          unit.
AM 162.00 System provides the ability to generate a report/form by employee detailing
          property assigned to each employee to be used for validation and verification
          of property assignment.




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                            Asset Management Requirements                                                        AM17
State of Tennessee                                                                                           RFP 317.03-134
Project Edison
                                 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                    10/21/05




                                                    Accounts Payable

                The Accounts Payable module will be used to process payment to vendors for goods and
                services. This module includes 1099 processing at calendar year end and processing payment
                card transactions. Included in this module are:

                        Vendor maintenance
                        Payment processing
                        Payment card
                        1099 processing
                        Payment cancellation




                Additional Information:




RFP Attachment 6.8                                       Introduction                                                    ii
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                 RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX
                                                                                                                                                10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                  N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                 Q=Custom Report/Query



 Reference                                                                                      Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                Response                   Comments                   Modify
                                Accounts Payable General Requirements
AP 1.00         System accumulates and displays monthly, year-to-date (calendar or fiscal
                year), and inception-to-date (for lifetime of vendor) figures for:
AP 1.01             Purchases by vendor (i.e., by invoice, purchase order / contract
                    number, purchase item, budget unit).
AP 1.02             Payments to Vendor, by Contract, Contract Type, Invoice
AP 2.00         System produces an accounts payable aging report according to user
                defined aging fields or provides for query.
AP 3.00         System provides for match by combination of the items below based on
                system configuration:
AP   3.01         One or more receiver documents
AP   3.02         Purchase order (Encumbering Document)
AP   3.03         Contract or other encumbering documents
AP   3.04         Invoice
AP   4.00       System automatically updates the general ledger for preencumbrance,
                encumbrance, payment voucher, and payment activities.
AP 5.00         System provides for the recording of pre-encumbrances and
                encumbrances against all elements in the data classification structure.
AP 6.00         System automatically reduces an encumbrance when an expenditure
                transaction is entered.
AP 7.00         System automatically updates the general ledger on-line and in batch as
                preencumbrances and encumbrances are liquidated upon entry of
                encumbrances/expenditures or payables.
AP 8.00         System provides ability to perform annual encumbrance reviews and
                close-outs at yearend.
AP 9.00         System provides for assignment of unique pre-encumbrance and
                encumbrance document numbers, which are system-generated or
                manually entered.
AP 10.00        System accommodates the recording of:
AP 10.01            pre-encumbered encumbrances
AP 10.02            non pre-encumbered encumbrances



     RFP Attachment 6.8                                             Accounts Payable Requirements                                                    AP1
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                    RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX
                                                                                                                                                  10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                    N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                   Q=Custom Report/Query



 Reference                                                                                        Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                  Response                   Comments                   Modify
AP 10.03           non-pre-encumbered/non-encumbered vendor invoices, with the
                   appropriate security control.
AP 11.00       System rejects transactions for insufficient budget (with only users with the
               appropriate level of security having override ability).
AP 12.00       System provides the ability to determine how a disbursement transaction
               should be edited (e.g., whether the system should reject disbursement if
               insufficient budget balance or allow payment despite lack of sufficient
               funds).
AP 13.00       System provides the ability to flag a fund so that no payments can be
               disbursed.
AP 14.00
               For partial payments that the user indicates is a final payment, the system
               provides the automatic liquidation of outstanding encumbrance balances
               for the invoice amount up to the outstanding encumbrance balance.
AP 15.00       System prevents duplicate payments by editing invoice numbers and
               dollar amounts.
AP 16.00       System prevents duplicate payments by editing invoice numbers by
               dropping leading zeros and dollar amounts.
AP 17.00       System provides an indicator that determines if the duplicate invoice edit
               produces fatal (prevents posting) error or warning message.
AP 18.00       System automatically establishes recurring payments with an end date
               when leases are recorded.
AP 19.00       Establish lease liabilities by fiscal year or fiscal month.
AP 20.00       System processes prepaid expenses (i.e., advanced payment, travel,
               etc.).
AP 21.00       System provides standard payment terms at the vendor level or individual
               payment terms at the payment level.
AP 22.00       System generates accrual transactions for goods and services received
               and not invoiced by period end (month end and year-end)
AP 23.00       System will establish liability when goods are received. Functionality will
               include the following:
AP 23.01         Liability relieved when paid, even if a discount is taken.

    RFP Attachment 6.8                                                Accounts Payable Requirements                                                    AP2
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                    RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX
                                                                                                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                     N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                    Q=Custom Report/Query



 Reference                                                                                         Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                                  Response                   Comments                   Modify
                                           Invoice Processing
AP 24.00        System provides the ability to change the due date so that invoices are
                paid.
AP 25.00
                System provides the ability to put an invoice on hold so that it is not paid.
AP 26.00        System allows the storage of a due date, discount date and discount
                percentage.
AP 27.00        System will allow the allocation of an invoice amount to various accounts
                according to a percentage of the invoice amount.
AP 28.00        System accepts memo information related to an invoice (including the
                vendor invoice number) and passes that information along to the vendor in
                the form of a remittance advice associated with a warrant or ACH
                payment.
AP 29.00        System provides chart of account number distribution changes at the line
                item level on:
AP   29.01         Requisition
AP   29.02         PO
AP   29.03         Invoice
AP   29.04         Payment documents
AP   30.00      System allows changes to account number distribution after a partial
                payment has been made.
AP 31.00        System allows changes to vendor mailing address after a partial payment
                has been made.
AP 32.00        An invoice payment may be charged to multiple funds.
AP 33.00        System allows users the ability to save, retrieve, and update invoice
                transactions by payee.
AP 34.00
                System tracks and reports daily, weekly, or monthly future payment
                requirement schedules (cash requirements reporting) for disbursements.
AP 35.00
                System allows on-screen review of unpaid invoices by vendor and/or date.



     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                Accounts Payable Requirements                                                    AP3
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                   RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX
                                                                                                                                                  10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                    N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                   Q=Custom Report/Query



 Reference                                                                                        Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                                 Response                   Comments                   Modify
AP 36.00        System can associate multiple payment vouchers with a single purchase
                order.
AP 37.00        System provides for automatically generated unique payment voucher
                numbers for each agency, with override capabilities.
AP 38.00        System prevents duplicate payment voucher numbers.
AP 39.00        System allows users to access all purchase order information on-line
                during payment voucher processing.
AP 40.00        System provides ability to control payments in excess of encumbered
                amounts by user-defined tolerance limits for each type of encumbrance
                (e.g., 10% or $50 over encumbrance amount) provided sufficient spending
                authority exists.
AP 41.00        System automatically calculates invoice due date based on invoice date or
                a user-specified date (such as 30 days from the date of receipt) and
                payment terms and schedules optimum payment date based on that
                calculation.
AP 42.00        System provides ability to flag invoices for additional workflow approval
                upon entry.
AP 43.00        System provides ability to indicate whether payment is final or partial upon
                entry of the invoice.
AP 44.00        System allows for the input of invoice receipt date.
                                             Payment Matching
AP 45.00        System automatically generates payments based on three way matching
                (invoice, receipt, PO).
AP 46.00        System provides the ability to associate a payment with matching
                purchase documentation and receiving information.
AP 47.00        System highlights discrepancies between purchase order, invoice and
                receiving document:
AP   47.01          Unit price variances
AP   47.02          Quantity received vs. quantity ordered vs. quantity invoiced
AP   47.03          Extended value of the PO vs. extended value of the invoice
AP   48.00      System highlights discrepancies between encumbrance, invoice and
                authorizing documents for non-commodity purchases:

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                               Accounts Payable Requirements                                                    AP4
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                     RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX
                                                                                                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                     N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                    Q=Custom Report/Query



 Reference                                                                                         Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
AP 48.01           Hourly rate for services (i.e., consulting, contracted personnel services,
                   etc.)
AP 48.02           Deliverables
AP 48.03           Terms of contract
AP 49.00       System provides for user-defined tolerances in price and quantity, both on
               the individual line level and a cumulative tolerance on the header level.
               As long as match is within tolerance, payment voucher transaction will be
               accepted.
AP 50.00       System requires the user to enter additional information for assets valued
               at a system configured dollar value.
AP 51.00       System allows input of freight invoices/payments where there may be no
               corresponding purchase order reference.
AP 52.00       System prevents freight charges on invoices that have FOB destination
               terms.
AP 53.00       System automatically defaults certain line item details for PO related
               payments during vendor invoice entry with override capability.
AP 54.00       System is able to link to FileNet stored documents.
                                               Disbursements
AP 55.00       System prevents un-authorized users from generating payments to
               vendors that are not in the vendor table.
AP 56.00       System permits disbursements (warrants) to vendors that do not have a
               unique number in the vendor table (miscellaneous vendors).
AP 57.00
               System provides the ability to provide an external financial/payment
               system with changes to vendors identified as being used by that system.
AP 58.00       System accepts inbound payment requests through an open interface.
AP 59.00       System provides the ability to void or correct payments on-line, with
               appropriate corrections made to all financial balances.
AP 60.00       System allows the user with appropriate security to override the default
               accounting period presented to the user during payment cancellation.
AP 61.00       System provides the ability to record refund payments to vendors.



    RFP Attachment 6.8                                                 Accounts Payable Requirements                                                    AP5
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                   RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX
                                                                                                                                                  10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                    N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                   Q=Custom Report/Query



 Reference                                                                                        Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                  Response                   Comments                   Modify
AP 62.00        System links the refund payments to a specific receipt or collection and
                the associated revenue transaction.
AP 63.00        System produces payment registers.
AP 64.00        The accounting period of payment transactions is assigned automatically
                by the system based on user defined criteria with an option for manual
                override.
AP 65.00        System provides the user the ability to correct errors on-line prior to
                processing a payment (e.g. voucher balance, account number, data error,
                remit to address).
AP 66.00        System processes invoices and payment from prior periods and properly
                updates general ledger
AP 67.00        System allows for the release of payment vouchers to payment processing
                by the following:
AP   67.01          Batch
AP   67.02          Document
AP   67.03          Individual Line Item
AP   68.00      System tracks the last warrant number.
AP   69.00      System provides for late payments charges which can be calculated
                based on a State defined period interest rate applied to the overdue
                balance.
AP 70.00        System provides automatic inclusion of credits and penalties within
                invoices for late delivery, untimely warranty service, and other predefined
                violations of contract terms and conditions
AP 71.00
                System has the ability to override invoices rejected for services performed
                past contract end date to allow payment with penalty for late services.
AP 72.00        System provides the ability to consolidate payments across agencies
AP 73.00        System does not process payments (warrants or direct deposits) until
                authorized personnel release payment voucher records.
AP 74.00        System applies credit and debit memo amounts before producing
                payment, and applies credit memos only to the extent that they do not
                produce a negative payment.

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                               Accounts Payable Requirements                                                    AP6
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                   RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX
                                                                                                                                                 10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                   N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                  Q=Custom Report/Query



 Reference                                                                                       Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                 Business Requirements                                  Response                   Comments                   Modify
AP 75.00       System provides notification that vendor has a credit memo that exceeds
               the payment voucher amount.
AP 76.00       System allows for recording of credit or debit memo that is netted against
               or added to other payment vouchers during payment processing.
               Payment stub provides detail of netting.
AP 77.00       System tracks balance remaining on credit memo and displays the
               invoices to which the credit has been applied.
AP 78.00       System provides a warning message if the account distribution on credit
               memo transactions is not the same as the original expense account
               distribution.
AP 79.00       System holds all payments to a vendor until the credit balance is
               exceeded by the amount owed the vendor.
AP 80.00       System automatically updates liability account balances and accounts
               payable in the general ledger for payment processes.
AP 81.00       System tracks all cash disbursements by financial reporting categories
               required by GAAP (i.e., other funds, component units, related
               governments, private customers, federal).
AP 82.00       System provides ability to accept electronic billings from vendors and
               processes appropriate payments to vendors.
AP 83.00
               System allows for cancellation of payment made in a previous period and
               enables generation of general ledger transactions in the current period.
AP 84.00       System provides the option to produce a single warrant for payment
               vouchers that have different agency numbers.
AP 85.00       System allows the user to prevent a payment from being produced on a
               processed payment voucher.
                                                Discounts
AP 86.00       System allows payment scheduling by discount date.
AP 87.00       System provides the ability to automatically distribute discounts taken
               during payment processing to the general ledger.




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                               Accounts Payable Requirements                                                    AP7
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                    RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX
                                                                                                                                                  10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                    N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                   Q=Custom Report/Query



 Reference                                                                                        Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                  Response                   Comments                   Modify
AP 88.00       System automatically calculates discounts when the payment date is the
               same as, or prior to, the discount due date with override capabilities on
               discount due date.
AP 89.00       System generates vendor payments based on federal rules, due date and
               discount date (whichever is earliest) to maximize interest earned and
               discounts received by the State.
AP 90.00       System accommodates time-based discounts based on quantity (e.g.,
               $.03/gallon discount if certain quantity of gasoline is purchased and paid
               for within a certain timeframe).
                                                     Holds
AP 91.00       System provides the ability to put a payment on hold.
AP 92.00       System provides mechanism for “holding” payment to vendors (separate
               from a Purchasing "hold") which have outstanding liabilities to the State,
               due to unresolved contractual problems, due to court-ordered
               garnishments, or for other reasons as dictated by State law (e.g., failure to
               pay child support), with the ability to override the hold with the necessary
               security.
AP 93.00       System does not produce a payment for vendors in hold status.
AP 94.00       System provides the ability to place a payment "hold" on
               encumbrances/documents such that no payment can be generated until
               the "hold" is lifted.
AP 95.00       System provides the ability to place a "hold" on payments from one
               agency to a vendor, but maintain the ability for other agencies to continue
               to make payments to that vendor.
AP 96.00       System provides ability to place a "hold" on payments related to a specific
               contract for a vendor, but maintain the ability to make payments
               associated with other contracts for that vendor.
AP 97.00       System supports deducting monies from payments based on a payment
               plan. Including the following methods:
AP 97.01           Percentage
AP 97.02           Pre-determined dollar amount
                                                   Banking

    RFP Attachment 6.8                                                Accounts Payable Requirements                                                    AP8
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                   RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX
                                                                                                                                                 10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                   N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                  Q=Custom Report/Query



 Reference                                                                                       Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                 Business Requirements                                  Response                   Comments                   Modify
AP 98.00       System provides for EFT payments and allows ability to specify which
               type of EFT transaction to use (PPD, CCD, EDI, etc.).
AP 99.00       System accommodates management of bank transmission files (sorts
               prenotes and EFT payments by ACH clearing account and sends file at
               appropriate time).
AP 100.00      System retains obsolete EFT vendor bank information for research
               purposes.
AP 101.00      System allows effective dating (including future dating) of updated EFT
               bank information.
AP 102.00      System provides for Electronic Benefit Transfer (EBT) payments.
AP 103.00      System provides for the use of multiple banks with multiple accounts for
               both warrants and EFTs.
AP 104.00      System retains payment information and associated mailing address
               together.
AP 105.00
               System provides the ability to consolidate (or choose not to consolidate)
               multiple invoices for the same vendor on one warrant, and itemize the
               invoices (including the vendor invoice number) on the remittance advice.
                                          Payment Authorization
AP 106.00      System allows for an electronic hierarchical approval path for approvals of
               payment requests.
AP 107.00      System attempts to process payments and wire transfers that have not
               been made until funds are available, or request is deleted.
AP 108.00      System allows for the manual deletion of payments and wire transfers
               based upon a single item, or a range of items.
AP 109.00      System allows override capabilities to allow a payment or wire transfer
               when funds are not available.
AP 110.00      System provides automatic notification of specified users when a wire
               transfer payment is approved.
AP 111.00      System posts accounting entries to record cancellation information
               accepted by the system.
                                          Printing and Handling

    RFP Attachment 6.8                                               Accounts Payable Requirements                                                    AP9
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                 RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX
                                                                                                                                                10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                  N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                 Q=Custom Report/Query



 Reference                                                                                      Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                Business Requirements                                  Response                   Comments                   Modify
AP   112.00 System provides standard warrant writing functionality including:
AP   112.01     Producing a warrant register, in paper format
AP   112.02     Producing a warrant register, in electronic format
AP   112.03
                Printing U.S. Post Office approved barcodes on warrants and printing
                required Post Office reports required to obtain mailing discounts
AP   112.04     Printing warrants based on multiple sorts (e.g., bank account first, then
                agency, then vendor number, etc.) as defined by the State.
AP   113.00
            System provides the ability to print warrants through the following means:
AP   113.01     On-demand (override batch)
AP   113.02     On-schedule/same day
AP   113.03     Manual (immediate)
AP   114.00 System prevents the printing or producing of blank, negative, or zero
            amount warrants as well as warrants with no payee specified or
            incomplete address information.
AP   115.00 System suppresses printing or producing of warrants under a user-defined
            dollar amount parameter (e.g. $2).
AP   116.00 System provides the ability for authorized users to override the user
            defined warrant printing threshold (e.g. not less than $2)
AP   117.00 System provides the ability to print on-demand warrants (exclusive of the
            normal payment processing cycle) and record in a separate warrant
            register, bank file, and control file, if desired.
AP   118.00 System accommodates the reprinting of the remittance advice.
AP   119.00 System provides the ability to enter "global" promotional or reminder
            comments on the remittance advice.
AP   120.00
            System provides the ability to enter a user-specified payment message on
            one particular payment voucher and have it print on the remittance advice.
AP   121.00 System provides the ability to produce, through secure printers, warrants
            with MICR encoding, post office approved bar codes, and electronic
            signatures. Including the following:

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                             Accounts Payable Requirements                                                   AP10
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                               FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX
                                                                                                                                               10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                 N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                Q=Custom Report/Query



 Reference                                                                                     Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                Business Requirements                                 Response                   Comments                   Modify
AP   121.01     MICR encoding
AP   121.02     post office approved bar codes
AP   121.03     electronic signatures
AP   122.00 System prints warrants at remote location (in Division of Accounts).
AP   123.00 System provides ability to generate replacement warrants to replace
            canceled, stale dated, lost, or voided warrants and generate related table
            updates for the replacement warrants.
AP   124.00 System provides the ability to designate warrants for special handling and
            specify sort in printing cycle.
AP   125.00 System provides the ability to designate warrants for special handling
            when source is electronic file.
AP   126.00 System allows for overflow to a separate remittance advice when the
            number of invoices exceeds available space on initial advice.
AP   127.00 System optionally combines payment transactions by vendor across the
            chart of accounts (i.e., fund, agency, appropriation, and project).
AP   128.00 System generates payment through direct deposit if designated to do so in
            vendor file (for vendors) or in the employee master file maintained in the
            Human Resource module.
AP   129.00
            System provides ability to cancel a payment or warrant or a portion of or
            entire warrant run by entering certain payment cancellation information,
            including a cancel reason code (e.g., pending cancel, cancel, stop, etc.).
AP   130.00 System provides the ability to place a “cancellation” on disbursements and
            generate the appropriate General Ledger transaction.
AP   131.00 Depending on the cancellation reason code, system may automatically
            update the financial balances including general ledger and available
            budget in the appropriate budget year.
AP   132.00 System allows up to 99 lines of remittance advice.
AP   133.00 System prints warrants using blank check stock.
AP   134.00 System provides ability to restart warrant and remittance advice printing at
            a user specified starting point.



     RFP Attachment 6.8                                            Accounts Payable Requirements                                                   AP11
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                              FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX
                                                                                                                                              10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                               Q=Custom Report/Query



 Reference                                                                                    Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                               Business Requirements                                 Response                   Comments                   Modify
AP 135.00 System sequentially numbers and controls payments and remittance
          advices.
AP 136.00 System provides for assigning a number scheme to ACH transactions.
                                       1099 Processing
AP 137.00 System provides the ability to track W-9 forms.
AP 138.00 System provides the ability to produce the following 1099 form types:
AP 138.01   1099- MISC
AP 138.02   1099-S
AP 138.03   1099-G
AP 138.04   1099-DIV
AP 138.05   1099-R
AP 138.06   1099-Q
AP 138.07   1099-B
AP 139.00 System provides the ability to report 1099 amounts by social security
          number and EIN.
AP 140.00 System provides backup withholding functionality
AP 141.00 System provides for payments to multiple 1099 categories.
AP 142.00
          System produces 1099 file that fully complies with current and on-going
          IRS standards (i.e., no special characters, appropriate use of blanks, etc.).
AP 143.00 System provides the ability to query and print 1099 data.
AP 144.00 System collects necessary information for generation of Federal 1099s at
          year-end (both manually and per IRS approved file).
AP 145.00 1099 information from interfaced disbursement systems must also be
          included for consolidated reporting.
AP 146.00 System maintains 1099 name and address separately from historical
          payment information and retains it from one year to the next.
AP 147.00 System provides for reprinted 1099 forms for an individual vendor.
AP 148.00 System provides the ability to correct 1099 information in the system,
          reprint the 1099 form, and produce a correction file for the IRS.
AP 149.00 System appropriately adjusts 1099 reportable balances for both on-line
          and batch/interface payments and payment cancellations.

    RFP Attachment 6.8                                            Accounts Payable Requirements                                                   AP12
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                               RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                              FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX
                                                                                                                                             10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                               N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                              Q=Custom Report/Query



 Reference                                                                                   Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                              Business Requirements                                 Response                   Comments                   Modify
AP 150.00 System automatically identifies transactions as 1099 reportable based
          upon the expenditure object even if the vendor is not 1099 reportable.
AP 151.00 System provides an field that indicates if a vendor is 1099 reportable.
AP 152.00 System provides a field that indicates if a vendor is a medical or legal
          corporation.
AP 153.00 System provides the ability to report payments to foreign vendors on form
          1042.
AP 154.00 System provides the ability to produce multiple 1099 forms to the same
          vendor (e.g.. 1099-MISC and 1099-G)
                                         Trust Accounting
AP 155.00 System provides for the establishment of individual trust accounts for
          children or inmates.
AP 156.00
          System provides the capability to disburse funds from the trust account.
AP 157.00 System provides the capability to garnish any deposits made into the
          inmate's trust account.
AP 158.00 System provides the capability to deposit funds into the inmate's trust fund
          account.
AP 159.00 System provides the ability to set the precedence of the garnishments.
AP 160.00 System provides the ability to establish business rules that predefine the
          percentage split between the garnishment and the inmate's trust account
          for deposits.
AP 161.00 System provides the ability to transfer funds from the inmate's trust
          account to a holding fund.
AP 162.00 System holding account information includes the amount contributed by
          each inmate.
                                              Querying
AP 163.00 System provides invoice tracking for pending department/agency
          approvals.
AP 164.00 System tracks performance measures by user ID.
AP 165.00 System maintains an open item file of unpaid vendor invoices and allows
          inquiry into that file by vendor or invoice.

    RFP Attachment 6.8                                           Accounts Payable Requirements                                                   AP13
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                             RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                            FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX
                                                                                                                                           10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                             N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                            Q=Custom Report/Query



 Reference                                                                                 Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                             Business Requirements                                Response                   Comments                   Modify
AP 166.00 System maintains, tracks, and inquires (online) the following payment
          voucher history information:
AP 166.01    Invoice number
AP 166.02    Vendor name
AP 166.03    Vendor number
AP 166.04    Tax ID number or SSN
AP 166.05    Requisition number
AP 166.06    Purchase order or Encumbering Document number
AP 166.07    Contract number
AP 166.08    Warrant/EFT amount
AP 166.09    Warrant/EFT date
AP 166.10    Payment Transaction Date
AP 166.11    Warrant/EFT number
AP 166.12    Account distribution
AP 166.13    Unpaid invoices
AP 166.14    Comments
AP 167.00 System tracks archived payments by vendor name, warrant number, date
          and amount.
AP 168.00 System tracks pending payments by scheduled payment date.
AP 169.00 System allows the user to retrieve payment information and determine its
          redemption status (redeemed, stop payment, etc.).
                                          Reporting
AP 170.00 System provides user-defined parameters sorting parameters (i.e., date
          ranges, funds, etc.).
AP 171.00 System provides standard interfaces for document imaging.
AP 172.00 System provides the following reports, including but not limited to:
AP 172.01    Invoice Aging Report
AP 172.02    Match Discrepancy Report (discrepancies between matched items by
             quantify and price) by vendor
AP 172.03    Missing Match Report (2 out of 3 items in the 3 way match in the
             system)



    RFP Attachment 6.8                                         Accounts Payable Requirements                                                   AP14
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                 RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX
                                                                                                                                                10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                  N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                 Q=Custom Report/Query



 Reference                                                                                      Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                Response                   Comments                   Modify
AP 172.04           Report of payments made within or on 30 days from receipt of the
                    invoice
AP 172.05           Report of payments not made within 30 days from the receipt of the
                    invoice
AP 172.06
                Report of all outstanding encumbrances as of a user specified date.
AP   172.07     Report of payments not made within 30 days of receipt of goods.
AP   172.08     Report of payment transactions processed for a given day.
AP   172.09     Report of error transactions
AP   172.10     Report of invoices approved for payment for a given day.
AP   172.11     Report of time lapsed from receipt of invoice to payment of invoice.
AP   173.00 System provides the ability to filter or sort the above reports by vendor.
AP   174.00 System produces a report that identifies the average number of days for
            disbursements to be paid by bank account or in aggregate.
AP   175.00 System produces a listing of invoices that have triggered the duplicate
            invoice edit.
AP   176.00 System produces a listing of payment vouchers that have not been
            approved for payment.
AP   177.00 System allows for online viewing or printing of a summary Outstanding
            Warrant Report (including the actual date cleared) by fund and warrant
            type on a daily, monthly, or annual basis or by a specified date range.
AP   178.00 System provides a report of discounts taken.
AP   179.00 System lists all discounts lost by any or all of the following items: vendor,
            time period, agency, or organizations within the agency.
AP   180.00
            System provides a report of all issuances in a "cancel pending" status for
            more than a user-defined parameter number of days (e.g., ten days).
AP   181.00 System produces an activity report showing all the daily online update
            activity in the system.
AP   182.00 System produces an error report/listing that includes the error code and
            description.



     RFP Attachment 6.8                                             Accounts Payable Requirements                                                   AP15
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                   RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                    FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX
                                                                                                                                                 10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                   N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                  Q=Custom Report/Query



 Reference                                                                                       Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                     Business Requirements                              Response                   Comments                   Modify
AP 183.00 System generates performance/operational reports on operations
          including but not limited to the following:
AP 183.01 Number of transactions corrected
AP 183.02 Number of garnishments and liens processed
AP 183.03 Number of warrants produced
AP 183.04 Number of credit ach payments
                                         Vendor Invoice
AP 184.00 Vendor invoice entry/maintenance should be provided via an invoice entry
          screen. Invoice entry screen will utilize Web technology to minimize the
          need for desktop hardware upgrades.
AP 185.00 System should provide for electronic invoice acceptance via XML or EDI.

AP 186.00 System should generate detailed exception reports for invoice rejections.

AP 187.00 System should allow the entry of hard-copy invoices and tracks the agency
          for compliance with the prompt payment act (payment w/in 45 days of
          invoice or service performed, whichever is later).
AP 188.00 System shall carry forward pertinent purchase order receipt data to the
          invoice entry screen to reduce data entry and allow for entry of invoice
          data required for matching/payment processing.
AP 189.00 System should capture the following invoice information:
AP 189.01       Invoice number
AP 189.02       Invoice date
AP 189.03       Invoice received date
AP 189.04       Invoice due date
AP 189.05       Purchase order number
AP 189.06       PO Date
AP 189.07       PO line number
AP 189.08       Vendor name
AP 189.09       Vendor number/mail code (updateable based on remit-to address)

AP 189.10                Invoice line item number

    RFP Attachment 6.8                                               Accounts Payable Requirements                                                   AP16
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                  RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX
                                                                                                                                                 10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                   N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                  Q=Custom Report/Query



 Reference                                                                                       Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                 Response                   Comments                   Modify
AP   189.11           Quantity invoiced
AP   189.12           Quantity received
AP   189.13           Quantity ordered
AP   189.14           Quantity returned
AP   189.15           Received/Service Date
AP   189.16           Previous quantity invoiced
AP   189.17           Unit of measure
AP   189.18           Line Item description
AP   189.19           Unit cost
AP   189.20           Line item total cost
AP   189.21           Invoice total cost
AP   189.22           Payment terms
AP   189.23           Discount date
AP   189.24           Freight
AP   189.25           Freight terms
AP   189.26           Account distributions
AP   189.27           Warrant number (able to drill-down to see all invoices paid by the
                      warrant)
AP 189.28             Warrant amount
AP 189.29             Warrant date
AP 189.30             ACH number (able to drill-down to see all invoices paid by the ACH
                      transaction)
AP 189.31             ACH amount
AP 189.32             ACH date
AP 189.33             Comment/memo field that can be printed on warrant or passed to
                      ACH transaction
AP 189.34             Comment/memo field for internal purposes only
AP 190.00       System should provide ability to process multiple journal vouchers against
                a single invoice/voucher.
AP 191.00       System should provide ability to track disputed invoices electronically.
AP 192.00       System should provide ability to document comments and resolution to
                disputes.

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                              Accounts Payable Requirements                                                   AP17
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                              FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX
                                                                                                                                              10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                               Q=Custom Report/Query



 Reference                                                                                    Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                               Business Requirements                                 Response                   Comments                   Modify
AP 193.00 System shall provide ability to process multiple invoices against a single
          PO.
AP 194.00 System shall provide ability for users to flag and date disputed invoices, as
          well as add comments.
AP 195.00 System shall provide ability to capture and process credit memos.
AP 196.00 System should allow for distribution of one or more invoice lines to
          multiple account distributions. should include ability to auto-distribute
          account distributions.
                                             Matching
AP 197.00 System should provide an optional automated matching process and
          flexibility to determine whether a two-way, or three-way match is required
          and the documents required to be processed:
AP 198.00       Purchase order, invoice and receiving report
AP 199.00       Purchase order and receiving information
AP 200.00 System should provide a successful match if all match criteria are met,
          and generate a transaction to the Accounting module to liquidate the
          encumbrance and establish a voucher payable.
AP 201.00 System should provide for establishing optional user-defined tolerances
          (percent and dollar), controlled by commodity, whereby an invoice amount
          may differ from the purchase order and still be processed provided
          sufficient budget availability and approval authority exists; the tolerance
          functionality should be optional.
                                  Payment Request Information
AP 202.00 System should allow for the release of payment request information to
          Cash Management module.
AP 203.00 System should provide ability to automatically calculate payment discounts
          based on vendor invoice terms and pay date.
AP 204.00 System should provide the ability to capture due date and discount date.

AP 205.00 System should provide ability to enter and process net and discount
          payment terms (user defined).


    RFP Attachment 6.8                                            Accounts Payable Requirements                                                   AP18
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                             RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                            FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX
                                                                                                                                           10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                             N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                            Q=Custom Report/Query



 Reference                                                                                 Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                             Business Requirements                                Response                   Comments                   Modify
AP 206.00 System should provide edits to ensure duplicate invoices are not
          processed from the same vendor (i.e., unique vendor ID, invoice number,
          invoice line number, invoice date combination).
AP 207.00 System should allow agencies to enter the invoice to one vendor and
          make the payment to another vendor with central Accounting approval.
AP 208.00 System should allow payment to be charged to an accounting area other
          than that of the associated PO with proper authority. PO liquidations
          should be based on the original encumbrance.
AP 209.00 System should allow standard comments to be entered into payment
          requests from list box with ability to add/change the comment.
                        Procurement Card (Payment Card) Processing
AP 210.00 System shall support entry of P-card as a form of payment for items
          ordered via the eProcurement system (e.g., catalogs, spot purchases,
          etc.) and be able to control amounts and usage by agency, commodity,
          and individual.
AP 211.00 System should provide the ability to capture key accounting classification
          data at time of order for subsequent matching to file received from bank.

AP 212.00 System should provide method for tracking the P-card procurement
          vendor ID and small business/minority-owned business status.




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                         Accounts Payable Requirements                                                   AP19
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                          RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX
                                                                                                                                        10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                          N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                         Q=Custom Report/Query



 Reference                                                                              Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                              Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      Accounts Payable Requirements                                                   AP20
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                          RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX
                                                                                                                                        10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                          N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                         Q=Custom Report/Query



 Reference                                                                              Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                              Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      Accounts Payable Requirements                                                   AP21
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                          RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX
                                                                                                                                        10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                          N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                         Q=Custom Report/Query



 Reference                                                                              Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                              Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      Accounts Payable Requirements                                                   AP22
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                          RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX
                                                                                                                                        10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                          N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                         Q=Custom Report/Query



 Reference                                                                              Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                              Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      Accounts Payable Requirements                                                   AP23
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                          RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX
                                                                                                                                        10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                          N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                         Q=Custom Report/Query



 Reference                                                                              Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                              Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      Accounts Payable Requirements                                                   AP24
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                          RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX
                                                                                                                                        10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                          N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                         Q=Custom Report/Query



 Reference                                                                              Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                              Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      Accounts Payable Requirements                                                   AP25
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                          RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX
                                                                                                                                        10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                          N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                         Q=Custom Report/Query



 Reference                                                                              Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                              Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      Accounts Payable Requirements                                                   AP26
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                          RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX
                                                                                                                                        10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                          N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                         Q=Custom Report/Query



 Reference                                                                              Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                              Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      Accounts Payable Requirements                                                   AP27
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                          RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX
                                                                                                                                        10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                          N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                         Q=Custom Report/Query



 Reference                                                                              Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                              Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      Accounts Payable Requirements                                                   AP28
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                          RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX
                                                                                                                                        10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                          N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                         Q=Custom Report/Query



 Reference                                                                              Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                              Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      Accounts Payable Requirements                                                   AP29
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                          RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX
                                                                                                                                        10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                          N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                         Q=Custom Report/Query



 Reference                                                                              Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                              Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      Accounts Payable Requirements                                                   AP30
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                          RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX
                                                                                                                                        10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                          N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                         Q=Custom Report/Query



 Reference                                                                              Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                              Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      Accounts Payable Requirements                                                   AP31
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                          RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX
                                                                                                                                        10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                          N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                         Q=Custom Report/Query



 Reference                                                                              Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                              Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      Accounts Payable Requirements                                                   AP32
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                          RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX
                                                                                                                                        10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                          N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                         Q=Custom Report/Query



 Reference                                                                              Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                              Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      Accounts Payable Requirements                                                   AP33
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                          RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX
                                                                                                                                        10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                          N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                         Q=Custom Report/Query



 Reference                                                                              Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                              Response                   Comments                   Modify




                                                                                            S

    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      Accounts Payable Requirements                                                   AP34
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                          RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX
                                                                                                                                        10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                          N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                         Q=Custom Report/Query



 Reference                                                                              Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                              Response                   Comments                   Modify
                                                                                          M
                                                                                          C
                                                                                          N
                                                                                          T




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      Accounts Payable Requirements                                                   AP35
State of Tennessee                                                                                              RFP 317.03-134
Project Edison
                                FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                        10/21/05




                                                   Accounts Receivable

                Accounts Receivable provides proper recording of revenue against all segments in the Chart of
                Accounts to enable the State to report and monitor actual revenue against budgeted revenue.
                This area addresses the following functions:

                        Customer Maintenance
                        Accounts Receivable
                        Billing
                        Cash Receipts
                        Cashiering




                Additional Information:




RFP Attachment 6.8                                         Introduction                                                     ii
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                       RFI # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                    FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                        N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                       Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                            Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                    Business Requirements                                    Response                   Comments                   Modify
                                      Revenue General Requirements
AR 1.00         System provides the following open interfaces to facilitate the integration
                of specialized billing systems:
AR   1.01             Customer Invoices
AR   1.02             Receipts
AR   1.03             Customer Maintenance
AR   2.00       System provides the ability to enter all Chart of Account segments on any
                type of transaction within the revenue/receivables module.
AR 3.00         System will calculate and include sales tax on all relevant revenue
                transactions based on an external file of applicable regional (state, city, or
                county) taxes provided by the Department of Revenue.
AR 4.00         System is able to provide a multiple user-defined tax % to be defined by
                (item) to be used in calculating the customer invoice total. For example, a
                service is provided that has a liability insurance tax rate of 6% and the cost
                of the service is $100. Line items for the service and the tax are itemized
                for $100, and $6 respectively and the invoice total is $106.

AR 5.00         System is able to override sales tax on invoices for tax exempt customers
                for the total invoice or individual line items on the revenue transaction.

AR 6.00         System will provide the ability to import credit/debit card transaction files
                from a third party to record internet sales or point of sale transactions.

AR 7.00         System will provide the ability to setup distribution sets that allow users to
                include as many Chart of Account codes and a related allocation % as
                needed. Distribution sets are available for use for any transaction.
AR 8.00         System's imaging format is compatible with FileNet.
AR 9.00         System will provide a standard interface for check 21 files from financial
                institutions.
                                          Customer Maintenance
AR 10.00        System will provide a central file for storing all customer-related
                information (For example but, not limited to: address, name, etc.).
AR 11.00        System will provide the ability to create user-defined customer types.
AR 12.00        System is able to setup 'one-time' customers.

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                 Accounts Receivable Requirements                                                  AR1
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                  RFI # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                  10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                  N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                 Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                      Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                 Business Requirements                                 Response                   Comments                   Modify
AR 13.00       System provides the ability to purge inactive customers based upon user-
               defined parameters.
AR 14.00       System provides the ability to deactivate and reactivate customers with
               appropriate security and control.
AR 15.00       System provides the ability to record customer information by agency in
               which users can track organization specific information regarding
               customer based upon user-defined security rules. Include the following:
AR 15.01             Provide the ability to track multiple addresses per customer.
AR 15.02             Provide the ability to track multiple contact names and numbers per
                     customer.
AR 15.03             Provide at least 20 customized fields per customer.
AR 16.00       System is able to capture and retain tax ID number associated with
               receivable customers.
AR 17.00       System prevents duplicate customer numbers.
AR 18.00       System provides the ability to record a customer as blocked from future
               services.
AR 19.00       System provides the ability to record customers as in dispute with a
               description field dedicated to the reason and details of the dispute.
AR 20.00       System maintains an on-line audit trail of changes made to the customer
               master.
AR 21.00       System assures customer history is not lost when a customer name
               changes.
AR 22.00       System provides the ability to copy a similar customer record when
               creating a new record.
AR 23.00       System provides the ability to merge two different customer records and
               their associated history.
                                             Accounts Receivable
AR 24.00       System provides the ability to purge historical transactions for each
               department by user-defined criteria into a format that can be later
               accessed for reporting purposes.
AR 25.00       System provides access up to 3 years of complete receivables information
               in detail format online. For open balance transactions, history will be
               maintained regardless of any timeframe.


    RFP Attachment 6.8                                            Accounts Receivable Requirements                                                  AR2
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                      RFI # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                      N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                     Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                          Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
AR 26.00       System provides full integration of Accounts Receivable and Receipts
               subsystem with the General Ledger.
AR 27.00       System generates summary receivable transactions in the General Ledger
               for all original entries, adjustments, penalty and interest assessments, and
               write-offs.
AR 28.00       System is able to generate customer invoices and provides defaults by
               division.
AR 29.00       Provide the ability to enter multiple invoice lines per invoice.
AR 30.00       Each invoice line should minimally track item, description, quantity, unit
               cost, and extended amount.
AR 31.00       The item should default unit cost and any applicable tax associated to the
               service code.
AR 32.00       Invoice lines and any tax applied are automatically extended and summed
               into the invoice total.
AR 33.00       System is able to generate either a positive or negative adjustment which
               can either be applied or not applied to a specific customer invoice, with
               proper controls and audit trail.
AR 34.00       System supports automatic periodic billings to selected customers (e.g.,
               rental of state housing).
AR 35.00       System allows accounts/invoices to be maintained either on an “open
               item” or “balance forward” basis as determined by a division.
AR 36.00       System provides ability for a single invoice item to be distributed across
               multiple Chart of Accounts based on a user-defined (e.g., percentage)
               allocation.
AR 37.00       System is able to apply a negative (overpayment) balance total existing in
               an account against a new invoice, or create a refund transaction.

AR 38.00       System is able to convert negative A/R balances to deferred revenue at
               user defined periods.
AR 39.00       System provides ability to record a protested or unidentified payment as
               an unapplied receivable item (clearing accounts).
AR 40.00       System provides the ability to establish and maintain loan information
               including principal, interest, and fluctuating interest rates, and provide an
               audit trail.

    RFP Attachment 6.8                                                Accounts Receivable Requirements                                                  AR3
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                    RFI # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                     N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                    Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                         Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                                  Response                   Comments                   Modify
AR 41.00        Accounts Receivable and Receipts module is integrated with other
                relevant modules including but not limited to asset management, cost
                accounting, human resources, accounts payable, general ledger, work
                order, labor distribution, project accounting and grant modules.
AR   41.01         Asset Management
AR   41.02         Cost allocation
AR   41.03         Human Resources
AR   41.04         Accounts Payable
AR   41.05         General Ledger
AR   41.06         Work Order
AR   41.07         Labor distribution
AR   41.08         Project Accounting
AR   41.09         Grants Management
                                                     Billing
AR 42.00        System will monitor collection dates and generate workflow transactions or
                notifications based on user-defined date thresholds.
AR 43.00        System provides billing by agency on behalf of other state agencies or
                external agencies which consolidates and reconciles billing information
                from several sources and provides one consolidated bill.
AR 44.00        System provides option of billing by type of customer.
AR 45.00        System is able to generate user-defined delinquency notices based upon
                user-defined aging buckets (for example 30, 60, 90, 120, and greater than
                120 days) using the original invoice or transaction date and current system
                date based on receivable type.
AR 46.00        System is able to process uncollectible accounts as follows:
AR 46.01               Generate dunning letter to customer.
AR 46.02               Forward to legal representatives, or 3rd party collection agencies,
                       and record as bad debt.
AR 46.03               Record receipt of cash if received and any collection fees associated
                       with the collection at anytime against the original receivable and
                       maintain proper accounting entries to reverse the bad debt and to
                       record the collection fee.



     RFP Attachment 6.8                                              Accounts Receivable Requirements                                                  AR4
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                    RFI # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                    N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                   Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                        Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                 Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
AR 47.00       System allows for automatically or manually applying late charges
               (penalties, interest, etc.) based upon user-defined criteria to the unpaid
               balance on selected accounts receivable.
AR 48.00       System supports varying penalty amounts and interest by division.
AR 49.00       System provides the ability to print comments on both an individual and
               group basis on the billing documents.
AR 50.00       System automatically calculates interest on an individual account and bills
               the customer for the interest and principal. A single customer may have
               multiple receivable accounts.
AR 51.00       System provides the ability to flag accounts with a user-defined follow-up
               date for collection related activity.
AR 52.00       System provides the ability for users to define billing cycles and
               frequencies.
AR 53.00       System will allow the user to document customer communication
               regarding an invoice and associate it with the specific invoice.
AR 54.00       System provides the ability to include or exclude disputed
               billings/customers from aging, finance charges, invoice
               generation/printing, statistics, and dunning based upon user defined
               parameters.
                                                   Receipts
AR 55.00       System should supply an outbound interface for receipts in order to
               update several specialized 3rd party billing systems whose functionality
               cannot be implemented into an ERP billing system.
AR 56.00       System will support processing receipts including identifying the payment
               source, payment source phone number, payee, and any element in the
               Chart of Accounts such as fund, program, etc.
AR 57.00       System will support bar code or scan line printing on envelopes and
               remittance stubs to aid in remittance processing.
AR 58.00       System provides a predefined interface for bar code or scan line
               information which can capture any and all fields of the coding block
               applied to financial transactions.
AR 59.00       System will process multiple and/or partial invoice payments on the same
               receipt


    RFP Attachment 6.8                                              Accounts Receivable Requirements                                                  AR5
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                   RFI # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                    N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                   Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                        Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                  Response                   Comments                   Modify
AR 60.00        System will record pre-payments for service and generate balancing
                amounts (due to/from) when reconciling revenue collected with specific
                services provided.
AR 60.01              For example, system is able to properly record deposits for
                      reservation of conference rooms for events.
AR 61.00        System allows on-line review of all items in a receipt batch before the
                batch is posted.
AR 62.00        System allows the correction of a receipt batch at any time before the
                batch is posted.
AR 63.00        System provides the ability for user-defined payment methods.
AR 64.00        Receipt transactions upon entry can record the receipt amount to the
                correct account. The data elements on a receipt minimally includes the
                following:
AR 64.01              Chart of Account code distributions to which each receipts was
                      deposited (I.E. Rev, Exp, Trust)
AR   64.02            Date received
AR   64.03            Name/ID of person collecting monies
AR   64.04            Date deposited to bank
AR   64.05            Name/ID of person depositing to bank
AR   64.06            Sequential receipt number
AR   64.07
                     Contact information for originating unit (I.e. Name, number, and fax)
AR 64.08             Reference fields
AR 64.09             At least 20 User-defined text fields that are minimally 60 characters
                     (I.e. Case Id, Case Name, Purpose)
AR   64.10           Check Number
AR   64.11           Amount
AR   64.12           Place of Deposit (Bank Number)
AR   64.13           Location of collection
AR   64.14           Payment Type/Method
AR   64.15           Who Paid
AR   65.00      System creates hard-copy receipts:
AR   65.01           Allow users to specify how many receipt copies to print


     RFP Attachment 6.8                                             Accounts Receivable Requirements                                                  AR6
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                     RFI # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                   FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                      N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                     Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                          Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
AR 65.02              Provide the ability to customized hard copy receipts into as many
                      formats with specified data fields as needed (including any of the 20
                      custom fields from the receipt transaction)
AR 66.00        System will minimally capture the following on each hard copy customer
                receipt:
AR   66.01            Transaction Date
AR   66.02            Cashier
AR   66.03            Location
AR   66.04            Payment Type/Method
AR   66.05            Purpose/Description
AR   66.06            Amount
AR   67.00      System will process split or mixed tendering situations. (e.g. payment with
                cash and check)
AR 68.00        System will enter, track separately, and process simultaneously, (but not
                limited to) the following tendering situations:
AR   68.01            Cash, including capture of Bank Code
AR   68.02            Check, including capture of ABA #, Account #, and Check #.
AR   68.03            Charge Card
AR   68.04            Money Orders, including capture of ABA # and Account #
AR   68.05            EFT/ACH
AR   68.06            Debit Cards
AR   69.00      System provides the capability to monitor revenue against budget to meet
                statewide and agency-specific reporting and control requirements.

AR 70.00        System is able to enter detailed receipt transactions for cash collected
                (against all elements in the data classification structure) and apply receipts
                against appropriate accounts receivable balances or invoices.

AR 71.00        System will support online entry of receipt information into daily cash
                deposits (corresponding to actual bank deposits).
AR 72.00        System supports compiling multiple receipts into one cash deposit more or
                less frequently than daily.
AR 73.00        System provides the ability to drill back and forth between deposit and
                receipt.

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                               Accounts Receivable Requirements                                                  AR7
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                      RFI # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                      N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                     Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                          Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
AR 74.00       System provides a daily approval and clearance process for previously
               unidentified receipts held in clearing accounts.
AR 75.00       System will allow for applying payments on receivables by referencing the
               invoice number which infers all invoice information to the receipt.
AR 76.00       System will allow for processing receipts not associated with a specific
               receivable.
AR 77.00       System will allow for coding of receipt as a refund to expenditure, trust
               account deposit, revenue, etc., (with proper authorization).
AR 78.00       System provides an audit trail of all accounts receivable and all receipts
               activity.
AR 79.00       System provides for receipts via electronic funds transfers (EFT), ACH,
               “lock box”, credit card, and other electronic receipts for payment.
AR 80.00       System allows for defaulted accounting entries with opportunity to adjust.

AR 81.00       System is able to void receipts with proper controls and an audit trail.
AR 82.00       System provides the user with the ability to code, batch, collect and
               deposit funds on the behalf of other agencies/external agencies within
               user-defined security rules.
AR 83.00       System provides the following functionality for receipts:
AR 83.01             Record dishonored revenue payments by name, account #, deposit
                     #, date and amount (i.e. NSF) and ability to adjust or reverse original
                     receipt's accounting events.
AR 83.02             Provide the capability for a pending file of receipts to match to future
                     payments (I.e. child support), or future coding.
AR 84.00       Deposits not coded to a specific accounting entry should be posted to a
               clearing account by bank code.
                                                Point of Sale
AR 85.00       System will create user-defined screens for cashiers.
AR 86.00       System requires a valid operator code in order to process a receipt.
AR 87.00
               System provides user-defined system security by register at various levels
               (clerk, manager, etc.) depending on the function being performed.



    RFP Attachment 6.8                                                Accounts Receivable Requirements                                                  AR8
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                    RFI # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                     N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                    Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                         Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
AR 88.00
                System will generate a customer receipt as well as an internal transaction
                tape for each transaction processed. The internal transaction tape will be
                used to balance the drawer at the end of the day.
AR   89.00      System captures the following on each customer receipt.
AR   89.01            Transaction Time
AR   89.02            Transaction Date
AR   89.03            Cashier
AR   89.04            Location
AR   89.05            Register Number
AR   89.06            Payment Type/Method
AR   89.07            Amount
AR   89.08            Purpose/Description
AR   81.00      System will enter, track separately, and process simultaneously, (but not
                limited to) the following tendering situations:
AR   81.01            Cash
AR   81.02            Check
AR   81.03            Charge Card
AR   81.04            Money Orders
AR   81.05            EFT
AR   81.06            Debit Cards
AR   82.00      System will inquire into all of a customer's outstanding invoices/fees when
                receiving payments for any type of invoice/fee.
AR 83.00        System supports unlimited cash drawers.
AR 84.00        System will maintain default chart of account distributions for specific
                types of payments or receipts.
AR 85.00        System will maintain default service codes (items) for specific types of
                payments or receipts.
AR 86.00        System provides a user override of the default Chart of Accounts+F17 by
                an authorized user.
AR 87.00        System will accept any type of receipt including accounts receivable, other
                miscellaneous permits, licenses, fees, taxes, etc.
AR 88.00        System provides the option to have more than one operator working at a
                cash register based upon security.

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                              Accounts Receivable Requirements                                                  AR9
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                     RFI # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                   FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                      N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                     Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                          Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
AR   89.00      System provides on-line validation for accounts receivable payments.
AR   89.01             Invoice Number
AR   89.02             Chart of Account Code
AR   89.03             Customer
AR   90.00      System creates the ability for cashier to collect payments for items that are
                not prebilled in any system (e.g., licenses, permits, etc.).
AR 91.00
                System provides the following functionality for daily cash drawer close out:
AR 91.01             Produce a close-out report to be balanced with the cash, checks,
                     money orders, etc. in the operator’s drawer at the end of a cashier’s
                     scheduled work day.
AR 91.02             Allow users to enter counted monies by tender and the system
                     automatically calculates any overage or shortage amount by tender.
                     The calculation includes any cash drawer bank amount.
AR 91.03             Create a receipt within the statewide system, crediting the
                     appropriate accounting codes for the revenue or expense
                     abatement. The receipt reflects any overage or shortage calculated.

AR 91.04             Print a deposit ticket for each day’s sales which include total receipts
                     for all cash drawers.
AR 91.05             Provide ability to report by service code (item) or revenue code.
AR 92.00        System will void a receipt through proper security.
AR 93.00        System creates the ability for multi-line descriptions to be entered on each
                receipt.
AR 94.00        System provides for scanned barcode sales at the cash register and have
                the sales price of the good added to the sales total.
AR 95.00        System will optionally allow the sales person to enter the barcode number
                and have the sales price of the good added to the sales total.
AR 96.00        System will automatically adjust inventory based upon completion of the
                sales or return event.
AR 97.00        System allows for processing return of goods transactions with proper
                controls.
AR 98.00        System will process an increase or decrease of sales price across all
                items or within a category of items.

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                               Accounts Receivable Requirements                                                  AR10
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                  RFI # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                               FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                  N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                 Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                      Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                Business Requirements                                  Response                   Comments                   Modify
AR 99.00 System will calculate the markup amount per item.
AR 100.00 System allows users to build multiple composite sales tax rates (i.e., state
          = 6%, city = 1.5 %, and county = .5% for composite rate of 8%).
AR 101.00 System will maintain a customer check clearing history for the most recent
          15 checks received from each customer or provide the ability to link to a
          check verification system.
AR 102.00 System will not accept (with approved manual overrides) a customer
          check for payment if that customer history has a user defined number of
          checks that did not clear when deposited.
AR 103.00 System stores information for each item including but not limited to item
          number, description, cost, and sales price.
AR 104.00 System has an automated interface to the general ledger to record the
          sales and cost of goods sold.
AR 105.00 System will track the cost of goods sold for each item, class of goods,
          location, and region.
AR 106.00 System will automatically initiate requisitions for items designated for retail
          sale for the location whose inventory has hit the reorder point with proper
          review and approval.
AR 107.00 System allows users to record customer information at the time of the sale
          within proper security rules.
AR 108.00 System will automatically print a receipt and allow for cashier to reprint the
          receipt manually if necessary. Note this receipt must be in a form that is
          not easily duplicated.
AR 109.00 System will read credit card magnetic strips and if the amount exceeds a
          user defined minimum, secure and retain the electronic approval for the
          charge transaction from the credit card holding company.

AR 110.00 System will print the appropriate credit card receipt to secure the
          cardholder's signature.
AR 111.00 System provides a standard interface for processing transactions from
          POS and other cash receipting systems.
                                      Reports and Inquiry
AR 112.00 System will provide user-defined sorts and filters.


    RFP Attachment 6.8                                            Accounts Receivable Requirements                                                  AR11
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                 RFI # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                              FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                 N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                     Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                               Business Requirements                                  Response                   Comments                   Modify
AR 113.00 System allows for query of customer information based on various user
          defined criteria.
AR 114.00 System provides a tool within the system to customize the printed
          invoice/adjustments form to include any field entered in the invoice or
          adjustments transaction entry screen.
AR 115.00 Users can preview, print and re-print customized invoices/adjustments
          (including color variations) individually, by customer, range of
          invoice/adjustment numbers, and range of customer numbers.
AR 116.00 System supports the generation of various user-defined report including,
          but not limited to:
AR 116.01       Billing status
AR 116.02       Billed and unbilled charges
AR 116.03       Delinquent accounts and referrals of delinquent accounts and
                bankrupt customers
AR 116.04       Receivables tracking
AR 116.05       Long term receivables
AR 116.06       Memo billing status
AR 117.00 System is able to query all invoice/adjustments for a single customer
          online and print the information queried.
AR 118.00 System provides the ability to report and print customer activity by
          customer type.
AR 119.00 System provides the ability to report revenue on any Chart of Account
          segment with a user-specified date range.
AR 120.00 System is able to generate reports of invoices billed, paid, or voided with a
          user-defined timeframe.
AR 121.00 System provides a report of all outstanding invoices on a given date.
AR 122.00 System reports dollars of delinquent accounts collected, collection cases,
          and results of collection efforts.
AR 123.00 System provides aging analysis of outstanding accounts receivable based
          upon user-defined aging buckets (for example 30, 60, 90, 120, and
          greater than 120 days) using the original invoice date and current system
          date.
AR 124.00 System reports are able to separately identify collect revenues and
          accrued revenues.

    RFP Attachment 6.8                                           Accounts Receivable Requirements                                                  AR12
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                              RFI # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                            FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                  10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                              N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                             Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                  Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                             Business Requirements                                 Response                   Comments                   Modify
AR 125.00 System provides the ability to report and inquire on customer performance
          including disputes, blocking, payment history.




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                        Accounts Receivable Requirements                                                  AR13
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                            RFI # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                 10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                            N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                           Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                                Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      Accounts Receivable Requirements                                                  AR14
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                            RFI # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                 10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                            N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                           Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                                Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      Accounts Receivable Requirements                                                  AR15
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                            RFI # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                 10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                            N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                           Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                                Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      Accounts Receivable Requirements                                                  AR16
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                            RFI # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                 10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                            N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                           Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                                Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      Accounts Receivable Requirements                                                  AR17
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                            RFI # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                 10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                            N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                           Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                                Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      Accounts Receivable Requirements                                                  AR18
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                            RFI # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                 10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                            N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                           Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                                Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      Accounts Receivable Requirements                                                  AR19
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                            RFI # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                 10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                            N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                           Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                                Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      Accounts Receivable Requirements                                                  AR20
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                            RFI # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                 10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                            N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                           Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                                Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      Accounts Receivable Requirements                                                  AR21
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                            RFI # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                 10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                            N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                           Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                                Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      Accounts Receivable Requirements                                                  AR22
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                            RFI # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                 10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                            N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                           Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                                Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      Accounts Receivable Requirements                                                  AR23
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                            RFI # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                 10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                            N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                           Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                                Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      Accounts Receivable Requirements                                                  AR24
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                            RFI # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                 10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                            N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                           Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                                Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      Accounts Receivable Requirements                                                  AR25
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                            RFI # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                 10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                            N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                           Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                                Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      Accounts Receivable Requirements                                                  AR26
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                            RFI # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                 10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                            N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                           Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                                Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      Accounts Receivable Requirements                                                  AR27
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                            RFI # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                 10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                            N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                           Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                                Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      Accounts Receivable Requirements                                                  AR28
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                            RFI # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                 10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                            N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                           Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                                Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      Accounts Receivable Requirements                                                  AR29
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                            RFI # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                 10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                            N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                           Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                                Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      Accounts Receivable Requirements                                                  AR30
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                            RFI # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                 10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                            N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                           Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                                Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      Accounts Receivable Requirements                                                  AR31
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                            RFI # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                 10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                            N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                           Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                                Response                   Comments                   Modify




                                                                                        S
                                                                                        M
                                                                                        C
                                                                                        N
                                                                                        T




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      Accounts Receivable Requirements                                                  AR32
State of Tennessee                                                                                                  RFP 317.03-134
Project Edison
                                 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                           10/21/05




                                                         Budget Control

                Budget Control is used to control spending to ensure that spending is in accordance with the
                Appropriations Bill. In addition, budget control is used in grants, projects, and spending plans.

                        Budgetary Control
                        Budget Maintenance and Monitoring
                        Budget Adjustments




                Additional Information:




RFP Attachment 6.8                                           Introduction                                                       ii
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                       RFI # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                      10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
S = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                        N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                       Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                            Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                                     Response                   Comments                   Modify
                                          General Requirements
                                               Budget Control
BC 1.00         Module is fully integrated with the following modules to ensure that all
                transactions using or affecting budget (appropriation, grant, project,
                spending plan) authority are validated online, real-time against up-to-date
                budget totals based on established budgetary controls:
BC   1.01         Accounts Receivable
BC   1.02         Accounts Payable
BC   1.03         Purchasing
BC   1.04         Inventory
BC   1.05         Cost allocation
BC   1.06         Payroll
BC   1.07         Personnel Administration
BC   2.00       System supports work flow for the approval process.
BC   3.00       System supports work flow for the approval process by funding source.
BC   4.00       System supports multiple reason codes for revisions.
BC   5.00       System supports the import of access files for budget control.
BC   6.00       System supports budgets created in pending status and workflow for
                approvals.
BC 7.00         Workflow sends an email to budget analyst on overdraft of appropriations
                budget.
BC 8.00         Workflow sends an email to agency fiscal officer on overdraft of
                appropriations budget.
BC 9.00         System tracks transaction detail at the level of entry.
BC 10.00        System provides the ability to override appropriation, spending plan, grant,
                project, and contract budget edits with the appropriate security authority
                for each type of budget without opening the budget to other users.

BC 11.00        System allows payroll transactions to generate (pay employees) prior to
                editing against the appropriation, spending plan, grant and project
                budgets.
BC 12.00        System allows an indicator that controls the level at which budget is
                controlled, eg category, major object, minor object.
BC 13.00        System provides separate data entry and document types for:

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                Budget Control Requirements                                                        BC1
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                     RFI # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                      10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
S = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                      N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                     Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                          Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                 Business Requirements                                     Response                   Comments                   Modify
BC   13.01          Appropriation budget transactions
BC   13.02          Revenue Budget Transactions
BC   13.03          Spending Plan transactions
BC   13.04          Grant Budget transactions
BC   13.05          Project Budgets
BC   14.00      System separately tracks original budget and budget adjustment line items
                for each appropriation.
BC 15.00        System separately tracks original budget and budget adjustment line
                items for each revenue budget.
BC 16.00        System separately tracks original budget and budget adjustment line
                items for each Grant budget.
BC 17.00        System separately tracks original budget and budget adjustment line
                items for each project budget.
BC 18.00        System separately tracks original budget and budget adjustment line
                items for each spending plan budget.
BC 19.00        System should provide a report that compares the amount of expenditures
                and revenue to the amount of expenditures and revenue for the same
                period in the prior year.
                                        Appropriations (Allotments)
BC 20.00        System uses the following formula to calculate available budget (original
                budget +/- budget adjustments + actual departmental revenue (subject to
                the budget limit)- freezes/deferments - pre-encumbrances -
                encumbrances - expenditures). Note the inclusion of pre-encumbrances
                and encumbrance depends on the system configuration.

BC 21.00        System should provide appropriation budget controls by user defined
                combinations of the elements/element hierarchies shown below:
BC   21.01         Fund
BC   21.02         Agency/Department
BC   21.03         Organization
BC   21.04         Program
BC   21.05         Appropriation
BC   21.06         Project
BC   21.07         Expenditure object

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                              Budget Control Requirements                                                        BC2
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                       RFI # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                      10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
S = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                        N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                       Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                            Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                      Response                   Comments                   Modify
BC   21.08         Source of Revenue
BC   21.09         General Ledger Account
BC   21.10         Grant
BC   22.00      System provides multi-year appropriation budget control.
BC   23.00      System provides appropriation budget control at varying levels and
                combinations of the chart of accounts (i.e. 3rd level of fund; 2nd level of
                organization, 3rd level of expenditure object).
BC 24.00        System provides an indicator, for each appropriation, that determines if
                pre-encumbrances are included in the available appropriation budget edit.

BC 25.00        System provides an indicator, for each appropriation, that determines if
                encumbrances are included in the available appropriation budget edit.
BC 26.00        System provides the ability to distribute and control each appropriation
                budget by the following periods:
BC   26.01         Annual
BC   26.02          Semi-Annual
BC   26.03          Quarter
BC   26.04          Month
BC   26.05          Distribution based on seasonal trend
BC   26.06          Seasonal trends
BC   26.07          Prior Year actuals
BC   26.08          User defined period (manually input budget for each month)
BC   27.00      System edits pre-encumbrances, encumbrances and expenditures against
                the appropriation distributed budget.
BC 28.00        System provides the ability to carry forward appropriation allotments in
                pending status to the next allotment period based on the funding source.

BC 29.00        System rolls up budget details to a user-defined summary level.
BC 30.00        System distributes the adopted budget (summary level) and budget
                adjustments to detail Account and Organization levels based on user
                defined criteria.
BC 31.00        System distributes the adopted budget (summary level) and budget
                adjustments to detail Account and Program levels based on user defined
                criteria.

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                Budget Control Requirements                                                        BC3
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                       RFI # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                      10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
S = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                       N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                      Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                           Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                     Response                   Comments                   Modify
BC 32.00       System edits all transactions to ensure that appropriation budget is
               available before posting the transaction.
BC 33.00       System prevents transactions not meeting available appropriation budget
               for those appropriations with absolute control from being transmitted to the
               next approval stage.
BC 34.00       Individual appropriation budgetary control options in the system include:

BC 34.01       Absolute control - prevents transaction from processing without override
               approval
BC 34.02       Warning – provides warning message but allows transaction to process

BC 34.03       No control – allows transaction to process without warning
BC 35.00       System provides a flag that sets the default appropriation control option
               (absolute, warning, none).
BC 36.00       System provides multiple levels of appropriation budget control (none,
               absolute, warning) within one agency.
BC 37.00       System provides an on-line inquiry screen that displays original
               appropriation budget, budget adjustments, freezes,                   pre-
               encumbrances, encumbrances, expenditures, actual departmental
               revenue, and calculated budget. The numbers displayed should reflect
               posted and unposted (saved but not posted) transactions.
BC 38.00       System provides an on-line inquiry screen that displays original
               appropriation budget, budget adjustments, freezes,                    pre-
               encumbrances, encumbrances, expenditures, actual departmental
               revenue, and available budget. The numbers displayed should be the
               same balances used by the budget edit program.
BC 39.00       System provide the ability to drill down from the appropriation budget error
               message to the budget inquiry screen and automatically retrieves budget
               data.
BC 40.00       System provides on-line inquiry screens that display the appropriation
               budget, adjustments, freezes, pre-encumbrances, encumbrances,
               expenditures, and available budget data at varying levels of the Chart of
               Accounts structure.


    RFP Attachment 6.8                                                Budget Control Requirements                                                        BC4
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                       RFI # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                      10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
S = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                        N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                       Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                            Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                      Response                   Comments                   Modify
BC 41.00        System provides an on-line inquiry screen that displays appropriation
                allotment budget, pre-encumbrances, encumbrances, expenditures, and
                available budget. The numbers displayed should be the same balances
                used by the budget edit program.
BC 42.00        System provides the ability to control or not control expenditures based on
                the availability of cash in a fund.
                                                Revenue Budget
BC 43.00        System should provide revenue budget controls which controls the
                amount of departmental revenue the agency can use for spending
                purposes.
BC 44.00        System should provide the ability to increase the available budget based
                on the collection of departmental revenue up to the amount of the revenue
                budget.
BC 45.00        System should provide revenue budget controls by user defined
                combinations of the elements/element hierarchies shown below:
BC   45.01          Fund
BC   45.02          Agency/Department
BC   45.03          Organization
BC   45.04          Program
BC   45.05          Appropriation
BC   45.06          Project
BC   45.07          Expenditure object
BC   45.08          Source of Revenue
BC   45.09          General Ledger Account
BC   45.10          Grant
BC   46.00      System provides multi-year revenue budget control.
BC   47.00      System provides revenue budget control at varying levels and
                combinations of the chart of accounts (i.e. 3rd level of fund; 2nd level of
                organization, 3rd level of revenue source).
BC 48.00        System provides the ability to distribute and control each appropriation
                budget by the following periods:
BC 48.01            Annual
BC 48.02            Semi-Annual
BC 48.03            Quarter

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                Budget Control Requirements                                                        BC5
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                    RFI # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                     10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
S = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                     N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                    Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                         Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                 Business Requirements                                    Response                   Comments                   Modify
BC   48.04          Month
BC   48.05          Distribution based on seasonal trend
BC   48.06          Seasonal trends
BC   48.07          Prior Year actuals
BC   48.08          User defined period (manually input budget for each month)
BC   49.00      System rolls up budget details to a user-defined summary level.
BC   50.00      System distributes the adopted budget (summary level) and budget
                adjustments to detail Account and Organization levels based on user
                defined criteria.
BC 51.00        System has the ability to measure the budgeted non-Departmental
                Revenue to the actual non-Departmental Revenue.
BC 52.00        System has the ability to measure the estimated and actual non-
                Departmental Revenue without affecting the appropriation budget.
BC 53.00        The system has the ability to reflect the initial revenue budget in the
                original appropriation budget for financial reporting purposes.
BC 54.00        The system has the ability to reflect the adjustments to the revenue
                budget in the adjusted appropriation budget for financial reporting
                purposes.
                                                 Spending Plan
BC 55.00        System provides a spending plan budget. Note: the spending plan budget
                is separate from the appropriation budget and is used to control budgets
                at a lower or different level of detail than the appropriation budget.

BC 56.00        System provides spending plan controls for each agency with user defined
                combination of the elements shown below: (Note: the spending plan is
                separate from the appropriation budget.)
BC   56.01         Fund
BC   56.02         Agency/Department
BC   56.03         Organization
BC   56.04         Program
BC   56.05         Appropriation
BC   56.06         Project
BC   56.07         Expenditure object
BC   56.08         Source of Revenue

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                             Budget Control Requirements                                                        BC6
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                       RFI # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                      10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
S = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                        N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                       Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                            Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                                     Response                   Comments                   Modify
BC 56.09            General Ledger Account
BC 56.10            Grant
BC 57.00        System provides spending plan control at varying levels and combinations
                of the Chart of Accounts (i.e. 4th level of fund; 4th level of organization,
                2nd level of object of expenditure).
BC 58.00        System provides an indicator that determines if pre-encumbrances are
                included in the available spending plan edit.
BC 59.00        System provides an indicator that determines if encumbrances are
                included in the available spending plan edit.
BC 60.00        System edits pre-encumbrances, encumbrances and expenditures against
                the agency spending plan budget.
BC 61.00        System provides the ability to distribute and control the spending plan by
                the following periods:
BC   61.01          Annual
BC   61.02          Semi-Annual
BC   61.03          Quarter
BC   61.04          Month
BC   61.05          Allocation based on seasonal trend
BC   61.06          User defined period (manually input budget for each month)
BC   62.00      System rolls up spending plan details to a user-defined summary level.
BC   63.00      System distributes the adopted spending plan (summary level) to detail
                Account and Organization levels.
BC 64.00        System edits all transactions to ensure that spending plan budget is
                available before posting the transaction.
BC 65.00        System prevents transactions not meeting available spending plan budget
                that are absolutely controlled from being transmitted to the next approval
                stage.
BC 66.00        Spending plan control options in the System include:
BC 66.01            Absolute control - prevents transaction from processing without
                    override approval
BC 66.02            Warning – provides warning message but allows transaction to
                    process
BC 66.03            No control – allows transaction to process without warning


     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                Budget Control Requirements                                                        BC7
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                       RFI # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                      10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
S = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                        N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                       Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                            Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                      Response                   Comments                   Modify
BC 67.00        System provides a flag that sets the default spending plan control option
                (absolute, warning, none).
BC 68.00        System provides multiple levels of spending plan control (none, absolute,
                warning) within one agency.
BC 69.00        System provides multiple levels of spending plan (level one and level 3 of
                the organization) within the same organizational branch.
BC 70.00        System provides the ability to carry forward spending plan allotments to
                the next allotment period based on the funding source.
BC 71.00        System provide the ability to drill down from the spending plan error
                message to the budget inquiry screen and automatically retrieves budget
                data.
BC 72.00        System provides an on-line inquiry screen that displays spending plan,
                adjustments, freezes, pre-encumbrances, encumbrances, expenditures,
                revenue, and available budget. The numbers displayed should be the
                same balances used by the budget edit program.
BC 73.00        System provides on-line inquiry screens that display the spending plan
                budget, pre-encumbrances, encumbrances, expenditures, and available
                budget data at varying levels of the classification structure.
                                               Grant Budget
BC 74.00        System provides grant budget controls for each agency with user defined
                combination of the elements shown below: (Note: the grant control is
                separate from the appropriation budget.)
BC   74.01          Fund
BC   74.02          Agency/Department
BC   74.03          Organization
BC   74.04          Program
BC   74.05          Appropriation
BC   74.06          Project
BC   74.07          Expenditure object
BC   74.08          Source of Revenue
BC   74.09          General Ledger Account
BC   74.10          Grant



     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                Budget Control Requirements                                                        BC8
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                       RFI # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                      10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
S = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                        N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                       Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                            Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                                     Response                   Comments                   Modify
BC 75.00        System provides grant budget control at varying levels and combinations
                of the Chart of Accounts (i.e. 4th level of fund; 4th level of organization,
                2nd level of object of expenditure).
BC 76.00        System provides an indicator that determines if pre-encumbrances are
                included in the available grant budget edit.
BC 77.00        System provides an indicator that determines if encumbrances are
                included in the available grant budget edit.
BC 78.00        System edits pre-encumbrances, encumbrances and expenditures against
                the agency grant budget.
BC 79.00        System provides the ability to distribute and control the grant budget by
                the following periods:
BC   79.01          Annual
BC   79.02          Semi-Annual
BC   79.03          Quarter
BC   79.04          Month
BC   79.05          Allocation based on seasonal trend
BC   79.06          User defined period (manually input budget for each month)
BC   80.00      System rolls up grant budget details to a user-defined summary level.
BC   81.00      System distributes the adopted grant budget (summary level) to detail
                Account and Organization levels.
BC 82.00        System edits all transactions to ensure that grant budget is available
                before posting the transaction.
BC 83.00        System prevents transactions not meeting available grant budget that are
                absolutely controlled from being transmitted to the next approval stage.

BC 84.00        Grant budget control options in the System include:
BC 84.01           Absolute control - prevents transaction from processing without
                   override approval
BC 84.02           Warning – provides warning message but allows transaction to
                   process
BC 84.03           No control – allows transaction to process without warning
BC 85.00        System provides a flag that sets the default grant budget control option
                (absolute, warning, none).


     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                Budget Control Requirements                                                        BC9
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                       RFI # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                      10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
S = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                        N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                       Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                            Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                      Response                   Comments                   Modify
BC 86.00        System provides multiple levels of grant budget control (none, absolute,
                warning) within one agency.
BC 87.00        System provides multiple levels of grant budget (level one and level 3 of
                the organization) within the same organizational branch.
BC 88.00        System provides the ability to carry forward grant budget allotments to the
                next allotment period based on the funding source.
BC 89.00        System provide the ability to drill down from the grant budget error
                message to the budget inquiry screen and automatically retrieves budget
                data.
BC 90.00        System provides an on-line inquiry screen that displays grant budget,
                adjustments, freezes, pre-encumbrances, encumbrances, expenditures,
                revenue, and available budget. The numbers displayed should be the
                same balances used by the budget edit program.
BC 91.00        System provides on-line inquiry screens that display the grant budget, pre-
                encumbrances, encumbrances, expenditures, and available budget data
                at varying levels of the classification structure.
BC 92.00        System provides on-line inquiry screens that display the grant budget, pre-
                encumbrances, encumbrances, expenditures, and available budget data
                at cost center level of the classification structure.
BC 93.00        System provides an on-line inquiry screen that displays the grant term and
                the applicable funding percentages.
                                                Project Budget
BC 94.00        System provides project budget controls for each agency with user
                defined combination of the elements shown below: (Note: the project
                budget control is separate from the appropriation budget.)
BC   94.01          Fund
BC   94.02          Agency/Department
BC   94.03          Organization
BC   94.04          Program
BC   94.05          Appropriation
BC   94.06          Project
BC   94.07          Expenditure object
BC   94.08          Source of Revenue
BC   94.09          General Ledger Account

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                Budget Control Requirements                                                        BC10
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                       RFI # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                      10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
S = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                        N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                       Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                            Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                                     Response                   Comments                   Modify
BC 94.10            Grant
BC 95.00        System provides project budget control at varying levels and combinations
                of the Chart of Accounts (i.e. 4th level of fund; 4th level of organization,
                2nd level of object of expenditure).
BC 96.00        System provides an indicator that determines if pre-encumbrances are
                included in the available project budget edit.
BC 97.00        System provides an indicator that determines if encumbrances are
                included in the available project budget edit.
BC 98.00        System edits pre-encumbrances, encumbrances and expenditures against
                the agency project budget.
BC 99.00        System provides the ability to distribute and control the project budget by
                the following periods:
BC   99.01          Annual
BC   99.02          Semi-Annual
BC   99.03          Quarter
BC   99.04          Month
BC   99.05          Allocation based on seasonal trend
BC   99.06          User defined period (manually input budget for each month)
BC   100.00     System rolls up project budget details to a user-defined summary level.
BC   101.00     System distributes the adopted project budget (summary level) to detail
                Account and Organization levels.
BC 102.00       System edits all transactions to ensure that project budget is available
                before posting the transaction.
BC 103.00       System prevents transactions not meeting available project budget that
                are absolutely controlled from being transmitted to the next approval
                stage.
BC 104.00       Project budget control options in the System include:
BC 104.01           Absolute control - prevents transaction from processing without
                    override approval
BC 104.02           Warning – provides warning message but allows transaction to
                    process
BC 104.03           No control – allows transaction to process without warning
BC 105.00       System provides a flag that sets the default project budget control option
                (absolute, warning, none).

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                Budget Control Requirements                                                        BC11
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                   RFI # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                             FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                      10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
S = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                   N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                  Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                       Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                              Business Requirements                                     Response                   Comments                   Modify
BC 106.00 System provides multiple levels of project budget control (none, absolute,
          warning) within one agency.
BC 107.00 System provides multiple levels of project budget (level one and level 3 of
          the organization) within the same organizational branch.
BC 108.00 System provides the ability to carry forward project budget allotments to
          the next allotment period based on the funding source.
BC 109.00 System provide the ability to drill down from the project budget error
          message to the budget inquiry screen and automatically retrieves budget
          data.
BC 110.00 System provides an on-line inquiry screen that displays project budget,
          adjustments, freezes, pre-encumbrances, encumbrances, expenditures,
          revenue, and available budget. The numbers displayed should be the
          same balances used by the budget edit program.
BC 111.00 System provides on-line inquiry screens that display the project budget,
          pre-encumbrances, encumbrances, expenditures, and available budget
          data at varying levels of the classification structure.




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                            Budget Control Requirements                                                        BC12
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                             RFI # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                  10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
S = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                             N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                            Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                 Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                                 Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      Budget Control Requirements                                                        BC13
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                             RFI # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                  10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
S = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                             N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                            Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                 Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                                 Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      Budget Control Requirements                                                        BC14
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                             RFI # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                  10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
S = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                             N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                            Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                 Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                                 Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      Budget Control Requirements                                                        BC15
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                             RFI # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                  10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
S = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                             N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                            Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                 Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                                 Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      Budget Control Requirements                                                        BC16
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                             RFI # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                  10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
S = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                             N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                            Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                 Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                                 Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      Budget Control Requirements                                                        BC17
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                             RFI # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                  10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
S = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                             N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                            Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                 Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                                 Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      Budget Control Requirements                                                        BC18
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                             RFI # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                  10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
S = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                             N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                            Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                 Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                                 Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      Budget Control Requirements                                                        BC19
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                             RFI # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                  10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
S = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                             N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                            Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                 Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                                 Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      Budget Control Requirements                                                        BC20
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                             RFI # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                  10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
S = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                             N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                            Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                 Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                                 Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      Budget Control Requirements                                                        BC21
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                             RFI # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                  10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
S = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                             N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                            Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                 Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                                 Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      Budget Control Requirements                                                        BC22
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                             RFI # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                  10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
S = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                             N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                            Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                 Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                                 Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      Budget Control Requirements                                                        BC23
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                             RFI # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                  10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
S = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                             N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                            Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                 Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                                 Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      Budget Control Requirements                                                        BC24
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                             RFI # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                  10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
S = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                             N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                            Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                 Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                                 Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      Budget Control Requirements                                                        BC25
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                             RFI # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                  10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
S = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                             N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                            Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                 Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                                 Response                   Comments                   Modify




                                                                                      S
                                                                                      M
                                                                                      C
                                                                                      N
                                                                                      T




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      Budget Control Requirements                                                        BC26
State of Tennessee                                                                                              RFP 317.03-134
Project Edison
                                 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                       10/21/05




                                                    Budget Administration

                Budget Administration details the State of Tennessee’s Annual Budget process and includes the
                following significant activities:

                        Strategic Planning
                        Budget Request
                        Budget Analysis
                        Capital Projects
                        Document Publishing
                        Work Program Preparation
                        Authorized Position Control




                Additional Information:




RFP Attachment 6.8                                        Introduction                                                      ii
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                       RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                   FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                     10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                        N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                       Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                            Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                    Business Requirements                                    Response                   Comments                   Modify
                               Budget Development General Requirements
BD 1.00         System should be integrated with the other ERP modules (personnel,
                payroll, accounting, and purchasing).
BD 2.00         System provides multiple-year benefits tables to manage (add, change,
                delete) different rates by fiscal year for insurance, FICA, retirement, etc.

BD 3.00         System provides the ability for adjustments entered by the Division of
                Budget to be classified by an adjustment type.
BD 4.00         System provides for the maintenance of the following (but not limited to)
                Document adjustment types:
BD   4.01          Carryforwards
BD   4.02          Reorganizations
BD   4.03          Transfers between expenditure object/revenue sources
BD   4.04          Non-recurring adjustments
BD   4.05          Expansions
BD   4.06          Supplemental appropriations
BD   4.07          Rounding adjustments
BD   4.08          Error corrections
BD   4.09          Actual year adjustments
BD   4.10          Base reductions
BD   4.11          Other adjustments.
BD   5.00       System provides for the maintenance of the following (but not limited to)
                Work Program adjustment types:
BD 5.01            Adjustments to Sections 1 (state appropriations from State tax
                   revenues and reserves) and 4 (enacted appropriations from
                   departmental revenues)
BD   5.02          Amendments
BD   5.03          Salary adjustments
BD   5.04          Classification/compensation adjustments
BD   5.05          Salary bonus adjustments
BD   5.06          Retirement rate adjustments
BD   5.07          Annualize prior-year group health insurance adjustments

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                Budget Administration Requirements                                                 BD1
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                    RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                     N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                    Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                         Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
BD 5.08             Group health insurance adjustments effective Jan. 1
BD 5.09             Risk management (claims and property insurance) rate adjustments

BD   5.10           Travel (mileage, lodging, etc.) rate adjustments
BD   5.11           Rent (FRF and A-87) rate adjustments
BD   5.12           OIR rate adjustments
BD   5.13           Criminal justice grants adjustments
BD   5.14           Section 39 adjustments
BD   5.15           Expansions
BD   5.16           Reorganizations
BD   5.17           Other adjustments.
BD   6.00       System provides the ability to run ad hoc queries and reports against any
                data contained in the budget modules.
BD 7.00         System provides the ability to run ad hoc queries and reports against
                accounting, purchasing, and HR data as needed for financial analysis.
BD 8.00         System provides for the inclusion of detailed textual information, with the
                ability to amend the text at each stage. Text fields should have word
                processing capabilities and should be capable of storing several pages of
                information.
BD 9.00         System uses same baseline chart of account information (e.g. general
                ledger accounts, expenditure objects, sources of revenue, grant, project,
                appropriation, organization (allotment), funds, etc.) as the other ERP
                modules.
BD 10.00        System provides user-defined attributes such as budget roll-up codes
                which further qualify elements in the chart of accounts. These are
                additional levels within the organizational structure (dept/allotment/cost
                center) not contained in the accounting chart of accounts. These roll-up
                codes should be managed as a part of the budget chart of accounts.
BD 11.00        System provides audit trails of changes between stages to record at a
                minimum what changed, who changed it, when it was changed, and why it
                was changed. This information should be reportable as a change register.



     RFP Attachment 6.8                                             Budget Administration Requirements                                                 BD2
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                       RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                     10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                       N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                      Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                           Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                                    Response                   Comments                   Modify
BD 12.00       Budget chart of account data should include code numbers and official
               names as defined by the Division of Budget.
BD 13.00       Ability to freeze system data in stages at major completion points (agency
               submission of strategic plans/performance measures, publication of
               strategic plans/performance measures, submission of agency budget
               requests, budget document publication, appropriation bill submission,
               preliminary enacted budget, final enacted work program). System should
               allow flexibility in setting up additional completion points as needed.

BD 14.00       System must include a standardized interface to enable loading of global
               adjustments from an outside source
BD 15.00       System can receive data from and export data to spreadsheets (Excel,
               Lotus, etc.) and databases (Access).
BD 16.00       System provides the ability for maintenance of adjustment types to be
               managed (add, change, delete) by a system administrator with no
               programming effort.
BD 17.00       System provides the ability for the sequence of adjustment types on any
               adjustment reports to be under the control of a system administrator with
               no programming effort.
BD 18.00       System provides adjustment screens that show the net effect of entered
               adjustments to total allotment, state appropriation, federal revenue, other
               departmental revenue, and positions for all affected years.

BD 19.00       System provides that all adjustments screens allow for identifying what, if
               any, portion of an adjustment is funded by dedicated revenue sources (by
               the specific dedicated tax or fee). Also should allow for identifying what, if
               any, portion of an adjustment is considered non-recurring (one-time
               funding).
BD 20.00       System should allow for entry of adjustments in a "pending" status. Only
               approved adjustments should be reflected in the final document and work
               program figures.



    RFP Attachment 6.8                                                Budget Administration Requirements                                                 BD3
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                   RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                   N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                  Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                       Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                 Business Requirements                                  Response                   Comments                   Modify
BD 21.00       System should allow for entry of multiple entries of reconciling notes by
               Division of Budget for each agency. For each year (Actual, Estimated,
               Base, Improvement), includes a description of the reconciling item, the
               agency and fund affected, the adjustment type involved, the authority
               (legal citation), and an amount by category (state appropriation, federal
               revenue, other departmental revenue, and position).
BD 22.00       System provides the ability for each adjustment type to have a separate
               report to use in tracking the adjustments entered by the Division of
               Budget.
BD 23.00       System should prohibit the entry of an adjustment that will result in a
               negative dollar amount in the recommended budget or the work program.

BD 24.00       System should prohibit the entry of an adjustment that will result in a
               negative position count in the recommended budget or the work program.

BD 25.00       System provides the ability for marking certain programs (allotment codes)
               as inactive or abolished. These abolished codes should not be reported on
               any final budget document or work program reports.
BD 26.00       System should allow the system administrator to enter global elements
               such as fiscal year headings and published report versions (i.e.
               "Preliminary #1" Preliminary #2, …"Final")
BD 27.00       System should provide the ability for the system administrator to notify
               accounting modules when the work program is finalized so spending
               controls can be engaged.
BD 28.00       The system provides the capability to generate and publish the following
               reports:




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                            Budget Administration Requirements                                                 BD4
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                     RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                     N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                    Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                         Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
BD 28.01           Adjustments by Type - For each type of adjustment, shows
                   adjustment description, total allotment amount, state appropriation,
                   federal revenue, other departmental revenue, and position counts of
                   all the approved adjustments for each program (allotment code); also
                   includes agency totals. Includes Division of Budget comments and
                   status (pending review, on hold, approved, etc.). Select agency or
                   state-wide printing. Also select status (pending, approved, etc.) to
                   print.
BD 28.02           State-Wide Adjustments by Type - shows the net total for each
                   adjustment type. Includes for prior-year actual, current-year estimated,
                   base recommended, and improvements recommended the net total of
                   adjustments to total expenditures, state appropriation, federal revenue,
                   other departmental revenue, and total positions

BD 28.03          Adjustments by Department by Type - shows the net total for each
                  agency by each adjustment type. Includes for prior-year actual, current-
                  year estimated, base recommended, and improvements
                  recommended the net total of adjustments to total expenditures, state
                  appropriation, federal revenue, other departmental revenue, and total
                  positions
BD 28.04          Adjustments by Type by Department - shows the net total for each
                  adjustment type by each agency. Includes for prior-year actual, current-
                  year estimated, base recommended, and improvements
                  recommended the net total of adjustments to total expenditures, state
                  appropriation, federal revenue, other departmental revenue, and total
                  positions
                                           Strategic Planning
BD 29.00       The system shall allow for the entry and maintenance of the following key
               components of the agency strategic plans:
BD 29.01          Mission statement
BD 29.02          List of Goals
BD 29.03          Set of strategies to achieve those goals

    RFP Attachment 6.8                                              Budget Administration Requirements                                                 BD5
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                   RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                   N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                  Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                       Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                 Business Requirements                                  Response                   Comments                   Modify
BD 29.04           One or more performance measures indicating progress toward
                   achieving each goal for the previous year and the next five years
                   (current year and four planning years).
BD 29.05           Statements describing statutory and constitutional objectives
BD 29.06           Obstacles to meeting objectives and delivering services; means of
                   overcoming obstacles
BD 29.07           Means of maximizing federal and other non-state sources of revenue

BD 29.08           Means of avoiding unnecessary costs and expenditures
BD 29.09           Future challenges and opportunities
BD 30.00       The system shall allow for the entry and maintenance of the following
               information at the program (allotment code) level for each executive
               branch agency:
BD 30.01           Identification of mandated and optional services and the best means
                   for providing them
BD 30.02           Multiple program performance measures standards
BD 30.03           Performance measures for each standard, indicating a baseline for the
                   previous year and estimates for the current and next year (base
                   measure and improvement measure).
BD 30.04           Requested adjustments to performance standards and measures
                   entered by the agencies. Includes explanation of requested change.

BD 30.05           Adjustments to performance standards and measures entered by the
                   Division of Budget. Includes explanation of changes as well as audit
                   trail of changes.
BD 30.06           Performance measure category (input, output, efficiency, quality,
                   outcome)
BD 30.07           Means of addressing any change in services since the previous plan
                   (statement from the agency)
BD 31.00       The system shall carry forward the prior year Strategic Plans to be used
               as the base or starting point for agencies to edit/update based on
               guidelines issued by the Division of Budget.

    RFP Attachment 6.8                                            Budget Administration Requirements                                                 BD6
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                     RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                     N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                    Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                         Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
BD 32.00       The system shall allow for the use of a set of screens or forms to navigate,
               edit, update, maintain and generate reports on their respective plan data
               (secured to each agency).
BD 33.00       The system allows the Administrative (Division of Budget) to lock-down
               entry of plan data by agencies.
BD 34.00       The system provides a comparison screen and reports to facilitate
               comparison of entered standards and measures to prior year.
BD 35.00       The system provides the ability for agencies to enter requested
               adjustments for review and approval by Division of Budget
               (add/change/delete capability).
BD 36.00       The system provides the ability for the Division of Budget to access
               screens to navigate, edit, update, enter adjustments to, and generate
               reports on statewide plan data (secured to Division of Budget).
BD 37.00       The system provides the ability for Agency Budget/Finance offices to
               access a set of screens to navigate, edit, update, and generate reports on
               their actual data. (secured to each agency)
BD 38.00       The system provides the Division of Budget screens to navigate, edit,
               update, enter adjustments to, and generate reports on statewide plan vs.
               actual data (secured to Division of Budget).
BD 39.00       The system provides the Division of Budget the ability to lock-down data
               entry to the agencies of their actual measures by agencies on a quarterly
               and yearly basis.
BD 40.00       The system provides the ability to track Division of Budget adjustments
               throughout various phases of strategic planning and performance-based
               budget development.
BD 41.00       The system can detect numeric measures and will automatically calculate
               base plus improvement measures into a recommended total.
BD 42.00       System provides for manual entry of recommended totals for non-numeric
               measures
BD 43.00       The system provides for integration between the Strategic Planning and
               Budget Document Publishing processes ensuring the timely and accurate
               development of the Statewide Strategic Plan.

    RFP Attachment 6.8                                              Budget Administration Requirements                                                 BD7
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                    RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                     N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                    Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                         Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
BD 44.00        The system provides the capability to generate and publish the following
                reports:
BD 44.01           Five-Year Strategic Plan report in functional group and agency order
                   (Vol. 1)
BD 44.02           Program Performance Measures report in functional group and agency
                   order (Vol. 2)
BD 44.03           Performance Measure Log - planned vs. actual in functional group and
                   agency order
BD 44.04           Official Record of Adjustments to Performance Standards and
                   Measures
                                            Budget Request
BD 45.00        The system allows for the entry and maintenance of the following key
                components of the agency budget requests:
BD   45.01         Agency Name
BD   45.02         One or more programs (allotment codes)
BD   45.03         One or more activities (sub-programs) per program
BD   45.04         List of requested improvement items including agency-wide priority

BD 45.05            Description of how requested improvement items support agency
                    strategic plan
BD 46.00        System provides the ability to enter and maintain the following information
                for each Program (allotment):
BD   46.01          Program name
BD   46.02          Description
BD   46.03          Fund
BD   46.04          Improvement funding ratios specifying the percent of state, federal and
                    other departmental revenues required to fund global improvements in
                    two major categories, personnel and operational costs.




     RFP Attachment 6.8                                             Budget Administration Requirements                                                 BD8
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                     RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                      N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                     Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                          Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
BD 46.05           Current funding ratios specifying the percent of state, federal and other
                   departmental revenues required to fund current year operations
                   improvements in two major categories, personnel and operational
                   costs .
BD 47.00        The system provides the ability to enter and maintain the following
                Performance Based Budgeting information for each Program (allotment):

BD   47.01         Customers
BD   47.02         Clients
BD   47.03         Users of the program
BD   47.04         Purpose of the program
BD   47.05         Benefit derived from the program
BD   47.06         Whether or not the program is conducive to performance-based
                   budgeting, and if not, an explanation.
BD 47.07           An assessment of whether or not adequate performance measures
                   are already in place for this program, and if not, how much time is
                   required to develop meaningful measures
BD 47.08           An assessment of the sufficiency of the revenue sources for this
                   program if it is funded by dedicated taxes, licenses, or fees
BD 48.00        System provides the ability to allocate the following program (allotment)
                resources to the activities (sub-programs) of that program for the prior-
                year actual , current-year estimate, base request, and improvement
                request amounts:
BD   48.01         Total allotment
BD   48.02         State appropriations
BD   48.03         Federal revenue
BD   48.04         Other departmental revenue
BD   48.05         Full-time positions
BD   48.06         Part-time positions
BD   48.07         Seasonal positions




     RFP Attachment 6.8                                              Budget Administration Requirements                                                 BD9
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                     RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                      N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                     Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                          Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
BD 49.00        System provides the ability to enter and maintain one or more activity
                indicators to quantify the performance of an activity within a program for
                prior-year actual, current-year estimate, base request, and improvement
                request for each of the following:
BD   49.01          Objective of the activity (what the activity should accomplish)
BD   49.02          Indicator of quality or quantity (what is being measured)
BD   49.03          Measures
BD   50.00      System provides the ability to enter and maintain detailed listing by major
                object code, revenue source, and position type (full-time, part-time, and
                seasonal) of the dollars and positions required for the program base
                budget requests for prior-year actual, current-year estimate, and base
                request.
BD 51.00        System provides the ability to enter and maintain additional base budget
                request information for the following Division of Budget level objects and
                revenue sources for prior year actual, current year estimate and base
                request:
BD   51.01          Professional Services by third parties
BD   51.02          Supplies and materials
BD   51.03          Rentals and Insurance
BD   51.04          Grants and subsidies
BD   51.05          Equipment
BD   51.06          Professional Services provided by other State agencies
BD   51.07          Federal revenue
BD   51.08          Current Services revenue (may need to define)
BD   51.09          Interdepartmental revenue
BD   52.00      System provides the ability to enter and maintain base budget request
                revenue information including proceeds from taxes, licenses and permits,
                fees, fines and forfeitures, and any other imposts laid specifically by law.
                Includes the name of the tax source.




     RFP Attachment 6.8                                              Budget Administration Requirements                                                 BD10
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                     RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                      N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                     Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                          Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
BD 53.00        System provides the ability to enter and maintain the following base
                budget request information applicable to institutional programs (such as
                prisons, mental health institutes, mental retardation developmental
                centers, youth development centers, special schools, etc.), for prior-year
                actual, current-year estimate, base, and improvement:
BD   53.01          Occupant capacity
BD   53.02          Number of annual admissions
BD   53.03          Number of annual releases
BD   53.04          Average daily census
BD   53.05          Costs per day per occupant for food, clothing, and drugs
BD   53.06          Number of occupancy days
BD   53.06          Total cost of operations
BD   53.07          Cost per occupancy day for total funding and for state appropriation.

BD 54.00        System provides the ability to enter and maintain information applicable to
                programs that are funded by dedicated revenues, the amount of dedicated
                funding by source for prior-year actual, current-year estimate, base, and
                improvement requests. For each source, the system must allow for the
                entry and maintenance of the following:
BD   54.01          Name of the source
BD   54.02          Tennessee Code Annotated (TCA) citation of the source and use
BD   54.03          Descriptions of the Source
BD   55.00      System provides the ability to enter and maintain a detailed listing by
                major object code, revenue source, and position type (full-time, part-time,
                and seasonal) of the additional improvement dollars and positions
                requested for the program.
BD 56.00        System provides the ability to enter and maintain additional improvement
                budget request and a brief description of the improvement for the following
                Division of Budget level objects and revenue sources for the improvement
                request year:
BD 56.01            Professional Services by third parties
BD 56.02            Supplies and materials

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                              Budget Administration Requirements                                                 BD11
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                    RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                     N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                    Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                         Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
BD   56.03          Rentals and Insurance
BD   56.04          Grants and subsidies
BD   56.05          Equipment
BD   56.06          Professional Services provided by other State agencies
BD   56.07          Federal revenue
BD   56.08          Current Services revenue (may need to define)
BD   56.09          Interdepartmental revenue
BD   57.00      System provides the ability to enter and maintain personnel detail showing
                the following for each position:
BD   57.01          Position number
BD   57.02          Cost center
BD   57.03          Position title
BD   57.04          Annual salary
BD   57.05          Full-time/part-time/seasonal indicator
BD   57.06          Last name
BD   57.07          Months funded
BD   57.08          Annual insurance cost
BD   57.09          Annual retirement cost
BD   57.10          Annual FICA cost
BD   57.11          Longevity cost
BD   57.12          Longevity benefits cost
BD   57.13          Total benefits
BD   57.14          Retirement plan code
BD   57.15          Insurance plan code
BD   57.16          Flex indicator (position is upgraded after the completion of a
                    probationary period).
BD 57.17            Other user defined fields.
BD 58.00        System provides the ability to enter and maintain reductions to the base
                budget request at the major object code/revenue source/position type
                level of detail.
BD 59.00        System should facilitate the grouping of reduction detail into departmental
                reduction items, showing:

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                             Budget Administration Requirements                                                 BD12
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                     RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                      N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                     Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                          Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
BD   59.01         Order of consideration
BD   59.02         Description of the reduction item
BD   59.03         Description of the impact of the reduction on the agency.
BD   60.00      System provides the ability to enter and maintain reorganization
                requests to move dollars (major expenditure object/revenue source) and
                positions (by position type) from one program (allotment code) to another.

BD 61.00        System should facilitate the grouping of reorganization detail into
                individual reorganization items, showing:
BD   61.01          Description of the reorganization
BD   61.02          Justification for the reorganization
BD   61.03          Authority for the reorganization.
BD   62.00      System allows for reorganization request information to be maintained for
                the following periods for publication in the budget document:
BD   62.01          Prior year actuals
BD   62.02          Current year estimates
BD   62.03          Base recommended amounts.
BD   63.00      System further allows for reorganization request information to be applied
                to enacted work program amounts and to ongoing budgetary revisions to
                the work program.
BD 64.00        System provides the ability to include a reallocation of expenditures for the
                Tennessee Department of Transportation.
BD 65.00        System provides the ability to include a unique set of position
                classifications for the Tennessee Higher Education including but not
                limited to Faculty, Administrative, Professional and Clerical.
BD 66.00        System provides the ability to capture and maintain the following
                information pertaining to Information Systems and Information systems
                requests:
BD 66.01            Department code and name
BD 66.02            Must be able to track costs to multiple departments and allotment
                    codes
BD 66.03            Project name

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                              Budget Administration Requirements                                                 BD13
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                   RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                    N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                   Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                        Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                  Response                   Comments                   Modify
BD   66.04          Project number
BD   66.05          Fiscal year in which the project was first funded
BD   66.06          OIR-ITABC approval date
BD   66.07          Project description
BD   66.08          Supporting information - program objectives, evidence of need, new
                    vs. replacement
BD 66.09            Identification of users of the system
BD 66.10            Type of funding (state, federal, other)
BD 67.00        System should track information systems project costs by fiscal year for
                the upcoming budget year plus the next four years. Costs are grouped into
                three categories -- development costs, operational costs and operational
                savings. Total cost is the sum of development and operational costs. Total
                cost is broken down into base funds or improvement funds and include
                funding source for base or improvement funding (state, federal, and other
                revenue). Development costs and operational costs are each broken down
                into the following items by fiscal year:

BD   67.01          Hardware costs
BD   67.02          Software costs
BD   67.03          Internet portal cost
BD   67.04          Contractor cost
BD   67.05          Contractor positions
BD   67.06          State employee cost
BD   67.07          State employee positions
BD   68.00      System provides the ability to identify information systems projects for
                the upcoming budget year plus the next four years (five-year planning
                window).
BD 69.00        System provides the ability to track multi-agency information systems
                projects.




     RFP Attachment 6.8                                            Budget Administration Requirements                                                 BD14
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                       RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                     10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                       N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                      Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                           Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                                    Response                   Comments                   Modify
BD 70.00       System should provide a link between the information systems project
               costs (base and improvement dollars and positions) and the associated
               base and improvement funding requested in the operating budget for the
               specified fiscal years.
BD 71.00       System provides agencies the use of a set of screens to navigate, edit,
               update, and generate reports on their request data. (secured to each
               agency).
BD 72.00       System allows agencies to have access to a set of screens and reports to
               collect budget data from within their organization to roll-up into the official
               agency budget request. This information will be collected at an agency-
               defined organization level, and may vary between agencies (secured to
               each agency and subject to agency Division of Budget review and control).

BD 73.00       System allows for an administrative (Division of Budget) lock-down of
               request data entry by agencies.
BD 74.00       System allows for partial "unlocking" of request data (e.g. base reduction
               data) to allow for supplemental collection of data after the normal
               deadline.
BD 75.00       System provides the ability for administrative (Division of Budget)
               modification of request data (add, change, delete)
BD 76.00       System allows the Division of Budget the use of a set of screens to
               navigate and generate reports on statewide request data. (secured to
               Division of Budget)
BD 77.00       System provides edits to ensure allocation of program resources to
               activities equal total program resources (total allotment, state
               appropriations, federal revenue, other departmental revenue, and position
               counts).
BD 78.00       System provides a "Quick Button" to allocate remaining resources to an
               activity. Allows for agencies to use cost centers, if applicable, to avoid
               unnecessary data entry.




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                                Budget Administration Requirements                                                 BD15
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                    RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                    N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                   Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                        Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                 Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
BD 79.00       System provided edits to ensure negative state appropriations are not
               accidentally entered (state appropriations are calculated as the difference
               between total allotment and total departmental revenues).
BD 80.00       Ability to enter adjustments actual year data to eliminate over-collections
               of departmental revenue.
BD 81.00       System provides the ability to do an automated comparison of the
               personnel (HR) data to the requested personnel dollars (wages and
               benefits) and position counts. Compares current year recurring and base
               year to personnel information plus any mid-year salary or benefit changes.

BD 82.00       System will populate actual and estimated year from accounting and prior
               year budget data respectively.
BD 83.00       System provides for integration of the estimates of first year operating
               costs and savings (dollars and position counts) for a completed capital
               project (capital budget module) and the base operating budget (base or
               improvement funding) requested for the first year of operation of the
               facility.
BD 84.00       The system provides the capability to generate and publish the following
               reports:
BD 84.01           Agency Transmittal Letter - formal letter acknowledging transmittal
                   of the budget request from the agency head to the Commissioner of
                   Finance and Administration. Includes the following summary figures
                   for the base request and improvement request: personnel
                   expenditures, other expenditures, total expenditures, total
                   departmental revenues (federal and other sources), appropriation
                   requested (total expenditures less departmental revenues), and
                   positions requested.




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                             Budget Administration Requirements                                                 BD16
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                     RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                     N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                    Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                         Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
BD 84.02           Allotment Summary Report - for each program (allotment code)
                   shows personnel expenditures, other expenditures, total expenditures,
                   state appropriation, federal revenue, other departmental revenue, full-
                   time positions, part-time positions, seasonal positions, and total
                   positions for prior-year actual, current-year estimated, and budget year
                   base and improvement requested. Includes totals for agency.

BD 84.03           Base Request Detail - for each program (allotment code) shows
                   expenditures by major object, subtotals for personnel and other
                   operating expenditures, total expenditures, state appropriation,
                   revenues by source, subtotal of other departmental revenues, total
                   funding, positions by type, and total positions for prior-year actual,
                   current-year estimated, and budget year base and improvement
                   requested. Includes totals for agency.
BD 84.04           Base Supporting Detail - shows the following request detail for sub-
                   major object/sub-revenue source by major object/revenue source by
                   program: category, description, quantity, unit cost, CFDA number, OIR
                   project number, source of interdepartmental revenue.
BD 84.05           Improvement Request Summary (combines old Improvements by
                   Priority report) - shows improvement caption and description for each
                   improvement item in agency priority order. For each improvement
                   item, shows the following detail by program (allotment code):
                   description of allotment code improvement, total allotment, state
                   appropriation, federal revenue, other departmental revenue, and
                   positions.
BD 84.06           Improvement Request Detail - for each program (allotment code),
                   shows each improvement request detail at the major object/revenue
                   source/position type level of detail. Includes major object/revenue
                   source/position type totals by program (allotment code) and agency
                   totals.



    RFP Attachment 6.8                                              Budget Administration Requirements                                                 BD17
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                     RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                     N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                    Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                         Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
BD 84.07           Improvement Support - shows the following request detail for sub-
                   major object/sub-revenue source by major object/revenue source by
                   program: category, description, quantity, unit cost, CFDA number, OIR
                   project number, source of interdepartmental revenue.
BD 84.08           Improvement Support Personnel - shows personnel (salaries,
                   benefits, and position count) detail requested by position type (full,
                   part, seasonal) by program (allotment code). Information includes
                   category, position class, position grade, position type, quantity, months
                   funded, monthly salary, and monthly benefits. Subtotal by position type
                   by program and agency totals.
BD 84.09           Program Measures - for each program (allotment code), shows
                   program standards and measures for prior-year actual, current-year
                   estimated, and budget year base and improvement requested as
                   entered and revised through the strategic planning modules (statutorily
                   these are part of the official budget request).
BD 84.10           Programs (Allotment) by Activity - for each program (allotment
                   code), shows how resources are allocated to the activities of the
                   program. For each activity includes total expenditures, state
                   appropriation, federal revenue, other departmental revenue, full-time
                   positions, part-time position, and seasonal positions for prior-year
                   actual, current-year estimated, budget year base requested, and
                   improvement requested. Includes program (allotment code) totals and
                   agency totals.
BD 84.11           Activities by Program (Allotment) - - for each activity, shows how
                   resources are allocated from the programs of the agency. For each
                   program includes total expenditures, state appropriation, federal
                   revenue, other departmental revenue, full-time positions, part-time
                   position, and seasonal positions for prior-year actual, current-year
                   estimated, budget year base requested, and improvement requested.
                   Includes activity totals and agency totals.



    RFP Attachment 6.8                                              Budget Administration Requirements                                                 BD18
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                     RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                     N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                    Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                         Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
BD 84.12           Taxes, Licenses, and Fees - for each program (allotment code),
                   shows the total revenue estimates (these are not the budgeted
                   departmental revenue estimates, but are estimates of total collections
                   of all types of revenues) for prior-year actual, current-year estimated,
                   budget year base requested, and improvement requested. Includes
                   each revenue by source, name, and description. Shows total program
                   (allotment code) estimates and total agency estimates.

BD 84.13           Statistical Data for Institutional Programs - for each program
                   (allotment code) shows the occupant capacity, number of annual
                   admissions, number of annual releases, average daily census, costs
                   per day per occupant for food, clothing, and drugs; number of
                   occupancy days, total cost of operations, and cost per occupancy day
                   (shown for total funding and for state appropriation) for prior-year
                   actual, current-year estimate, base, and improvement.
BD 84.14           Dedicated Revenue - for each program (allotment code) shows the
                   amount of dedicated funding by source for prior-year actual, current-
                   year estimate, base, and improvement. For each source, shows the
                   name of the source, a description of the source, an the TCA citation of
                   the source and use of funds.




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                              Budget Administration Requirements                                                 BD19
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                     RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                     N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                    Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                         Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
BD 84.15           Personnel Data vs. Budget Request - for each program (allotment
                   code) shows each established position in the current year from the HR
                   modules. For each position, shows position number, cost center,
                   position title, budgeted annual salary (automatically upgraded for all
                   flex positions), full-time/part-time/seasonal indicator, last name of
                   incumbent, number of months funded, annual insurance cost (at
                   current rates as enrolled), annual retirement cost (at current rates as
                   enrolled), annual FICA cost (at current rates), logevity cost (projected
                   for base request year), longevity benefits cost (FICA and retirement at
                   current rates as enrolled), total benefits (insurance, FICA, retirement,
                   and longevity benefits combined), and total cost (budgeted annual
                   salary plus longevity plus total benefits). Subtotal amounts for each
                   program, and include any "lump-sum" personnel adjustments from
                   current-year work program for any mid-year salary or benefits
                   changes. Compare to base requested salaries and benefits and
                   position counts, reporting the variances.

BD 84.16          Information Systems Project Summary - that can include any of the
                  above information requirements.
                                             Budget Analysis
BD 85.00       System provides the ability to carry forward all information entered in the
               budget request process and additional information from the following
               sources:
BD 85.01          Adjustments (increases and decreases) to actuals from the
                  accounting module by major expenditure object/revenue
                  source/position type.
BD 85.02          Adjustments (increases and decreases) to estimated from the prior
                  year recurring work program by major expenditure object/revenue
                  source/position type.
BD 85.03          Adjustments (increases and decreases) to the base from the agency
                  budget requests by major expenditure object/revenue source/position
                  type.

    RFP Attachment 6.8                                              Budget Administration Requirements                                                 BD20
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                  RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                  10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                   N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                  Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                       Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                 Response                   Comments                   Modify
BD 86.00        System provides the ability to assign adjustments to an adjustment type
                and should include a description of the adjustment and authority for the
                adjustment (if required).
BD 87.00        System allows for approval and/or adjustments (increases and decreases)
                to base reduction plans (from agency budget requests) by major
                expenditure object/revenue source/position type.
BD 88.00        System allows for approval and/or adjustments (increases and decreases)
                to reorganization requests by major expenditure object/revenue
                source/position type.
BD 89.00        System provides the ability for Approvals to be performed by clicking an
                indicator button (or similar mechanism) and have those approved items
                automatically populate the budget recommendation.
BD 90.00        System allows for approval and/or adjustments (increases and decreases)
                to requested improvement detail (from agency budget requests) by
                major expenditure object/revenue source/position type. Division of Budget
                can approve as submitted, amend the recommendation or not approve the
                request.
BD 91.00        System provides the ability for the Division of Budget analysts to update
                names, descriptions and sequencing of departmental improvement items
                and include comments concerning the improvement.

BD 92.00        System provides an entry screen for the Division of Budget to enter
                adjustments (increases and decreases) to:
BD   92.01         Actual (from accounting module)
BD   92.02         Estimated (from prior-year recurring work program)
BD   92.03         Base (from agency budget requests) years information above.
BD   93.00      System provides an entry screen for the Division of Budget to enter
                approvals and adjustments (increases and decreases) to base
                reductions (from agency budget requests) information above.
BD 94.00        System provides an entry screen for the Division of Budget to enter
                approvals and adjustments (increases and decreases) to reorganization
                requests.

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                           Budget Administration Requirements                                                 BD21
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                    RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                     N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                    Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                         Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
BD 95.00        System provides an entry screen for the Division of Budget to enter
                approvals and adjustments (increases and decreases) improvement
                items and improvement detail (from agency budget requests) information
                above.
BD 96.00        System provides summary screens for the Division of Budget to show the
                effect of all adjustments to a program (allotment code) by year (Actual,
                Estimated, Base and Improvement). Screen should show the initial basis
                year, the total of all entered and approved adjustments, and the resulting
                revised amount by major expenditure object/revenue source/position type.
                Approved base reductions should show as an explicit column on the Base
                summary screen.
BD 97.00        System provides an analysis screen for the Division of Budget showing
                for each program (allotment code) at the major expenditure
                object/revenue source/position type level:
BD   97.01          Revised actual year
BD   97.02          Total prior year work program
BD   97.03          Non-recurring amounts from prior-year work program
BD   97.04          Recurring work program
BD   97.05          Base Request
BD   97.06          Revised base request (base recommended)
BD   97.07          Difference between the recurring work program and base
                    recommended
BD 97.08            Comparison of the personnel file requirements to the prior-year
                    recurring work program and to the base recommended amounts
BD 98.00        System provides the ability to print the summary and analysis screens.

BD 99.00        System will provide the following budget analysis reports and/or queries:




     RFP Attachment 6.8                                             Budget Administration Requirements                                                 BD22
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                   RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                   N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                  Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                       Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                 Business Requirements                                  Response                   Comments                   Modify
BD 99.01           Base Recommended by Program and by Agency - revised actual,
                   revised estimated, base request, total base adjustments, reductions
                   and base recommended by program (allotment code) at major
                   expenditure object/revenue source/position type level; include agency
                   totals.
BD 99.02           Hearings Reports - comparison of adjusted prior-year recurring work
                   program to preliminary adjusted base; separate report for state
                   appropriation and all funding sources. Select agency or statewide
                   printing.
BD 99.03           Adjustment Detail - for each program (allotment code) shows detailed
                   budget adjustments for actual, estimated, and base years at major
                   expenditure object/revenue source/position type level; also shows net
                   effect on total allotment, state appropriation, federal revenue, other
                   departmental revenue, and position counts of all the approved
                   adjustments for each program (allotment code); also includes agency
                   totals.
BD 99.04           Adjustments by Type - for each type of adjustment, shows
                   adjustment description, total allotment amount, state appropriation,
                   federal revenue, other departmental revenue, and position counts of
                   all the approved adjustments for each program (allotment code); also
                   includes agency totals. Includes Division of Budget comments and
                   status (pending review, on hold, approved, etc.). Select agency or
                   state-wide printing. Also select status (pending, approved, etc.) to
                   print.
BD 99.05           Improvement Detail - for approved improvements shows requested
                   amounts, Division of Budget adjustments and total approved
                   improvement amounts by major expenditure object/revenue
                   source/position type.




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                            Budget Administration Requirements                                                 BD23
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                     RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                     N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                    Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                         Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
BD 99.06           Improvement Items - Shows improvement caption and description as
                   updated by the Division of Budget for each improvement item. For
                   each improvement item, shows the following detail by program
                   (allotment code): description of allotment code improvement, total
                   allotment, state appropriation, federal revenue, other departmental
                   revenue, and positions. Allows for selection of all requested
                   improvements, approved and adjusted improvements, or pending
                   improvements for select agency or state-wide printing.

BD 99.07           Allotment Code Dictionary - Compares base year organizational
                   information to the prior year's information. Reports differences in
                   agency name, program (allotment code) name, fund, improvement
                   funding ratios and current funding ratios (funding percentages for state
                   appropriation, federal revenue, and other departmental revenue for
                   personnel and operational expenditure).
BD 99.08           Appropriation Comparison by Agency and by Program (General
                   Fund) - Shows state appropriations for prior-year total work program,
                   non-recurring appropriations from prior-year work program, prior-year
                   recurring work program, agency base request, adjusted base,
                   increase/decrease (adjusted base minus recurring work program), and
                   requested improvements. Select program (allotment code) detail by
                   agency or agency totals printing. Select inclusion/exclusion of
                   Transportation Fund. Grand total for all versions.

BD 99.09           Actual Appropriation Analysis - for each program (allotment code),
                   compares for the prior-year, the actual expenditure of state
                   appropriations to the enacted appropriations for that year. Reports any
                   variance. Subtotals by agency and state-wide totals.




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                              Budget Administration Requirements                                                 BD24
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                     RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                     N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                    Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                         Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
BD 99.10           State-Wide Adjustments by Type - shows the net total for each
                   adjustment type. Includes for prior-year actual, current-year estimated,
                   base recommended, and improvements recommended the net total of
                   adjustments to total expenditures, state appropriation, federal revenue,
                   other departmental revenue, and total positions

BD 99.11           Adjustments by Department by Type - shows the net total for each
                   agency by each adjustment type. Includes for prior-year actual, current-
                   year estimated, base recommended, and improvements
                   recommended the net total of adjustments to total expenditures, state
                   appropriation, federal revenue, other departmental revenue, and total
                   positions
BD 99.12           Adjustments by Type by Department - shows the net total for each
                   adjustment type by each agency. Includes for prior-year actual, current-
                   year estimated, base recommended, and improvements
                   recommended the net total of adjustments to total expenditures, state
                   appropriation, federal revenue, other departmental revenue, and total
                   positions
BD 99.13           Actual Reconciliation - for each agency (department), starting with
                   the accounting system and P-10 report year-end amounts for state
                   appropriation, federal revenue, other departmental revenue, total
                   funding, full-time position count, part-time position count, seasonal
                   position count, and total positions, reports the net of adjustments by
                   type to arrive at the final prior-year actuals published in the document.
                   Also shows reconciling notes for each adjustment type to record the
                   amount and description of the adjustments. Includes state-wide totals.




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                              Budget Administration Requirements                                                 BD25
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                      RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                      N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                     Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                          Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                    Response                   Comments                   Modify
BD 99.14           Estimated Reconciliation - for each agency (department), starting
                   with the recurring current-year work program amounts for state
                   appropriation, federal revenue, other departmental revenue, total
                   funding, full-time position count, part-time position count, seasonal
                   position count, and total positions, reports the net of adjustments by
                   type to arrive at the final current-year estimates published in the
                   document. Also shows reconciling notes for each adjustment type to
                   record the amount and description of the adjustments. Includes state-
                   wide totals.
BD 99.15           Base Reconciliation - State Appropriation - for each agency
                   (department), using the current-year total work program less non-
                   recurring appropriations to calculate a projected amount for state
                   appropriation, reports the net of adjustments by type to arrive at the
                   final base recommended appropriation published in the document.
                   Also shows reconciling notes for each adjustment type to record the
                   amount and description of the adjustments. Includes state-wide totals.

BD 99.16           Base Reconciliation - Revenues and Positions - for each agency
                   (department), using the current-year total work program revenues and
                   positions, less non-recurring revenues and positions, to calculate a
                   projected recurring amount by revenue source (federal, cities,
                   counties, non-governmental, current services, inter-departmental, and
                   reserves) and by position type (full, part, and seasonal), reports the net
                   of adjustments by type to arrive at the final base recommended
                   departmental revenues and positions published in the document. Also
                   shows reconciling notes for each adjustment type to record the amount
                   and description of the adjustments. Includes state-wide totals.

                                        Capital Projects
BD 100.00 System provides the ability to capture and maintain the following
          information pertaining to capital projects and capital project requests:
BD 100.01     Department code and name

    RFP Attachment 6.8                                               Budget Administration Requirements                                                 BD26
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                      RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                   FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                       N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                      Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                           Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                    Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
BD   100.02         Facility name, project name, and agency priority
BD   100.03         Location (county and city )
BD   100.04         Fiscal year of project (allow for multiple year projects)
BD   100.05         State Building Commission (SBC) number (if assigned)
BD   100.06         Project type (renovation, new construction, or maintenance)
BD   100.07         Designer required indicator
BD   100.08         Square footage (gross and net) and cost per square foot
BD   100.09         Project description
BD   100.10         Building construction costs (total and specified fiscal year cost)
BD   100.11         Site and utilities costs (total and specified fiscal year cost)
BD   100.12         Built-in equipment costs (total and specified fiscal year cost)
BD   100.13         Contingency costs (total and specified fiscal year cost) or contingency
                    percentage (cost calculated from percent specified)
BD 100.14           MACC - Maximum allowable construction cost (total and specified
                    fiscal year cost)
BD 100.15           Designer fee multiplier and designer fee and designer fee calculated
                    from multiplier.
BD 100.16           Moveable equipment costs (detailed listing of moveable equipment
                    descriptions and costs).
BD 100.17           At least two user-defined cost fields - description and dollars (total and
                    specified fiscal year cost)
BD 100.18           Rounded total project cost (total and specified fiscal year cost) -
                    difference is administrative and miscellaneous cost
BD 100.19           Funding detail - state appropriation, federal revenue, and other source
                    of funds (total and specified fiscal year cost)
BD 100.20           Supporting Information - program objectives, evidence of need,
                    historic profile, related requirements, summary results and date of
                    physical facilities survey.




     RFP Attachment 6.8                                               Budget Administration Requirements                                                 BD27
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                        RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                   FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                     10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                        N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                       Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                            Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                                     Response                   Comments                   Modify
BD 100.21          First-year operating costs - a detailed listing by major object code,
                   revenue source, and position type (full-time, part-time, and seasonal)
                   of the dollars and positions required for the first full year of operations
                   for the requested facility when the project is completed.

BD 100.22          Bond questionnaire - information to determine what, if any, portion of
                   the projected may be funded by bonds: the intended use of this
                   project; the operator of this project upon completion; the intended
                   users of the project; any leases, incentive payment contracts or
                   management contracts to be entered into in connection with the
                   operation of the completed project; any debt proceeds be used to
                   make or finance loans to any private entity; expected payments (direct
                   or indirect) to be made by non-governmental entities; identify what
                   from a list of activities will take places the completed facility; identify
                   what, if any, percent of project intended for private use.

BD 100.23         Certification of zero first-year costs and zero moveable equipment
                  costs
BD 100.24         Project approval and adjustment fields - all data (secured to Division of
                  Budget).
BD 100.25         State-wide project priority (secured to Division of Budget)
BD 100.26         First-year operating savings - a detailed listing by major object code,
                  revenue source, and position type (full-time, part-time, and seasonal)
                  of the annual savings generated when the project is completed and the
                  facility is occupied.
BD 101.00      System provides agencies a set of screens to navigate, edit, update and
               generate reports on their capital budget request data (secured to each
               agency).




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                                 Budget Administration Requirements                                                 BD28
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                   RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                   N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                  Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                       Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
BD 102.00 System provides agencies access to a set of screens and reports to
          collect capital project data from within their organization to roll-up into the
          official agency capital project budget request. This information will be
          collected at an agency-defined organization level and may vary between
          agencies (secured to each agency and subject to agency Division of
          Budget review and control).
BD 103.00 System allows for an administrative (Division of Budget) lock-down of
          request data entry by agencies.
BD 104.00 System provides the Division of Budget a set of screens to navigate and
          generate reports on statewide request data (secured to the Division of
          Budget).
BD 105.00 System provides the ability to adjust any numeric field and to modify any
          textual field.
BD 106.00 System provides the ability to identify projects for the upcoming budget
          year plus the next four years (five-year planning window).
BD 107.00 System provides for the ability to integrate first-year additional operating
          costs and savings (dollars and position counts) into the operating budget
          analysis module.
BD 108.00 System provides for integration of approved project data into capital
          projects management database
BD 109.00 System provides a set of entry screens for the Division of Budget to enter
          adjustments (increases and decreases) to any capital project information.

BD 110.00 The system provides the capability to generate and publish the following
          capital projects reports:




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                            Budget Administration Requirements                                                 BD29
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                       RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                     10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                       N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                      Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                           Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                                    Response                   Comments                   Modify
BD 110.01          DB70 - Capital Budget Request report including facility name, project
                   name, and agency priority, location (county and city) ,fiscal year of
                   project, State Building Commission (SBC) number, project type,
                   designer required indicator, square footage (gross and net), cost per
                   square foot, project description, project costs as follows for total
                   project and specified fiscal year: building construction costs, site and
                   utilities costs, built-in equipment costs, contingency costs, contingency
                   percentage, MACC (maximum allowable construction cost), designer
                   fee, moveable equipment costs, two user-defined cost fields -
                   description and dollars, rounded total project cost, administrative and
                   miscellaneous cost, state appropriation, federal revenue, and other
                   source of funds.
BD 110.02          Schedule of Moveable Equipment - detailed listing of moveable
                   equipment descriptions and costs.
BD 110.03          Project Support Documentation - program objectives, evidence of
                   need, historic profile, related requirements, summary results and date
                   of physical facilities survey.
BD 110.04          First-Year Operating Costs - a detailed listing by major object code,
                   revenue source, and position type (full-time, part-time, and seasonal)
                   of the additional dollars and positions required for the first full year of
                   operations for the requested facility when the project is completed.

BD 110.05          First-Year Operating Savings - a detailed listing by major object
                   code, revenue source, and position type (full-time, part-time, and
                   seasonal) of the savings in dollars and positions resulting from the
                   requested facility when the project is completed.




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                                Budget Administration Requirements                                                 BD30
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                      RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                      N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                     Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                          Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                    Response                   Comments                   Modify
BD 110.06          Bond Questionnaire - report of information needed to determine
                   what, if any, portion of the project may be funded by bonds. Includes
                   the intended use of this project; the operator of this project upon
                   completion; the intended users of the project; any leases, incentive
                   payment contracts or management contracts to be entered into in
                   connection with the operation of the completed project; any debt
                   proceeds be used to make or finance loans to any private entity;
                   expected payments (direct or indirect) to be made by non-
                   governmental entities; identify what from a list of activities will take
                   place in the completed facility; identify what, if any, percent of project
                   intended for private use.
BD 110.07          Project Packet - The above six reports printed together for each
                   project.
BD 110.08          DB71 - Capital Budget Project Summary - summary listing of all
                   projects and total costs for an agency.
BD 110.09          Capital Projects from School Bonds and Other Sources - a
                   summary listing of the projects by agency and by project that will be
                   funded, or partially funded, by school bonds or other institutional
                   sources of revenue. Includes project cost for budget year.
                                       Budget Document Publishing
BD 111.00      System provides the ability to capture and maintain the following
               information in addition to that carried forward from all previous phases:
BD 111.01          Departmental narrative description (with "Department of" indicator) for
                   each agency
BD 111.02          Indicator for use of program (allotment code) descriptions in document
                   for each agency
BD 111.03          Program groups (groups of allotment codes) with optional captions and
                   descriptions for each agency
BD 111.04          Sort sequence for groups to control order of printing for each agency

BD 111.05          List of selected programs (allotment codes), sequenced in document
                   order (sort sequence) for each narrative group.

    RFP Attachment 6.8                                               Budget Administration Requirements                                                 BD31
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                             FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                               Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                    Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                              Business Requirements                                  Response                   Comments                   Modify
BD 112.00 System provides screens for the Division of Budget to manage (add,
          change, delete) document control information described above.
BD 113.00 System provides a maintenance screen for the Division of Budget to enter
          selection and changes (add, change, delete) to activity information from
          agency budget requests for publication in the budget document. This
          includes:
BD 113.01     Activity names
BD 113.02     Objectives
BD 113.03     Quantity being measured
BD 113.04     Quality being measured
BD 113.05     Measures for Actual, Estimated, Base, Improvement and Total
              Recommended
BD 114.00 System provides a Print menu to direct printing of document reports.
BD 115.00 System provides document publishing features including:
BD 115.01     Producing high quality final budget document pages
BD 115.02     Producing budget reports and documents in PDF format
BD 115.03     Producing camera-ready output
BD 115.04     Producing the table of contents and index for the budget document
BD 115.05     Providing the user a function to create or enter footnotes and
              comments for budget publications
BD 115.06     Incorporates charts, graphs, spreadsheets, etc. in the budget
              document
BD 115.07     Capability to automatically update charts, graphs, spreadsheets, etc.
              when data stored in budget system is altered
BD 115.08     Desktop publishing capabilities, i.e. flexibility in formatting, object
              placement, page layout
BD 115.09     Incorporates non-budget information into the budget document such
              as the glossary
BD 115.10     Provides spell and grammar check
BD 116.00 The system provides the capability to generate and publish the following
          documents:



    RFP Attachment 6.8                                         Budget Administration Requirements                                                 BD32
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                     RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                     N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                    Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                         Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
BD 116.01          Document Summary (Budget File) - Report of revised actual, revised
                   estimated, revised base, approved and revised improvements, and
                   base recommended by payroll and operation totals, state
                   appropriation, federal revenue, other departmental revenue, and
                   position type as the figures will appear in the final budget document.
                   Select agency, functional group, or state-wide printing. Functional
                   group printing includes functional group totals at this same level of
                   detail. State-wide printing includes two grand totals at this same level
                   of detail -- one excluding the Transportation Fund and another to
                   include the Transportation Fund.
BD 116.02          Document Detail (by Object of Expenditure and Source of
                   Revenue) - Report of revised actual, revised estimated, revised base,
                   approved and revised improvements, and base recommended by
                   major expenditure object/revenue source/position type level supporting
                   the figures appearing in the final budget document. Select agency or
                   statewide printing.
BD 116.03          Dedicated Appropriations - List of dedicated appropriations from
                   taxes, licenses and fees as included on the original agency request
                   and adjusted by the Division of Budget for inclusion in the
                   recommended budget. Totals by program (allotment code) and by
                   agency.
BD 116.04          Program Information - Listing by agency and program (allotment
                   code) of program standards and measures, as well as selected activity
                   objectives and quantities or qualities, for prior-year actuals, current-
                   year estimates, and target-year estimates.




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                              Budget Administration Requirements                                                 BD33
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                      RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                      N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                     Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                          Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                    Response                   Comments                   Modify
BD 116.05          Program Statements (B-Section) - A narrative description for each
                   agency; including for each program (allotment code): revised actual,
                   revised estimated, revised base, approved and revised improvements,
                   and base recommended by payroll and operation totals, state
                   appropriation, federal revenue, other departmental revenue, and
                   position type; performance standards and measures for each of the
                   above periods. Totals for dollar amounts and position counts for each
                   agency. Special totals for Higher Education to include all higher
                   education dollar amounts and position counts into one total. Select
                   agency or functional group printing.

BD 116.06          Recommended Improvements - Shows bulleted improvement
                   caption and description as updated by the Division of Budget for each
                   approved and adjusted improvement item as sequenced by the
                   Division of Budget. For each improvement item, shows the following
                   detail by program (allotment code): total allotment, state
                   appropriation, federal revenue, other departmental revenue, and
                   positions. Select agency, functional group, or state-wide printing (refer
                   to page B-18 through 22 of the 2005-2006 Budget Document, Volume
                   1).
BD 116.07          Total State Budget - Comparison of Programs and Revenue
                   Sources - summary chart of the total state budget (refer to page A-4
                   of the 2005-2006 Budget Document, Volume 1)
BD 116.08          Total State Budget - Comparison of Programs by Revenue
                   Sources - summary chart of the total state budget (refer to page A-5
                   of the 2005-2006 Budget Document, Volume 1)
BD 116.09          Departmental Summary of Continuation and Improvement
                   Recommendations from State Tax Revenue - summary chart of the
                   base and improvement recommendations by agency (refer to page A-
                   6 of the 2005-2006 Budget Document, Volume 1)



    RFP Attachment 6.8                                               Budget Administration Requirements                                                 BD34
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                    RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                    N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                   Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                        Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                  Response                   Comments                   Modify
BD 116.10          Departmental Summary of Improvements - summary chart of the
                   improvement recommendations by funding source by agency (refer to
                   page A-7 of the 2005-2006 Budget Document, Volume 1)
BD 116.11          Transportation - Comparison of Programs and Revenue Sources -
                   summary chart of the total transportation budget (refer to page A-10 of
                   the 2005-2006 Budget Document, Volume 1)
BD 116.12          Transportation - Comparison of Programs by Revenue Sources -
                   summary chart of the total transportation budget (refer to page A-11 of
                   the 2005-2006 Budget Document, Volume 1)
BD 116.13          Comparison of Programs - summary chart of the actual, estimated
                   and recommended, including actual vs. estimated variances and
                   estimated vs. recommended variances, by agency (refer to page A-12
                   through 16 of the 2005-2006 Budget Document, Volume 1)

BD 116.14          Personnel and Funding Summary - summary chart of the actual,
                   estimated and recommended funding and position counts by agency
                   (refer to page A-18 and 19 of the 2005-2006 Budget Document,
                   Volume 1)
BD 116.15          Comparison of Authorized Positions - summary chart of the current-
                   year and recommended authorized position counts (refer to page A-20
                   of the 2005-2006 Budget Document, Volume 1)
BD 116.16          Employees Overlapped Over 90 Days - summary chart of the
                   employees overlapped more than 90 days by agency (refer to page A-
                   21 of the 2005-2006 Budget Document, Volume 1)
BD 116.17          Proposed Capital Appropriations from Bonds, Current Funds, and
                   Other Revenues - summary chart of the recommended capital
                   projects from state funds by agency (refer to page A-97 of the 2005-
                   2006 Budget Document, Volume 1)
BD 116.18          Capital Outlay Project Description - summary listing of the
                   recommended capital projects by agency including total project cost
                   (refer to page A-98 through 100 of the 2005-2006 Budget Document,
                   Volume 1)

    RFP Attachment 6.8                                             Budget Administration Requirements                                                 BD35
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                     RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                     N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                    Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                         Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
BD 116.19          Projects Funded from Dedicated Revenues - summary chart of the
                   recommended capital projects from dedicated funds by agency (refer
                   to page A-101 of the 2005-2006 Budget Document, Volume 1)

BD 116.20          Projected First-Year Operating Costs and Savings for New
                   Facilities - summary chart of the anticipated first-year operating costs
                   and savings (dollars and position counts by type - full-time, part-time,
                   seasonal) of the recommended projects when the facilities are open
                   and operating) by agency (refer to page A-102 of the 2005-2006
                   Budget Document, Volume 1)
BD 116.21          Proposed Capital Projects from School Bonds and Other Sources
                   - summary chart of the recommended capital projects from school
                   bonds and other institutional revenues by agency (refer to page A-103
                   and 104 of the 2005-2006 Budget Document, Volume 1)

BD 116.22          State Taxpayers Budget - Departmental Summary of State
                   Appropriations - summary chart of the actual, estimated and
                   recommended appropriations from state tax revenues by agency (refer
                   to page A-112 of the 2005-2006 Budget Document, Volume 1)

BD 116.23          State Taxpayers Budget - Amounts Excluded from State
                   Taxpayers Budget - summary chart of the actual, estimated and
                   recommended appropriations from dedicated tax sources by agency
                   (refer to page A-113 of the 2005-2006 Budget Document, Volume 1)

BD 116.24          State Taxpayers Budget - State Appropriations by Program -
                   summary chart of the actual, estimated and recommended
                   appropriations from dedicated tax sources by program (refer to page A-
                   114 through 123 of the 2005-2006 Budget Document, Volume 1)




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                              Budget Administration Requirements                                                 BD36
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                     RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                     N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                    Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                         Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
BD 116.25          Recommended by Funding Source - summary chart of the
                   recommended state appropriations, federal revenue, and other
                   departmental revenue by functional group and by agency (refer to
                   page B-6 through 11 of the 2005-2006 Budget Document, Volume 1)

BD 116.26          Total Personnel and Funding - summary chart of the actual,
                   estimated and recommended funding and position counts for a given
                   functional group (refer to page B-17 and 19 of the 2005-2006 Budget
                   Document, Volume 1)
BD 116.27          Federal Revenue Comparison - for each program shows total federal
                   revenue for prior-year actual, current-year estimates, and budget year
                   recommended as reported in the budget document. Shows the
                   increase/decrease (dollars and percent) for prior-year actual to current
                   year-estimates; and for current year-estimates to budget year
                   recommended. Includes agency totals and state-wide totals. Allows for
                   the notation of variances below a user-defined threshold (i.e.
                   decreases of 10% or more) with a short (a few sentences) explanation
                   of the variance.
BD 116.28          Non-Recurring Appropriations - For each program, shows each
                   individual non-recurring appropriation item. For each non-recurring
                   item, shows the program code (allotment code) and name, a category
                   (work program, base, improvement, etc.), total funding, state
                   appropriation, federal revenue, other departmental revenue, positions,
                   authority, and a description of the item. For each agency, shows
                   subtotals by category (work program, base, improvement, etc.) and
                   agency totals. First page is a recap of the data by category (work
                   program, base, improvement, etc.), with subtotals by adjustment type
                   and fund (general fund and other dedicated funds). Also shows a
                   grand total, with sub-total by fund (general fund and other dedicated
                   funds).
                                               Work Program


    RFP Attachment 6.8                                              Budget Administration Requirements                                                 BD37
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                               RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                             FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                  10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                               N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                              Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                   Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                              Business Requirements                                 Response                   Comments                   Modify
BD 117.00 System provides the ability to capture and maintain the following
          information in addition to that carried forward from all previous stages:
BD 117.01     Approval and adjustments (increases and decreases) to total
              recommended detail (budget file) by major expenditure object/revenue
              source/position type needed to reflect changes enacted by the
              legislature. Includes the following:
BD 117.02     Non-recurring funds, if any
BD 117.03     Dedicated revenues, if any
BD 117.04     The adjustment type
BD 117.05     The appropriation act citation (authority)
BD 117.06     Description of the adjustment
BD 117.07     A section for the analyst to record any comments concerning the
              adjustment.
BD 117.08     Adjustment status (pending, on hold, approved, etc.)
BD 118.00 System provides the ability to capture and maintain information pertaining
          to reorganizations such as approval and adjustments (increases and
          decreases) of reorganization requests by major expenditure
          object/revenue source/position type.
BD 119.00 System provides screens for the Division of Budget to enter adjustments
          (increases and decreases) to work program information listed above.

BD 120.00 System provides screens for the Division of Budget to enter approvals and
          adjustments (increases and decreases) to reorganization requests.

BD 121.00 System provides agencies access to a set of screens and reports to adjust
          spending plan data from within their organization to conform to the final
          agency work program. This information will be collected at an agency-
          defined organization level, and may vary between agencies (secured to
          each agency and subject to agency Division of Budget review and control).

BD 122.00 System should be capable of including reallocation of expenditures for the
          Transportation Department.

    RFP Attachment 6.8                                        Budget Administration Requirements                                                 BD38
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                             FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                               Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                    Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                              Business Requirements                                  Response                   Comments                   Modify
BD 123.00 System should be capable of including unique position classifications
          (Faculty, Administrative, Professional, and Clerical) for the Higher
          Education systems (University of Tennessee and the State Colleges and
          Universities systems) in the final work program.
BD 124.00 System should allow for spending controls to only apply to the state
          appropriation portion of the Higher Education systems (University of
          Tennessee and the State Colleges and Universities systems).
BD 125.00 System provides a Print menu to direct printing of work program reports.

BD 126.00 The system provides the capability to generate and publish the following
          work program reports:
BD 126.01    Program Statements - A narrative description for each agency;
             including for each program (allotment code): revised actual, revised
             estimated, enacted base, enacted improvements, and enacted base
             recommended by payroll and operation totals, state appropriation,
             federal revenue, other departmental revenue, and position type;
             performance standards and measures for each of the above periods.
             Totals for dollar amounts and position counts for each agency. Special
             totals for Higher Education to include all higher education dollar
             amounts and position counts into one total. Select agency or functional
             group printing.
BD 126.02    Non-recurring list - a listing by program of the non-recurring funds
             (state appropriation, federal revenue, and other departmental revenue)
             and positions included in the work program.
BD 126.03    Reconciliation Reports - Adjustments by Type - For each type of
             adjustment, shows adjustment description, total allotment amount,
             state appropriation, federal revenue, other departmental revenue, and
             position counts of all the approved work program adjustment for each
             program (allotment code); also includes agency totals. Includes
             Division of Budget comments and status (pending review, on hold,
             approved, etc.). Select agency or state-wide printing. Also select status
             (pending, approved, etc.) to print.

    RFP Attachment 6.8                                         Budget Administration Requirements                                                 BD39
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                   RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                   N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                  Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                       Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                 Business Requirements                                  Response                   Comments                   Modify
BD 126.04          Work Program File - For each program (allotment code), shows the
                   work program adjustments by major expenditure object/revenue
                   source/position type starting with the recommended amounts (budget
                   file), followed by a column for each adjustment by type, and the final
                   work program amounts. Select agency or state-wide printing. Also
                   select status (pending, approved, etc.) printing.
BD 126.05          Work Program Adjustment Detail - For each program (allotment
                   code), a detailed listing by adjustment type and by major expenditure
                   object/revenue source/position type of each Division of Budget
                   adjustment to the recommended budget (budget file) to create the final
                   work program amounts. Includes agency totals. Select status
                   (pending, approved, etc.) printing.
BD 126.06          Work Program Adjustment Summary - For each program (allotment
                   code), a summary listing by major expenditure object/revenue
                   source/position type of the net Division of Budget adjustment to the
                   recommended budget (budget file) to create the final work program
                   amounts. Includes agency totals. Select status (pending, approved,
                   etc.) printing.
BD 126.07          Schedule of Appropriations - Summary listing by program (allotment
                   code) of the recommended appropriation (budget file), adjustments by
                   type (including amendment citations), and the final work program
                   appropriation.
BD 126.08          Schedule of Revenues and Positions - Summary listing by program
                   (allotment code) of the recommended revenues by source and
                   positions by type (budget file), adjustments by type (including
                   amendment citations), and the final work program recommended
                   revenues by source and positions by type.




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                            Budget Administration Requirements                                                 BD40
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                       RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                   FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                       N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                      Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                           Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                                    Response                   Comments                   Modify
BD 126.09          Appropriation Letter Reference - A summary report of the amounts
                   to include on the official appropriations letter transmitted to the Division
                   of Accounts authorizing the establishment of appropriations and
                   allotments. Includes General Fund appropriation and total allotment;
                   Facilities revolving fund appropriation and total allotment; General
                   Fund, Facilities Revolving Fund, and Total departmental revenue
                   estimates by revenue source; and a schedule of funding from
                   reserves.
BD 126.10          Enacted Improvements - Shows bulleted improvement caption and
                   description as updated by the Division of Budget for each approved
                   and adjusted improvement item as enacted by the legislature For each
                   improvement item, shows the following detail by program (allotment
                   code): total allotment, state appropriation, federal revenue, other
                   departmental revenue, and positions. Select agency, functional group,
                   or state-wide printing .
BD 126.11          Enacted Comparison of Programs - Summary chart of the actual,
                   estimated and enacted amounts, including actual vs. estimated
                   variances and estimated vs. enacted variances, by agency.

BD 126.12          Work Program File - Totals - Grand totals (including and excluding
                   Facilities Revolving Fund) starting with the recommended amounts
                   (budget file) by major expenditure object/revenue source/position type,
                   followed by a column for each adjustment by type, and the final work
                   program amounts. Select agency or state-wide printing.




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                                Budget Administration Requirements                                                 BD41
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                   RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                   N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                  Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                       Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                 Business Requirements                                  Response                   Comments                   Modify
BD 126.13          Dedicated Appropriations - shows dedicated appropriations, starting
                   with the total appropriation (for recommended budget file, for each
                   adjustment type, and for final work program), shows dedicated
                   appropriations by program (for recommended budget file, for each
                   adjustment type, and for final work program). Includes total dedicated
                   appropriations, and show the difference between total appropriation
                   and total dedicated appropriation as the general fund appropriation
                   from state tax sources.
BD 126.14          Federal Revenue Comparison - for each program shows total federal
                   revenue for prior-year estimate and current-year work program. Shows
                   the increase/decrease (dollars and percent) for prior-year estimate
                   (this is the current-year estimated in the prior-year budget cycle) to
                   current-year work program. Includes agency totals and state-wide
                   totals. Allows for the notation of variances below a user-defined
                   threshold (i.e. decreases of 10% or more) with a short (a few
                   sentences) explanation of the variance.
BD 126.15          Non-Recurring Appropriations - For each program, shows each
                   individual non-recurring appropriation item. For each non-recurring
                   item, shows the program code (allotment code) and name, a category
                   (work program, base, improvement, etc.), total funding, state
                   appropriation, federal revenue, other departmental revenue, positions,
                   authority, and a description of the item. For each agency, shows
                   subtotals by category (work program, base, improvement, etc.) and
                   agency totals. First page is a recap of the data by category (work
                   program, base, improvement, etc.), with subtotals by adjustment type
                   and fund (general fund and other dedicated funds). Also shows a
                   grand total, with sub-total by fund (general fund and other dedicated
                   funds).
                                             Budget Monitoring




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                            Budget Administration Requirements                                                 BD42
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                   RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                   N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                  Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                       Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
BD 127.00 System provides the ability to capture and maintain the following
          information in addition to that carried forward from all previous phases
          including Budget Request, Budget Analysis, Position Control and Work
          Program:
BD 127.01     Actual expenditures (pre-encumbrances, encumbrances, accrued
              expenditures, and cash expenditures) and revenue collections from
              accounting modules
BD 127.02     Unallotted portions of reserve for unencumbered balances and reserve
              for capital outlay from the accounting module
BD 127.03     Program (allotment code) for positions from HR modules
BD 127.04     Position identifier (unchanging tracking number) from HR modules
BD 127.05     Date position established from HR modules
BD 127.06     Position title from HR modules
BD 127.07     Position grade from HR modules
BD 127.08     Whether the position is authorized for job-sharing from HR modules
BD 127.09     Budgeted salary from HR modules or Position Control
BD 127.10     Budgeted benefits by type (FICA, insurance, retirement, etc.) from HR
              modules
BD 127.11     Budgeted longevity from HR modules
BD 127.12     Budgeted longevity benefits by type from HR modules
BD 127.13     Funding ratios (state appropriation, federal revenue, and other
              departmental revenue as a percent) for positions from HR modules
BD 127.14     Whether position is filled or vacant from HR modules
BD 128.00 System provides the ability to capture and maintain employee information
          from HR or Position Control modules to be used in budget monitoring. For
          each position show:
BD 128.01     For vacant positions include, but not limited to, the following for the last
              incumbent: hire date (for that position), termination date, name, salary,
              benefits by type (FICA, insurance, retirement, etc.).




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                            Budget Administration Requirements                                                 BD43
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                       RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                    FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                        N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                       Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                            Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                    Business Requirements                                    Response                   Comments                   Modify
BD 128.02           For filled positions include, but not limited to, the following for each of
                    the employees in the position: hire date (for that position), name,
                    employee title, salary, benefits by type (FICA, insurance, retirement,
                    etc.), longevity, longevity benefits by type. For overlapped employees,
                    show a distinction between the original employee and the overlapped
                    employee(s) in that position.
BD 129.00       System provides the ability to calculate reversion (return of the unused
                portion of an appropriation to the fund from which the appropriation was
                made). Includes the following:
BD 129.01           Projected fiscal year-end expenditures and revenue collections by
                    program at the major object/revenue source level.
BD 129.02           Agency request for carryforward of funds to next fiscal year along with
                    a justification for the request.
BD 129.03           Supplemental appropriations and other adjustments (at the program
                    level) and agency reversion targets (at the agency level) entered by
                    the Division of Budget.
BD 130.00       System provides the ability to enter and maintain Revisions (change to
                the final work program). For each of the following adjustment types
                identified below must includes program (allotment code), program name,
                fund and fund detail, major object code/revenue source, fiscal year, fiscal
                quarter, adjustment amount, subsidiary account, description of the
                revision, authority, and coordinator approval:

BD   130.01         Supplemental appropriation
BD   130.02         Revenue expansion
BD   130.03         Revenue expansion reversal
BD   130.04         Funded expansion from other reserves
BD   130.05         Carryforward of state funds for unencumbered balance
BD   130.06         Error correction in the allotments for unencumbered balance/revolving
                    funds
BD 130.07           Carryforward of state funds for capital outlay (major maintenance)


     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                Budget Administration Requirements                                                 BD44
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                    RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                     N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                    Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                         Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                                  Response                   Comments                   Modify
BD 130.08           Transfer funding between object codes, including transfers between
                    payroll and operational categories
BD   130.09         Transfer funding between allotment codes
BD   130.10         Transfer funding between departments
BD   130.11         Transfer funding between funds
BD   130.12         Allot carryover of federal and other departmental revenues (budgeted
                    and allotted but unexpended or unobligated at the end of the prior
                    fiscal year end)
BD 130.13           Allot additional state appropriations per line item after the work
                    program is set
BD 130.14           Allot prior-year savings (unexpended prior year encumbrances)
BD 130.15           Allotment reserves (appropriated in the work program but not allotted)

BD 130.16     Record allotments from allotment reserves
BD 131.00 System allows the Division of Budget the ability to monitor current
          allotment status by providing a screen or set of screens to:
BD 131.01     Compare actual year-to-date expenditures and revenue collections to
              revised work program estimates by major object/revenue source for
              each program (allotment code).
BD 131.02     System provides the ability to drill down to cost center and/or sub-
              major object/sub-revenue source level of detail for actual expenditures
              and revenue collections for each program (allotment code).

BD 131.03    Show summary totals for payroll and operational expenditures, as well
             as total expenditures for each program.
BD 131.04    Show summary totals for state appropriation, federal revenue, and
             other departmental revenue for each program.
BD 131.05    Calculate balance remaining for major object/revenue source and for
             summary totals for each program.
BD 132.00 System provides the ability for agencies to access a screen or set of
          screens to enter, navigate, edit, update, and generate reports on their
          reversion data. (secured to each agency). Screens must:

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                             Budget Administration Requirements                                                 BD45
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                      RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                      N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                     Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                          Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                    Response                   Comments                   Modify
BD 132.01          Show original work program, any revisions, the revised budget (original
                   work program plus revisions), the year-to-date
                   expenditures/collections, the year-end projected expenditures/
                   collections as provided by agencies, and the projected saving/ shortfall
                   by major object/revenue source.
BD 132.02          For each program, recaps payroll savings/shortfall, operational
                   savings/shortfall, and total (payroll plus operational) savings/shortfall;
                   departmental revenue over/under-collection (federal and other
                   sources), any carryforward of reserves from prior year, and an
                   estimate of the carryforward for next year.
BD 132.03          Generate the reversion amount. Calculation is as follows: state
                   appropriation plus projected departmental revenue collections plus
                   unallotted prior-year unexpended balances and projected capital outlay
                   reserves, less obligations (pre-encumbrances, encumbrances accrued
                   expenditures, and cash expenditures) less reserves to be carried
                   forward at the end of the current year.
BD 133.00      System provides the ability for the Division of Budget to access a set of
               screens to enter, navigate, edit, update, and generate reports on agency
               reversion data. (secured to Division of Budget). The screens must show
               the same data as agency screens plus supplemental appropriations and
               other adjustments (by program) and agency reversion targets (by agency)
               to be entered by the Division of Budget.
BD 134.00      System provides the Division of Budget a set of screens to navigate, edit,
               update, approve, and generate reports on budget revision adjustments to
               the final work program (secured to Division of Budget). System will trigger
               necessary transactions to update the accounting modules.

BD 135.00 System provides the ability to facilitate the monitoring of salary equity by
          comparing budgeted salaries in the revised work program to a snapshot of
          current annualized salaries by position and by program (allotment code).




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                               Budget Administration Requirements                                                 BD46
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                  RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                               FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                  N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                 Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                      Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                Business Requirements                                  Response                   Comments                   Modify
BD 135.01         System uses budgeted salaries entered in the HR modules. The HR
                  modules will update budgeted salaries to reflect any work program
                  adjustments.
BD 135.02         System will count any overlapped employees salaries against the
                  budgeted amount.
BD 135.03         System will count any job-sharing employees salaries and board
                  members salaries/per-diem against the budgeted amount (using a fair
                  projection of what these employees will earn over the course of the
                  fiscal year).
BD 135.04         The current funding ratios submitted by the agencies in the budget
                  request module will be used to calculate state, federal, and other
                  departmental revenues by program (allotment code).
BD 135.05         System allows for entry of program comments by the Division of
                  Budget.
BD 136.00      The system provides the capability to generate and publish the following
               budget monitoring reports:
BD 136.01         Current Allotment Status - For each program (allotment code) and
                  agency compare actual year-to-date expenditures and revenue
                  collections to revised work program estimates by major object/revenue
                  source. Show summary totals for payroll and operational expenditures,
                  as well as total expenditures. Also show summary totals for state
                  appropriation, federal revenue, and other departmental revenue.
                  Calculate balance remaining for major object/revenue source and for
                  summary totals.




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                           Budget Administration Requirements                                                 BD47
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                     RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                     N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                    Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                         Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
BD 136.02          Revision Tracking - For each program (allotment code) starts with the
                   current-year work program total allotment, state appropriation, federal
                   revenue, other departmental revenues, and total positions. Shows
                   chronological listing of the effect of each approved budget revision. For
                   each revision includes the description of the revision, authority for the
                   revision, major object/revenue source, subsidiary account, adjustment
                   amount, and effect of the adjustment on total allotment, state
                   appropriation, federal revenue, other departmental revenues, and total
                   positions. Shows the revised total allotment, state appropriation,
                   federal revenue, other departmental revenues, and total positions by
                   program. Includes totals by agency. Also includes agency totals-only
                   version. Includes statewide totals.

BD 136.03          Agency Reversion Estimates - For each program shows the current-
                   year revised work program, the unallotted carryforward of prior year
                   funds, total availability (work program plus carryforward), the total
                   projected year-end expenditures and revenue collections, total
                   over/under expenditures, total over/under collections, a carryforward
                   estimate for the next fiscal year, and the total general fund reversion
                   estimate ((over)/under-expenditures plus over/(under)-collections less
                   carryforward estimate for the next fiscal year). Includes totals by
                   agency. Also includes agency totals-only version. Includes statewide
                   totals.
BD 136.04          State-wide Reversion Estimates - For each program shows the
                   agency reversion estimate, any supplemental appropriations and other
                   adjustments entered by the Division of Budget, and the adjusted
                   reversion amount (net of the agency estimate and budget
                   adjustments). Agency totals show the reversion target by agency and
                   the variance (difference between adjusted reversion and the target).
                   Also can print an agency totals-only version.



    RFP Attachment 6.8                                              Budget Administration Requirements                                                 BD48
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                      RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                      N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                     Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                          Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                    Response                   Comments                   Modify
BD 136.05          Overlapped Position Cost - For each program (allotment code)
                   shows the count and the total salaries and benefits of all employees
                   who have been overlapped with another employee in a single position
                   for more than 90 days as of a certain point in time (either report run
                   date or as requested by viewer). Does not include positions classified
                   as "job sharing" positions. Cost is funded at the position funding ratios
                   and totaled at the program level. Includes agency totals, as well as an
                   agency total-only version.
BD 136.06          Value of Vacant Positions - For each program (allotment code)
                   shows the count and the total budgeted salaries and benefits of all
                   positions that have been vacant for more than 90 days as of a certain
                   point in time (either report run date or as requested by viewer). Value
                   is funded at the position funding ratios and totaled at the program
                   level. Includes agency totals, as well as an agency total-only version.

BD 136.07          Salary Equity Report - Comparison of budgeted salaries in the
                   revised work program to a snapshot of current annualized salaries by
                   position and by program (allotment code). Position detail is rolled up
                   into totals by program (allotment code) and funded (state, federal, and
                   other revenues) using the current funding ratios from the budget
                   request modules, as adjusted by the Division of Budget, and shows the
                   budgeted total salaries; current total salaries; equity balances for state
                   appropriation, federal revenue, and other departmental revenue; and
                   the total equity balance. Also shows the total cost of overlapped
                   employees and any comments entered by the Division of Budget.
                   Allows for user-defined inclusion/exclusion of overlaps based on user
                   defined time frames. Includes agency and state-wide totals, as well as
                   an agency totals-only version.

BD 137.00 System allows the generation of customized, ad-hoc reports via a
          reporting tool that is designed for use by non-technical end users.
BD 138.00 System performs query operations on data fields.

    RFP Attachment 6.8                                               Budget Administration Requirements                                                 BD49
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                    RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                     N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                    Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                         Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
BD 139.00 System permits view of standard, customized and ad-hoc reports on-line
          before printing.
                                 Authorized Position Control
BD 140.00 System provides the ability to capture and maintain the following
          information in addition to that carried forward from all previous phases
          including Budget Request, Budget Analysis, and Work Program
BD 141.00 System provides the ability to capture and maintain Authorized Position
          Count Adjustment Type information including, but not limited to:

BD   141.01         Adjustments to sections 1 and 4 of the appropriations act
BD   141.02         Amendments (other than sections 1 and 4)
BD   141.03         other legislation (other than the appropriations act in fiscal notes)
BD   141.04         Criminal justice grants
BD   141.05         Section 39 adjustments (additional departmental revenue appropriated
                    in Sec. 39 of the Appropriations Act)
BD 141.06           Section 23 expansions (additional departmental revenue presented in
                    reports to the General Assembly after the Appropriations Act is
                    passed)
BD 141.07           Reorganizations
BD 141.08           Other adjustments
BD 142.00       System provides the ability to capture and maintain Position Change
                Request (Personnel Transactions) information including, but not limited
                to the following:
BD 142.01           Request type (establish, reclassify, reorganize, abolish, salary equity
                    adjustment or other adjustment)
BD   142.02         Program (allotment code)
BD   142.03         Program name
BD   142.04         Position identifier (unchanging tracking number)
BD   142.05         Date position established
BD   142.06         Position title
BD   142.07         Position salary grade
BD   142.08         Current salary (monthly and annual)

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                             Budget Administration Requirements                                                 BD50
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                     RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                      N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                     Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                          Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
BD 142.09           Proposed salary (monthly and annual)
BD 142.10           Whether position is filled or vacant
BD 142.11           The amount of the requested salary change and funding source (state,
                    federal and other revenues).
BD   142.12         Employee name ("VACANT" if vacant)
BD   142.13         Number (quantity) of positions included
BD   142.14         Number of months position is funded
BD   142.15         Number of steps for increase
BD   142.16         Percent of increase
BD   142.17         Insurance type (single, family, or split)
BD   142.18         Retirement type (identifies retirement plan for positions)
BD   143.00     System allows for the identification of positions to be excluded from global
                salary policy cost projections.
BD 144.00       System provides the ability for agencies to access a set of screens to
                navigate, edit, update, and generate reports on their personnel
                transaction request information (secured to each agency).
BD 145.00       System provides the ability for agencies to access a set of screens to
                show the current salary equity balance (refer to Salary Equity Report in the
                Budget Monitoring module), the requested adjustments by type (includes
                the personnel transaction information above), the net savings/cost of the
                request, and the salary equity remaining after the transaction."

BD 146.00 System provides the ability for the Division of Budget to access a screen
          or set screens to enter approvals, modifications or rejections to agency
          position control requests (secured to Division of Budget).
BD 147.00 System will facilitate the comparison of authorized position counts and
          budgeted annual salaries and benefits to established position counts and
          actual annual salaries and benefits.




     RFP Attachment 6.8                                              Budget Administration Requirements                                                 BD51
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                             FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                               Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                    Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                              Business Requirements                                  Response                   Comments                   Modify
BD 148.00 System will facilitate tracking position improvements and adjustments
          from the recommended counts in the budget (BA module) to the position
          changes enacted by the legislature (WP module) to the entry of the
          position adjustments (HR module) to the approval of the position
          adjustment (PC module).
BD 149.00 The system provides the capability to generate and publish the following
          position control reports:
BD 149.01     Authorized Position Report (P-10) - for each program shows a
              starting count, the total adjustments to the counts by adjustment type,
              and an ending count (starting count plus all adjustments). Subtotals by
              agency. Subtotals for non-executive position counts, executive position
              counts (excluding Transportation), total general fund counts (non-
              executive plus executive excluding Transportation), total
              Transportation, and total state government (total general fund plus
              Transportation). Includes notations and citations for adjustment
              amounts. The "July 1" version begins with the recommended position
              counts for a fiscal year (as published in the budget document) and
              ends with the enacted authorized counts at July 1 for that fiscal year.
              The "Mid-Year" version begins with July 1 counts from the final work
              program and ends at a select point in time, for example, to coincide
              with the publication of the budget document (for current-year
              estimates). The "June 30" version begins with July 1 counts from the
              final work program and ends at June 30 of that fiscal year.




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                         Budget Administration Requirements                                                 BD52
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                  RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                  10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                  N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                 Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                      Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                 Business Requirements                                 Response                   Comments                   Modify
BD 149.02          Comparison of Authorized and Established Position Counts - For
                   each program (allotment code) shows original authorized position
                   count (from the final current-year work program), the total of any
                   revisions to date, and the revised authorized position count (work
                   program plus revisions) from the position control module. Shows the
                   total established position count from the HR module, and shows the
                   difference between revised authorized and established at a certain
                   point in time (either report run date or as requested by viewer).

BD 149.03 Personnel Transaction (Salary Administration Plan) - For an agency,
          shows a complete set of requested personnel adjustments by type
          (establish, reclassify, reorganize, abolish, salary equity adjustments, or
          other adjustment). Includes number (quantity) of positions, position title,
          position grade, months funded, current monthly salary, proposed monthly
          salary, annual costs (as a negative) or savings (total, state, federal, and
          other revenues), number of steps of the increase (if applicable), and
          percent of the increase (if applicable). The report shows the net of the
          requested changes (total, state, federal, and other revenues). The report
          also shows the beginning and ending salary equity balances (total, state,
          federal, and other revenue) as calculated by the Salary Equity Report in
          the Budget Monitoring module.




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                           Budget Administration Requirements                                                 BD53
State of Tennessee                                                                                                     RFP 317.03-134
Project Edison
                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                             10/21/05




                                                        Cost Accounting


                The Cost Allocation functional area aids management in making cost-effective and informed
                decisions about projects and programs by assessing the entire monetary cost of resources used
                or committed to projects and programs. By providing financial allocation and distribution
                functionality cost, accounting/allocation offers the ability to accumulate and measure the true cost
                of organizational activity. This area addresses the following functions:

                        Cost Allocation
                        Labor Distribution
                        Billing




                Additional Information:




RFP Attachment 6.8                                           Introduction                                                          ii
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                    RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                     N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                    Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                         Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                                  Response                   Comments                   Modify
                                 Cost Accounting General Requirements
                                              Cost Allocation
CA   1.00       System allows for allocations to:
CA   1.01             Fund
CA   1.02             Appropriation
CA   1.03             Organization Number
CA   1.04             Program
CA   1.05             General Ledger Account
CA   1.06             Object
CA   1.07             Revenue Source
CA   1.08             Project
CA   1.09             Grant
CA   1.10             Function Code (i.e., administration, supportive services, etc.)
CA   1.11             Budget Code (i.e., Fiscal Operations)
CA   1.12             User-defined level
CA   2.00       System can interface with other State activity tracking systems to assign
                costs and measure performance.
CA 3.00         System accommodates both fixed and variable costs.
CA 4.00         System should support full costing for providing State services and
                carrying out programs. To accomplish the full costing, the system should
                provide allocation processing to distribute overhead or indirect costs that
                cannot be directly assigned to a direct cost pool at the time incurred.

CA 5.00         System should provide ability to allocate financial balances from any
                account coding distribution to any other account coding distribution.
CA 6.00         System should provide for intermediate pools to accumulate lower-level
                allocations and redistribute them under another allocation.
CA 7.00         System should allow user agencies to determine frequency of allocation
                processing.
CA 8.00         System should allow user to determine which indirect costs are to be
                allocated, including the time period in which those costs occurred (e.g.,
                effective start and end dates).

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                Cost Accounting Requirements                                                    CA1
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                    RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                    N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                   Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                        Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                  Response                   Comments                   Modify
CA 9.00        System should allocate indirect financial balances based on pre-
               determined rates, ratios, or statistics.
CA 10.00       System should provide source and disposition information on the results of
               allocation processing.
CA 11.00       System should allow users to import allocation pool or statistical
               information from spreadsheets or other desktop tools as a starting point
               for allocations.
CA 12.00       System should allow for the processing of a preliminary allocation process
               for “what if” analysis purposes before the results of the allocation are
               officially recorded as final.
CA 13.00       System maintains cost account financial information that is consistent and
               reconcilable with related general ledger and budget accounts.
CA 14.00       System should provide allocation screens that provide totals for
               percentages allocated.
CA 15.00       System should capture budgeted and actual non-financial statistical
               information at indicated levels of the agency structure
CA 16.00       System should capture non-financial statistical information for various
               units of service.
CA 17.00       System should capture cost allocation factor information and statistics
               which will control the accounting and allocation of indirect and direct costs
               to activities through the use of cost pools.
CA 18.00       System should provide information on the factors and specifications
               applied during the cost allocation process.
CA 19.00       System should provide information on the cost per unit of service being
               delivered by activities.
CA 20.00       System should provide for a multiple step (at least 50) cost allocation
               process.
CA 21.00       System provides ability to key percentages for use in cost allocation with
               four decimal places.
CA 22.00       System provides ability to allocate costs using at least four decimal places.




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                                Cost Accounting Requirements                                                    CA2
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                 RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                  10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                  N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                 Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                      Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                 Business Requirements                                 Response                   Comments                   Modify
CA 23.00        System should provide for automated computing and posting of allocation
                journal entries on a user-defined frequency.
CA 24.00        System should perform allocations for reporting purposes only.
CA 25.00        System should provide reversal of actual allocation and spread based on
                overall rates at the end of the year.
CA 26.00        System should provide reversal of actual allocation and spread based on
                overall rates for a specified period.
CA 27.00        System should allocate variances based on actual costs for a defined
                period.
CA 28.00        System should allocate, based on user defined criteria, a difference
                between selected revenue and expense accounts, leaving the
                corresponding revenue in place.
CA 29.00        System should provide the capability of cost allocation among unlimited
                funds.
CA 30.00        System should provide multiple standard cost allocation reports.
                                              Labor Distribution
CA   31.00      System allows for allocations to:
CA   31.01           Fund
CA   31.02           Appropriation
CA   31.03           Organization Number
CA   31.04           Program
CA   31.05           General Ledger Account
CA   31.06           Object
CA   31.07           Revenue Source
CA   31.08           Project
CA   31.09           Grant
CA   31.10           Date Worked
CA   31.11           Function Code (i.e., administration, supportive services, etc.)
CA   31.12           Budget Code (i.e., Fiscal Operations)
CA   31.13           User-defined level




     RFP Attachment 6.8                                             Cost Accounting Requirements                                                    CA3
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                    RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                    N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                   Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                        Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                  Response                   Comments                   Modify
CA 32.00       System should integrate with Time and Attendance function in the Human
               Resources module to identify combinations of budget accounts, projects,
               grants, programs, funds, and other State-designated structures to which
               time was charged and the number of hours charged to each per
               automated employee timesheets.
CA 33.00       System should integrate with the Personnel/Payroll module to extract
               actual payroll costs and codes (including Earnings and Bonus Codes) by
               employee, cost center or position number.
CA 34.00       System allows for the use of year-to-date information by employee for use
               in projection of remaining fiscal year costs.
CA 35.00       System allows users to define specific payroll-related costs to be
               considered in distribution process.
CA 36.00       System should retrieve labor cost distribution transactions for audit and
               reconciliation purposes.
CA 37.00       System should employ easy to maintain effective dated system tables that
               provide edit checks and cross-validation of key fields.
CA 38.00       System should maintain transaction level detail on line for a minimum of
               three years.
CA 39.00       System provides a mechanism to make mass correction/updates to
               groups of transactions selected by key fields while maintaining an audit
               trail.
CA 40.00       System should support a labor distribution process based on random
               moment time study results or prior history data.
CA 41.00       System should allow for distribution of employer-paid benefits and costs of
               paid leave taken (release time) and the hours associated with each cost.

CA 42.00       System should optionally account for and distribute agency-defined non-
               labor costs based on hours worked (i.e., inmate labor, volunteers) and
               should process appropriate transactions (i.e., job costing, general ledger,
               journal, etc).
CA 43.00       System should support distributing costs based upon time reported in
               tenth hour increments.

    RFP Attachment 6.8                                                Cost Accounting Requirements                                                    CA4
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                   RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                  10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                    N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                   Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                        Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                  Response                   Comments                   Modify
CA 44.00        System should allow timekeeper to include non work hours in the bases to
                allocate, or not include the non work hours in the base to allocate. (e.g.,
                holiday pay could be allocated to home base or the holiday hours could be
                allocated based on time worked the remainder of pay period)

CA 45.00        System should provide multiple standard labor distribution reports.
CA 46.00        System should provide multiple standard labor distribution reports for user
                defined time periods (i.e., state fiscal year, federal fiscal year, grant
                period)
                                          Cost Accounting Design
CA   47.00      System maintains the following cost assignment rules:
CA   47.01          Direct tracking of costs
CA   47.02          Cost Allocation
CA   48.00      System assigns both productive and non-productive costs.
CA   49.00      System accommodates both fixed and variable costs.
CA   50.00      System supports the following costing methodologies:
CA   50.01          Actual Fixed Percentage
CA   50.02          Actual Calculated Percentage
CA   50.03          Standard Rate
CA   50.04          Standard Cost per Unit
CA   50.05          Standard Amount
CA   50.06          Activity-Based
CA   50.07          Process
CA   50.08          Job Order
CA   50.09          User-defined methodologies (Vendor should specify in the comments
                    column which other methods have been used with their system)

CA   51.00      System accumulates the following resource costs:
CA   51.01         Rent
CA   51.02         Shipping
CA   51.03         Labor (Salary and Wage)
CA   51.04         Labor (Employee Benefits)

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                               Cost Accounting Requirements                                                    CA5
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                 RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                  10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                  N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                 Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                      Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                 Business Requirements                                 Response                   Comments                   Modify
CA   51.05          Labor (Overtime - various types)
CA   51.06          Additional Labor Costs
CA   51.07          Classification of Labor
CA   51.08          Overhead
CA   51.09          Mileage
CA   51.10          Insurance Expense
CA   51.11          Supplies
CA   51.12          Materials
CA   51.13          Equipment
CA   51.14          Inventory
CA   51.15          Contractual Services (multiple items and rates)
CA   51.16          Facilities (Rental, Leases, etc.)
CA   51.17          Utilities
CA   51.18          Furniture and Fixtures
CA   51.19          Information Technology
CA   51.20          Indirect Costs
CA   51.21          Other Expenditures (Cost Payment Vouchers, journal entries) done
                    separately
CA 52.00        System assigns resource costs to any element of the Chart of Accounts
                structure.
CA   53.00      System provides the following job definition capabilities:
CA   53.01          Description
CA   53.02          Location
CA   53.03          Geographical Information System coordinates
CA   53.04          Begin Date
CA   53.05          End Date
CA   53.06          Elements of the Chart of Accounts Structure
CA   53.07          Multiple State Reporting Code Fields
CA   53.08          Billing Information
CA   53.09          Department Service Order
CA   53.10          Pre-encumbrance
CA   53.11          Purchase Order

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                             Cost Accounting Requirements                                                    CA6
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                      RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                   FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                       N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                      Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                           Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                    Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
CA   53.12          Job or Project Code
CA   53.13          Maximum $ amount for job
CA   53.14          Revenue Source
CA   53.15          Audit Start Date
CA   53.16          Actual Field Work Date
CA   53.17          Actual Field Work Completed Date
CA   53.18          Draft Report Date
CA   53.19          Report Issued Date
CA   53.20          Multiple (6 minimum) user-defined fields
CA   54.00      System provides for rollup of several jobs to a project.
CA   55.00      System provides the ability to associate a fixed asset with a job.
CA   56.00      System can record all revenue at the job series level.
CA   57.00      System can capture costs as direct, intra-entity or inter-entity.
CA   58.00      System allows for the creation of multiple user-defined work input
                categories.
CA 59.00        System provides statistical tracking capabilities for the purpose of
                distributing costs to outputs.
CA 60.00        System allows for the distribution of non-labor costs (i.e., vehicle mileage)
                based upon employee time data.
CA 61.00        System should classify work activities as value-added or non value-added.

CA   62.00      System should classify costs as direct expense or asset related.
CA   63.00      System should classify costs as indirect expense
CA   64.00      System should classify costs as reimbursable or non-reimbursable.
CA   65.00      System should transfer cost information to accounts receivable for billing
                by job series.
CA 66.00        System should group job series for billing purposes.
CA 67.00        System should setup terms for lease or monthly rental costs and
                automatically generate billing.
CA 68.00        System supports full costing for providing State services and carrying out
                programs, and provide allocation processing to distribute overhead or
                indirect costs that cannot be directly assigned to a direct cost object at the
                time incurred.
     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                  Cost Accounting Requirements                                                    CA7
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                       RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                    FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                        N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                       Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                            Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                    Business Requirements                                    Response                   Comments                   Modify
CA 69.00        System should allow for calculation of various user-defined rates,
                including the ability to calculate different internal and external rates for the
                same task, job, etc.
CA 70.00        System should allow overhead rates to be redistributed and amended at
                user-defined periods.
CA 71.00        System maintains identity of source of costs.
CA 72.00        System provides ability to drilldown to source of costs.
CA 73.00        System provides for jobs that collect costs (pools) and jobs where costs
                are distributed (bases).
CA 74.00        System should allow entry of negative overhead rates.
CA 75.00        System should accommodate the systematic distribution of payroll
                expense to the job and task level, based on information reported on the
                timesheet.
CA 76.00        System should accommodate offsetting entries for the redistribution of
                salary expenses recorded to clearing account jobs.
CA 77.00        System should distribute payroll expenses from and within the Internal
                Service Fund by application of rates to hours worked (straight time hourly
                rate, paid and unpaid employee benefit rates, and overhead rates).

CA 78.00        System allows the costing of usage to a job and the recording of an
                offsetting entry to a clearing account for the corresponding cost pool.
CA 79.00        System should distribute indirect costs to multiple indirect cost centers or
                split funded costs to multiple split funded direct jobs (cost allocation).

CA 80.00        System should provide an automated mechanism for extracting and
                costing the following types of resources:
CA   80.01           Labor
CA   80.02           Equipment
CA   80.03           Material Usage
CA   80.04           Chargeback
CA   81.00      System should provide Labor Costing of time sheet data based on the
                following factors:

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                   Cost Accounting Requirements                                                    CA8
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                     RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                      N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                     Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                          Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
CA   81.01          Type of job
CA   81.02          Type or classification of employee
CA   81.03          Contractual Services (multiple items and rates)
CA   81.04          Other Services
CA   81.05          Organization to which employee reports
CA   81.06          Rates applied for employee benefits
CA   81.07          Rates applied for department, division and section overhead
CA   81.08          Type of work such as regular time, overtime, bonus time, time off
CA   81.09          Time period worked
CA   82.00      System should allow costing of equipment usage based on equipment
                number and units e.g. hours and miles.
CA 83.00        System should allow manual entry of equipment usage.
CA 84.00        System should group equipment into classes, and associate rates with
                each class in order to perform costing.
CA 85.00        System should allow the flexibility to apply equipment usage rates by
                class, equipment, or groups of classes.
CA 86.00        System should allow for manual entry of material issues.
CA 87.00        System should import/export costed or un-costed records for labor,
                equipment, materials, mileage, reproduction, materials laboratory, or any
                other State-defined usage defined as requiring the information.
CA 88.00        System prevents changes to supporting allocation records once the
                allocation process starts.
CA 89.00        System should track production and performance units to the individual
                and system reporting the units.
CA 90.00        System reports exception records that fail edits.
CA 91.00        System should summarize costed transactions at various user-defined
                levels; i.e. by levels in the GL Chart of Accounts/reporting hierarchy, such
                as, but not limited to, organization, program, task, project, general
                reporting category, etc.
CA 92.00        System should report cost information through a set of predefined
                parameters (no programming necessary on part of user) and report
                formats.

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                 Cost Accounting Requirements                                                    CA9
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                    RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                     N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                    Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                         Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                                  Response                   Comments                   Modify
CA 93.00        System should extract statistical data captured as data elements in the
                system, such as, but not limited to the following:
CA   93.01          Vehicle hours
CA   93.02          Kilowatt hours
CA   93.03          Number of employees who worked on a job
CA   93.04          Number of tasks used on a project
CA   93.05          Fixed percentage number of documents processed
CA   94.00      System will generate journal entries of summarized cost data for updating
                of the general ledger.
CA 95.00        System should support the following for user-specified categories and
                criteria:
CA   95.01          Compute rates
CA   95.02          Ability to compare and report past actual to standard allocations
CA   95.03          Compute Variance
CA   95.04          Calculate new allocation rates
CA   96.00      System should apply usage rates to various types of activities so that
                costed data are available for on-line inquiry and reporting. Examples of
                rate calculations and applications are:
CA 96.01            Labor
CA 96.02            Each individual’s actual rate per hour
CA 96.03            Average rate for a class of personnel or personnel in a user-defined
                    category (e.g. cost center, grant, project, etc.) based on (a) an average
                    calculated from actual cost for a user-defined period, or (b) a
                    predetermined average rate adjusted periodically
CA   96.04          Fixed percentage
CA   96.05          Non-labor
CA   96.06          Actual cost
CA   96.07          Moving average actual cost
CA   96.08          Average cost over a user-defined time period
CA   96.09          Actual cost for user-defined quantity
CA   96.10          User specified cost



     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                Cost Accounting Requirements                                                    CA10
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                     RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                   FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                      N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                     Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                          Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
CA 97.00        System should cost contract payments and other direct charges based on
                actual costs posted to and received from GL.
CA 98.00        System should cost labor, equipment, mileage, reproduction, or any other
                user defined usage at predefined fixed or variable rates.
CA 99.00        System should maintain standard rate tables describing effective dates for
                rate per unit value, value per unit of each resource (labor hour, mile, etc.),
                and how the rate is to be applied (hour, unit, etc.).
CA 100.00       System should allow user to define chargeback/equipment rates to bill by
                chargeback item/equipment classes.
CA 101.00       System will track historical fixed and variable costing rates for reporting
                and for the purpose of reversing and reapplying costs to new accounting
                distributions.
CA 102.00       System should adjust the booked cost in a prior period to the actual cost,
                based on the following:
CA   102.01         calculated actual rates
CA   102.02         preset parameters
CA   102.03         user command
CA   102.04         selected criteria
CA   103.00     System will accept a user-entered adjusted rate to recalculate costs.
CA   104.00     System allows estimated actual costs to be used for costing when actual
                costs are unknown but resource has been utilized.
CA 105.00       System will calculate and post memo costing entries to jobs.
CA 106.00       System will account for and monitor performance measure budgets in
                order to track dollars spent versus service delivered.
                                          Cost Accounting Billing
CA 107.00       System creates interdepartmental billings from detailed cost information
                and data.
CA 108.00       System creates an interdepartmental contract for department to
                department charges that create an encumbrance.
CA 109.00       System creates an internal voucher that charges expenses to the user
                department and credits the service department.


     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                 Cost Accounting Requirements                                                    CA11
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                              FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                  10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                               Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                    Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                               Business Requirements                                 Response                   Comments                   Modify
CA 110.00 System will transmit interdepartmental billings with line-item detailed
          charges.
CA 111.00 System will collect units of service and bill at pre-determined rates.
CA 112.00 System will process chargebacks that create journal vouchers with the
          offsets to appropriate accounts to be able to measure what is billed out at
          rates against the actual costs.
CA 113.00 System provides the ability for the agency receiving charges to establish
          parameters that determine where items are charged.
CA 114.00 System provides on-line accounts receivable status by user-defined data
          fields and parameters (i.e. by customer name or number).
CA 115.00 System will allow for user definition of long-term receivables, segregation
          from standard receivables, and tracking and control through a control
          account and subsidiary detail.
CA 116.00 System has the ability to system generate automated billings from time
          and material and /or non-direct charges such as surcharges and sales tax,
          and rates and units of service data.
CA 117.00 System will generate customized billings based on user-defined
          parameters.
CA 118.00 System will generate invoices that can be scanned with a user-defined
          scan line.
CA 119.00 System provides the option to bill by work order, job, project, task,
          program, and activity code.
CA 120.00 System will exclude or include billing detail data elements, allowable
          charges, and overheads on specific bills/invoices or on all billings.
CA 121.00 System will use different overhead rates, employee benefits, and other
          factors for billing purposes depending on the entity being billed.
CA 122.00 System determines the lower of actual cost or agency allowable charges
          for billing purposes.
CA 123.00 System will handle billings with multiple work orders, jobs, projects, tasks,
          programs, and activity codes.
CA 124.00 System generates progress and final billings.
CA 125.00 System provides the following billing capabilities:

    RFP Attachment 6.8                                            Cost Accounting Requirements                                                    CA12
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                     RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                   FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                      N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                     Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                          Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
CA   125.01         Actual cost billings
CA   125.02         Fixed fee billings
CA   125.03         Hourly rate billings
CA   125.04         Fixed rate billings
CA   125.05         Combination of actual cost and/or hourly rate and/or fixed rate billings

CA   125.06     Federal and State reimbursed projects’ billings
CA   125.07     Time payments (annual, monthly, semiannual, quarterly)
CA   125.08     Billings to other state agencies
CA   125.09     Unit Based
CA   125.10     Prorated - for example utility charge by square footage allocated.
CA   126.00 System will establish contractual billings on-line which will support
            automated cost recovery for interagency services.
CA   127.00 System will establish contractual billings on-line which will support
            automated cost recovery for external customers.
CA   128.00 System produces trial billings for users to review before producing the
            actual bill.
CA   129.00 System will cancel billings and re-establish billing parameters directly into
            the billing application prior to transmittal to the GL.
CA   130.00 System provides for invoices that have the ability to include location of
            work performed by date.
CA   131.00 System provides for the accumulation of charges for multiple fiscal years.

CA 132.00 System provides for date sensitivity for all billing-related tables, including
          contract city liability insurance rates, billing rates, and sales tax tables.

CA 133.00 System provides for maintenance of tables for overheads and allowable
          charges for Federal, State, and local government agency requirements for
          user-defined time periods.
CA 134.00 System should support invoices with a report of detailed cost information,
          including all labor, equipment, material, and other expenditure
          transactions for a specified job.

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                 Cost Accounting Requirements                                                    CA13
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                               RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                             FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                  10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                               N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                              Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                   Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                              Business Requirements                                 Response                   Comments                   Modify
CA 135.00 System maintains detail of unbilled charges and memo billed charges.
CA 136.00 System provides a billing indicator to be used to indicate type of account,
          e.g. agency, project).
CA 137.00 System creates a single record and distributes costs to both the financials
          and the cost accounting systems.
CA 138.00 Systems figures mirror those recorded in the budget system.
CA 139.00 System can accommodate multiple billing arrangements.
                                  Cost Accounting Reporting
CA 140.00 System provides for multiple user defined cost reports.
CA 141.00 System reports expenses, statistics, revenue by any element in the chart
          of accounts.
CA 142.00 System provides departmental reports broken down by cost accounting
          codes, fund, department, and organizational unit.
CA 143.00 System generates Medicare Cost Report 2552.
CA 144.00 System provides capability to export cost data to excel spreadsheet.
CA 145.00 System provides a set of system assurance reports and control totals that
          reconcile with data source systems.
CA 146.00 System provides user-defined reports showing any of the labor distribution
          elements by a user-specified date range.
                                        Cost Recovery
CA 147.00 System tracks the total number of transaction processed by:
CA 147.01     System
CA 147.02     Module
CA 147.03     Organizational unit
CA 148.00 System allows the end user to input a per transaction cost (e.g., $1.50 per
          paycheck, .50 per purchase order) for the following events:
CA 148.01     Paycheck (persons receiving paychecks)
CA 148.02     W-2 generation (persons receiving w-2s)
CA 148.03     Purchase orders
CA 148.04     Procurement documents (e.g., rfp, rfq)
CA 148.05     Asset record
CA 148.06     Full time equivalent

    RFP Attachment 6.8                                           Cost Accounting Requirements                                                    CA14
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                  RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                   N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                  Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                       Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                 Business Requirements                                  Response                   Comments                   Modify
CA   148.07     Invoice
CA   148.08     Deposit
CA   148.09     Journal voucher
CA   148.10     Payment
CA   149.00 System calculates the dollar amount to allocate from the source
            organization unit to the target organization unit for the following items:
CA   149.01     Paycheck * charge per paycheck
CA   149.02     W-2 generation * charge per W-2
CA   149.03     Purchase orders * charge per purchase order
CA   149.04     Procurement documents (e.g., rfp, rfq) * charge per procurement
                document
CA   149.05     Asset record * charge per asset record
CA   149.06     Full time equivalent * charge per FTE
CA   149.07     Invoice * charge per invoice
CA   149.08     Deposit * charge per deposit
CA   149.09     Journal voucher * charge per journal voucher
CA   149.10     Payment * charge per payment
CA   150.00 The cost allocation system allocates dollars based on the number of
            transactions processed.
CA   151.00 The cost allocation system tracks the following operational statistics by
            month by organizational unit
CA   151.01     Paycheck (persons receiving paychecks)
CA   151.02     W-2 generation (persons receiving W-2s)
CA   151.03     Purchase orders
CA   151.04     Procurement documents (e.g., rfp, rfq)
CA   151.05     Asset record
CA   151.06     Full time equivalent
CA   151.07     Invoice
CA   151.08     Deposit
CA   151.09     Journal voucher
CA   151.10     Payment



     RFP Attachment 6.8                                              Cost Accounting Requirements                                                    CA15
State of Tennessee                                                                                               RFP 317.03-134
Project Edison
                                FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                         10/21/05




                                                      Cash Management

                Cash Management will be an integrated central repository of deposit transactions for
                reconciliation of the various state bank accounts. In addition, checks and warrants issued are
                tracked within Edison to validate against the redemption of these items:

                      Issuance and redemption of checks and warrants
                     Bank reconciliation




                Additional Information:




RFP Attachment 6.8                                          Introduction                                                     ii
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                RFI # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
S = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                               Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                    Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                 Business Requirements                               Response                   Comments                   Modify
                               Cash Management General Requirements
CM 1.00        System provides for entry through online electronic deposit forms of
               revenue information from bank statement deposits.
CM 2.00        System provides for manual data entry of deposit forms of revenue
               information from hard copy reports.
CM 3.00        System provides for recording of statewide investment activity of funds
               held with the Treasury.
CM 4.00        System provides ability to restrict bank accounts by department.
CM 5.00        System provides ability to restrict warrant data by department.
CM 6.00        System should allocate interest earned on funds held with the Treasury
               across selected cash fund balances (user can include or omit fund from
               allocation) based upon the average daily balance method to any chart of
               account segment and automatically create a corresponding journal entry,
               with proper authority.
                                           Bank Reconciliation
CM 7.00        System should provide reconciliation of bank activity per the cash
               management/general ledger module to bank transactions received from
               the State’s bank accounts through automated means at the operator’s
               discretion.
CM 8.00        System should provide reconciliation of bank activity per the cash
               management/general ledger module to bank transactions received from
               the State’s bank accounts through manual means at the operator’s
               discretion.
CM 9.00        System provides the need for less reconciliation of treasury fund cash
               balances with cash balances in the General Ledger because the system
               should keep balances in agreement between modules.
CM 10.00       System offers the ability to make corrections or changes during the
               reconciliation process with appropriate user authorization (i.e., NSF
               Checks).
CM 11.00       System supports reconciliation of general ledger fund cash balances with
               agency fund cash balances.



    RFP Attachment 6.8                                             Cash Management Requirements                                                   CM1
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                  RFI # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                 10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
S = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                   N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                  Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                       Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                                Response                   Comments                   Modify
CM 12.00        System provides reconciliation of bank activity per the cash
                management/general ledger module to bank transactions received from
                the State's bank accounts through automated or manual means at the
                operator's discretion, including the following functions/features:
CM 12.01            Utilize BAI input format for bank activity input
CM 12.02            Convert non-standard bank input formats to desired (I.e. BAI) format

CM   12.03          Accommodate multiple bank accounts
CM   12.04          Allow user to specify automated matching criteria
CM   12.05          Identify duplicate matches
CM   12.06          Identify potential matches
CM   12.07          Provide edit capability with appropriate user authorization
CM   12.08          Provide inquiry capability with appropriate user authorization
CM   12.09          Provide for manual matching of items not matched via automated
                    matching
CM   12.10          Provide aggregate (one-to-many or many-to-many) items matching
CM   12.11          Provide tolerance (specify variance in amount or date) matching
CM   12.12          Provide exception reporting of outstanding items
CM   12.13          Provide aging reports of reconciling items
CM   12.14          Provide custom reporting of reconciling items
CM   12.15          Provide data export to generate external research correspondence
                                            Agency Trust Funds
CM 13.00        System will maintain sequential numbering unique to trust fund
                transactions.
CM 14.00        System will provide fields for recording receipts accompanying
                reimbursement requests.
CM 15.00        System will provide for user-defined levels of approval on all agency trust
                fund transactions.
CM 16.00        System will provide integration with Accounts Payable to facilitate 1099
                reporting for agency trust fund transactions.
CM 17.00        System will maintain the following data in respect to trust fund
                transactions:

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                               Cash Management Requirements                                                   CM2
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                 RFI # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                 10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
S = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                  N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                 Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                      Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                Response                   Comments                   Modify
CM   17.01         Chart of Account code or codes
CM   17.02         Date requested & date issued
CM   17.03         Unit/Name of person requesting
CM   17.04         Payee if different than requestor
CM   17.05         Amount
CM   17.06         Description
CM   17.07         Reimbursement or Advance
CM   17.08         Receipts on file (Yes or No)
CM   17.09         Justification (at least 60 characters)
CM   17.10         Approvals
CM   17.11         Approval Date
CM   17.12         Check #/Voucher # (system assigned)
CM   17.13         Reference Number
CM   17.14         Address
CM   17.15         Phone Number
CM   17.16         Prepared By
CM   17.17         Location
CM   18.00      System allows user-input text field (message) on check stub.
CM   19.00      System provides the ability to setup, transact, and reconcile multiple
                agency trust funds.
                                                 Petty Cash
CM 20.00        System maintains petty cash balances.
CM 21.00        System supports the reconciliation of the petty cash accounts.
CM 22.00        System accommodates the reimbursement of the petty cash accounts.
                                            Reporting and Inquiry
CM 23.00        System will provide cash flow monitoring and reporting, including a
                comprehensive cash receipts/disbursements journal based upon user-
                specified criteria.
CM 24.00        System provides user-defined cash reporting that can be run on a daily or
                monthly basis.




     RFP Attachment 6.8                                              Cash Management Requirements                                                   CM3
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                     RFI # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                   FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                  10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
S = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                     N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                    Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                         Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                                  Response                   Comments                   Modify
CM 25.00       System provides a cash flow report that ties to the general ledger cash
               accounts. This requires the ability to track offsetting accounts directly
               related to a cash transaction.
CM 26.00       System provides a cash flow analysis tool that can be utilized to generate
               cash projections, and 'What ifs' scenarios. Not limited to the following:

CM 26.01            System will allow retrieval of actual monthly "cash" receipts and
                   disbursement dollar amounts including agency trust funds by each
                   month at the lowest levels, i.e., transaction level with the ability to roll
                   items up to higher levels at user's discretion.
CM 26.02           System will maintain totals and subtotals of receipts and
                   disbursements by month and line.
CM 26.03           System retains history of actual receipt and disbursement dollar
                   amounts.
CM 26.04           System retains history of monthly projections.
CM 26.05           System will allow users the flexibility of determining monthly
                   projections (using selected projection method, i.e., straight-line,
                   proportionate allocation) down to individual item/cell level.
CM 26.06           System will allow an Agency to combine multiple line items and apply
                   projection parameters such as: change in billing/paying cycle from
                   monthly to quarterly; change in tax rates; etc.
CM 26.07           System prepares reports comparing cash flow projections to actual at
                   all levels from line item to Departmental level summary.
CM 26.08           System prepares a cash projection for the upcoming fiscal year based
                   on available data and user defined modeling parameters.
CM 26.09           System will display actual fiscal year months receipts and
                   disbursements data with remaining projection months data.
CM 26.10           System will print reports from the detailed to the summary level for
                   official reports, i.e., official statements.
CM 27.00       System is able drill down from summary deposit or disbursement balances
               to the supporting detailed transactions.
CM 28.00       System provides average clearance reports.

    RFP Attachment 6.8                                                  Cash Management Requirements                                                   CM4
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                   RFI # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                 10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
S = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                   N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                  Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                       Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                 Response                   Comments                   Modify
CM 29.00       System provides ability to export average clearance report to file.
CM 30.00       System reports daily transactions by type and projections for user defined
               periods or days (i.e. 5 day projections) for all Wire, ACH, and warrant
               transactions.
                                          Positive Pay Banking
CM 31.00       System accommodates positive pay banking.
CM 32.00       Records non-match paid warrants from the bank's warrant file to the
               system for inquiry on an exception file.
CM 33.00       System provides the ability to receive check issuance files from agency
               subsystems.
CM 34.00       System provides ability to receive and post paid warrant information,
               including warrant number, issue date, status/paid date, paid amount and
               status of warrant, based on the bank account number.
CM 35.00       System provides ability to receive electronic payment files from bank and
               records discrepancies (i.e., differences in dollar amount, status, etc.) in a
               reconciliation database without updating financial balances (suspense
               file).
CM 36.00       After a mismatch has been identified, system accommodates subsequent
               posting of a bank reversal in the reconciliation database and reposts the
               corrected information to clear the suspense file.
CM 37.00       System provides the ability to change the issuance number (i.e., manual
               warrant number recorded incorrectly).
CM 38.00       System allows electronic updates when payment cancellations are
               confirmed.
                                        Stale Dating of Warrants
CM 39.00       System generates reports and electronic files of cancelled and stale dated
               warrants, and allows for the transmission of electronic information.

CM 40.00       System accepts and posts cancellation status and cancellation date of
               posted stale dated warrants.
CM 41.00       System posts accounting entries to record cancellation information
               accepted by the system.

    RFP Attachment 6.8                                                Cash Management Requirements                                                   CM5
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                   RFI # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                  10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
S = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                   N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                  Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                       Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                 Response                   Comments                   Modify
                               Warrant or Check Issuance Reconciliation
CM 42.00       System provides ability to reconcile by issue date, issuance number, and
               dollar amount.
CM 43.00       System retains cleared warrants in a warrant reconciliation table for inquiry
               and/or reporting purposes, including the ability to view the remittance
               advice.
CM 44.00       System provides for an automated reconciliation of all bank activity
               (including detailed reconciling items) per the Financial Management
               module to bank transactions received from the State’s bank accounts
               through automated means.
CM 45.00       System provides for reconciliation of treasury cash balances with fund
               cash balances.
CM 46.00       System automated bank reconciliation processes must accommodate
               multiple bank accounts with multiple banks.
CM 47.00       System provides the ability to make corrections or changes during the
               reconciliation process with appropriate user authorization.
CM 48.00       System provides for reconciliation of cash in bank with fund cash
               balances.
CM 49.00       System provides user-defined status codes that can be applied to
               warrants to track the claims for warrant restoration and the stages of the
               research (i.e., requested, assigned, researched, restored).
CM 50.00       System provides reports/inquiries to track history of claims for stale-dated
               warrants through each successive status.
CM 51.00       System produces a monthly detail stale dated Warrants Listing by fund
               and by warrant type.
CM 52.00       System produces warrant reconciliation reports of manual transactions by
               fund and warrant type on a daily, monthly, or annual basis or by a
               specified date range.
CM 53.00       System allows for printing of a daily, monthly, annual, or specified date
               range report of all cleared warrants by warrant type and by fund.




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                                Cash Management Requirements                                                   CM6
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                 RFI # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                 10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
S = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                 N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                     Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                 Business Requirements                                Response                   Comments                   Modify
CM 54.00       System allows for printing of a daily, monthly, annual, or specified date
               range report of all cleared warrants by bank account number and by fund.

CM 55.00       System produces a daily general ledger accounting report of the warrant
               clearing transactions.
CM 56.00       System produces a daily, monthly, annual or specified date range report
               that shows the total amount and number of outstanding warrants for the
               fund.
CM 57.00       Computes the number and dollar amount of warrants written per warrant
               run by day and per month.
CM 58.00       System produces a report of checks paid and cancelled for a month by
               account number.
CM 59.00       System provides a daily file of checks paid by account number to be
               extracted to subsystems.
CM 60.00       System provides for the ability retrieve paid check images from Filenet.




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                              Cash Management Requirements                                                   CM7
State of Tennessee                                                                                        RFP 317.03-134
Project Edison
                                 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                 10/21/05




                                                   Fleet Management

                The Fleet Management system addresses the need to have an integrated central
                repository of statewide mobile data for tracking, reporting and managing your mobile
                assets. This includes the tracking of vehicles and equipment with multiple components
                attached. This section provides the following features to:

                        Create a vehicle/equipment record
                        Track and manage replacement and maintenance cycles of these units
                        Manage vehicle inventory as well as being able to manage reservations of fleet
                         units and the allocation of the vehicle cost to the user agencies
                        Manage commercial fuel card process
                        Track fleet utilization including mileage, downtime, and assignments
                        Track separate components on one piece of equipment that may possess multiple
                         engines needing maintenance
                        Provides the ability to track and manage fuel cost

                Additional Information:




RFP Attachment 6.8                                      Introduction                                                  ii
      State of Tennessee                                                                                                                        RFP 317.03-134
      Edison Project
                                                     FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                                  N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                                 Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                                      Vendor                                    Hours to
  Number                                            Business Requirements                                      Response              Comments              Modify
                                            Fleet Management General Requirements
 FM 1.00         System must be capable of interfacing with other systems such as automated fuel
                 distribution. (e.g., EJ Ward, Fuelman).
 FM   2.00       System has the ability to interface with GPS systems.
 FM   3.00       System has the ability to support RFID.
 FM   4.00       Fleet module is integrated with all relevant modules including but not limited to:
 FM   4.01           Purchasing
 FM   4.02           Asset Management
 FM   4.03           Cost Accounting
 FM   4.04           Inventory
 FM   4.05           Human Resources
 FM   4.06           Accounts Payable
 FM   4.07           General Ledger modules
 FM   4.08           Project Management
 FM   4.09           Plant Maintenance
 FM   4.10           Payroll
 FM   4.11           Accounts Receivable
 FM   5.00       System provides the ability to attach unlimited photo, schematic and document images.
 FM   6.00       System provides the ability to calculate operational costs by "cost/hr/gal per mile".
 FM   7.00       The system must contain an inquiry function that provides the ability to easily access
                 equipment and parts records, work orders, operations costs transactions and the codes
                 used by the system.
 FM 8.00         System provides the ability to set-up user defined cost category codes and descriptions for
                 reporting purposes. (e.g., fuel, parts, lubricants, etc.).
 FM 9.00         System provides the ability to define an unlimited number of transaction codes used to
                 identify the type of activity performed on each vehicle.
                                                Fleet - Vehicle/Equipment Records
 FM 10.00        System provides the ability to track expenses by vehicle tag and/or other components.
 FM 11.00        System provides the ability to lookup equipment specs, depreciation and preventive
                 maintenance info without report generation.
 FM   12.00      In addition to standard asset information, system can record for each vehicle:
 FM   12.01          Vehicle ID number replaced by and replaced
 FM   12.02          VIN
 FM   12.03          Make
 FM   12.04          Model

      RFP Attachment 6.8                                                  Fleet Management Requirements                                                   FM1
      State of Tennessee                                                                                                                     RFP 317.03-134
      Edison Project
                                                      FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                               10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                               N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                              Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                                   Vendor                                    Hours to
  Number                                             Business Requirements                                  Response              Comments              Modify
 FM   12.05          Year
 FM   12.06          Number of doors
 FM   12.07          Seating
 FM   12.08          Color
 FM   12.09          Optional attachments (minimum of 10)
 FM   12.10          Purchase order number
 FM   12.11          License Tag (minimum of 2)
 FM   12.12          Blind license tag (viewed with appropriate security)
 FM   12.13          Fiscal year budget approved
 FM   12.14          Fuel type (minimum of 3)
 FM   12.15          Fuel capacity
 FM   12.16          Bucket/cubic yards
 FM   12.17          Weight
 FM   12.18          Width
 FM   12.19          Height
 FM   12.20          Length
 FM   12.21          Wheelbase
 FM   12.22          Oil capacity
 FM   12.23          Number of axles
 FM   12.24          Number of drive axles
 FM   12.25          Front or rear wheel drive axles
 FM   12.26          Tire size, front
 FM   12.27          Tire size, rear
 FM   12.28          Number of tires, front
 FM   12.29          Number of tires, rear
 FM   12.30          Transmission type
 FM   12.31          Engine size
 FM   12.32          Engine cylinders
 FM   12.33          Engine horsepower
 FM   12.34          Optional equipment (multiple fields)
 FM   12.35          Class, sub class
 FM   12.36          Fleet, sub-fleet code
 FM   12.37          Preventative maintenance (PM) code
 FM   12.38          Assignments
 FM   12.39          Status

      RFP Attachment 6.8                                                    Fleet Management Requirements                                              FM2
      State of Tennessee                                                                                                                            RFP 317.03-134
      Edison Project
                                                      FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                      10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                                      N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                                     Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                                          Vendor                                    Hours to
  Number                                             Business Requirements                                         Response              Comments              Modify
 FM   12.40          Engine type (i.e., gas, hybrid, electric, diesel, etc.)
 FM   12.41          Default maintenance shop
 FM   12.42          Other user-defined fields
 FM   13.00      System provides the ability to assign vehicles to PM Codes.
 FM   14.00      System provides the ability to track emission testing and generate a report for all testing due
                 with 60 or 90 days notice.
 FM   15.00      System provides the ability to assign add on component to the vehicle.
 FM   16.00      System provides the ability to assign vehicles to fleets and sub-fleets.
 FM   17.00      System provides the ability to assign vehicles to class and sub-class.
 FM   18.00      System provides the ability to provide a minimum 5 major component makes, models &
                 serial #s per equipment (e.g., chassis, engine).
 FM 19.00        System provides the ability to provide a minimum 5 group assignments per equipment (e.g.,
                 department, location, class, etc.).
 FM 20.00        System provides the ability to provide a minimum 3 User-defined Meters per equipment.

 FM 21.00        System provides the ability to storing unlimited notes for each equipment record (e.g. major
                 accidents).
 FM 22.00        System provides the ability to track assigned driver or pool assignment.
 FM 23.00        System provides the ability to track annual license/permit renewals for vehicles and other
                 motorized equipment separate from preventive maintenance services.
 FM 24.00        System provides the ability to track fuel card number and PIN number.
 FM 25.00        System provides the ability to track assignment of fuel card to employee or vehicle.
 FM 26.00        System provides the ability to provide a minimum 3 fuel types per vehicle and other
                 motorized equipment.
 FM 27.00        System provides the ability to provide a minimum of 12 add-fluid types per vehicle or other
                 motorized equipment.
 FM   28.00      System provides the ability to automate monthly fixed cost tracking.
 FM   29.00      System provides the ability to automate equipment replacement scheduling:
 FM   29.01         Based on time
 FM   29.02         Based on mileage
 FM   29.03         Based on hours
 FM   30.00      System provides the ability to provide cumulative equipment costs lookup table (current,
                 year-to-date, life-to-date, last year cost figures).
 FM 31.00        System provides the ability to re-number equipment and retain repair, fuel and preventive
                 maintenance histories.

      RFP Attachment 6.8                                                   Fleet Management Requirements                                                      FM3
      State of Tennessee                                                                                                                             RFP 317.03-134
      Edison Project
                                                       FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                      10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                                       N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                                      Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                                           Vendor                                    Hours to
  Number                                              Business Requirements                                         Response              Comments              Modify
 FM 32.00        System has ability to access history data on a vehicle after vehicle disposal (sell/salvage).

 FM 33.00        System provides the ability to change equipment group (e.g. department) and retain repair,
                 fuel and preventive maintenance histories.
 FM 34.00        System provides the ability to create equipment templates.
                                                       Fleet Administration
 FM 35.00        System provides the ability to view transaction history for a vehicle or other motorized
                 equipment number on-line. The transaction history must include:
 FM   35.01          Transaction date
 FM   35.02          Work start date
 FM   35.03          Work completion date
 FM   35.04          Transaction code repair code) and description
 FM   35.05          Procedure (job or repair type)
 FM   35.06          Crew/shop
 FM   35.07          Usage in hours
 FM   35.08          Usage in miles
 FM   35.09          Work order number
 FM   35.10          Number of units
 FM   35.11          Unit cost
 FM   35.12          Total cost for each transaction
 FM   35.13          Vehicle number
 FM   35.14          Fuel type
 FM   35.15          License number
 FM   35.16          Make/model
 FM   35.17          Vendor
 FM   35.18          Vehicle operator
 FM   35.19          Maintenance code
 FM   36.00      System provides the ability to manually enter transactions and receive transaction data
                 through updates from completed work orders.
 FM 37.00        System provides comparative data on performance of each vehicle for maintenance and fuel
                 usage with other vehicles in its class/sub-class, fleet/sub-fleet or PM code.
 FM 38.00        System provides the ability to view on-line, as well as in reports, monthly, fiscal year-to-date
                 and life-to-date information. This information must include:
 FM 38.01            Maintenance costs
 FM 38.02            Fuel costs

      RFP Attachment 6.8                                                   Fleet Management Requirements                                                       FM4
      State of Tennessee                                                                                                                         RFP 317.03-134
      Edison Project
                                                      FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                                   N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                                  Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                                       Vendor                                    Hours to
  Number                                            Business Requirements                                       Response              Comments              Modify
 FM   38.03          Fuel consumption
 FM   38.04          Miles/hour per gallon
 FM   38.05          Miles/quart of oil
 FM   38.06          Hours/quart of oil
 FM   38.07          Total miles driven
 FM   38.08          Administrative cost
 FM   39.00      System provides the ability to track all warranty and extended warranty information for each
                 piece of equipment and or components. Information includes:
 FM   39.01          In service date/miles
 FM   39.02          Duration in times (i.e., 60,000 miles)
 FM   39.03          Duration in hours/miles
 FM   39.04          Warranty pro rated balance
 FM   39.05          Warranty provider
 FM   40.00      System has ability to manage vehicle recalls. System can inquire and report on vehicles by
                 VIN number, and records the recall as a service request in the system.
 FM 41.00        System has the ability to automatically send notice to any agency on which a vehicle recall
                 has been issued.
 FM 42.00        System has ability to report on take-home vehicles for IRS reporting purposes.
 FM 43.00        System reports maintenance costs by any element of the chart of accounts/financial coding
                 block.
 FM   44.00      The system must be able to record transfers between locations.
 FM   45.00      The system must be able to record transfers between departments.
 FM   46.00      There must be on-line search capabilities by:
 FM   46.01          License number
 FM   46.02          Serial number
 FM   46.03          Department number
 FM   46.04          Program (allotment code)
 FM   46.05          Location
 FM   46.06          Asset number
 FM   46.07          Last four (4) digits of vehicle identification number
 FM   46.08          Class, sub-class
 FM   46.09          Make and model and year
 FM   46.10          Assignments
 FM   46.11          Driver assigned to vehicle
 FM   46.12          Work unit

      RFP Attachment 6.8                                                  Fleet Management Requirements                                                    FM5
      State of Tennessee                                                                                                                             RFP 317.03-134
      Edison Project
                                                       FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                      10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                                       N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                                      Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                                           Vendor                                    Hours to
  Number                                              Business Requirements                                         Response              Comments              Modify
 FM   46.13          Fuel type
 FM   46.14          Fleet, sub-fleet code
 FM   46.15          P.M. code
 FM   46.16          Other user-defined fields
                                                 Fleet - Repair Order Tracking
 FM 47.00        System provides the ability to support on-line real time or batch repair order entry - user's
                 option.
 FM 48.00        System provides the ability to integrate driver-noted repairs feature.
 FM 49.00        System provides the ability to provide repairs-to-do lookup feature from repair order entry
                 enabling user to add repair-to-do to existing repair order.
 FM 50.00        System provides the ability to provide user-defined repair codes and descriptions.
 FM 51.00        System provides the ability to provide a minimum 240 character notes per system code on
                 repair order.
 FM 52.00        System provides the ability to provide a minimum 240 character driver notes to mechanic
                 per repair order.
 FM   53.00      System provides the ability to track and report on direct as well as indirect labor.
 FM   54.00      System provides the ability to support multiple mechanics on a single repair order.
 FM   55.00      System provides the ability to track downtime and user-defined downtime reasons.
 FM   56.00      System provides the ability to support pre-numbered and/or system generated repair order
                 numbers - user option.
 FM 57.00        System provides the ability to provide partially complete repair orders that remain open
                 through month and year end without starting new repair order.
 FM 58.00        System provides the ability to credit repairs on existing repair order without deleting when
                 data entry mistakes are made with proper security authorization.
 FM 59.00        System has the ability to prevent further changes to a work order after approval. Further
                 changes will require an additional transaction against the work order so that the audit trail of
                 changes is maintained.
 FM 60.00        System provides the ability to credit when repairs replaces stocked parts so that on-hand
                 quantity is restored.
 FM 61.00        System provides the ability to track regular and overtime labor.
 FM 62.00        System provides the ability to automate component warranty tracking to update equipment
                 costs with recovered warranty dollars.
 FM 63.00        System provides the ability to automate component and parts warranty flagging during repair
                 order entry.
 FM 64.00        System tracks the warranty associated with each piece of equipment.

      RFP Attachment 6.8                                                   Fleet Management Requirements                                                       FM6
      State of Tennessee                                                                                                                             RFP 317.03-134
      Edison Project
                                                       FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                      10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                                       N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                                      Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                                           Vendor                                    Hours to
  Number                                              Business Requirements                                         Response              Comments              Modify
 FM 65.00        System indicates if the equipment is under warranty based upon the purchase date and
                 warranty duration.
 FM 66.00        System provides the ability to track general shop as well as individual mechanic labor rates.

 FM 67.00        System provides the ability to assign individual overtime rates to each mechanic.
 FM 68.00        System provides the ability to provide inventory & inventory kit entry onto repair order so that
                 it updates on-hand quantity in inventory master.
 FM 69.00        System provides the ability to assign General Ledger Account Codes to repairs or allow
                 system to default to typical codes.
 FM 70.00        System provides the ability to quickly reference complete equipment repair history without
                 generating report.
 FM 71.00        System provides the ability to track and report on outside labor and parts separate from in-
                 house labor and parts.
                                                          Maintenance
 FM 72.00        System provides the ability to schedule preventative maintenance procedures for vehicles
                 and other motorized equipment and components.
 FM 73.00        System generates a listing of vehicles and other motorized equipment and components that
                 are due for maintenance based on user define parameters.
 FM 74.00        System provides the ability to electronically notify a department contacts, including the
                 vehicle operator and vehicle operator's supervisor, when vehicles are due or past due for
                 preventative maintenance.
 FM   75.00      System provides the ability to define and view repair codes.
 FM   76.00      System provides for the use of employee rate, shop rate and skill rate.
 FM   77.00      System maintains repair histories for both in-house, agencies and vendor repairs.
 FM   78.00      System provides the ability to attach various file types to the vendor repair document.
 FM   79.00      System provides the ability to e-mail or fax repair tickets directly to vendors.
 FM   80.00      System provides the ability to assign work based on skill set and level of mechanic.
 FM   81.00      System must provide the ability to provide for the on-line entry and validation of job tickets.

 FM 82.00        System must provide the ability to track repeat repairs.
 FM 83.00        System must provide the ability to inquire on mechanics remarks, type of repair requested,
                 parts and labor costs.
 FM 84.00        System provides for the automatic or delayed printing of repair tickets.
 FM 85.00        System must generate a maintenance due list (State Inspection, emissions, and technical
                 service bulletin) by department and date.

      RFP Attachment 6.8                                                    Fleet Management Requirements                                                      FM7
      State of Tennessee                                                                                                                           RFP 317.03-134
      Edison Project
                                                      FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                     10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                                     N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                                    Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                                         Vendor                                    Hours to
  Number                                             Business Requirements                                        Response              Comments              Modify
 FM 86.00        System provides the ability to notify via e-mail appropriate individuals responsible for state
                 inspections.
 FM 87.00        System must track and identify vehicles due/overdue for preventative maintenance.
 FM 88.00        System must track and identify vehicles and other motorized equipment/components due for
                 preventative maintenance.
 FM 89.00        Maintenance frequency must be supported for time, miles/hours, fuel consumed or any
                 combination of all three.
 FM 90.00        System will automatically update the next maintenance due date without any manual
                 intervention based upon user-specified maintenance frequency.
 FM 91.00        System automatically notifies vehicle operator, and vehicle operator's supervisor of next
                 maintenance due date.
 FM 92.00        System provides individual maintenance scheduling for each equipment component must be
                 supported so that differences due to age, usage and manufacturer are accounted for.

 FM 93.00        System provides the capability to schedule unlimited maintenance activities per piece of
                 equipment.
 FM 94.00        System reports costs (work and parts) for scheduled, unscheduled, road calls and accident
                 maintenance.
 FM 95.00        System provides a facility for users to accept or reject work.
 FM 96.00        System should provide ability to schedule and track maintenance on multiple vehicle
                 components assigned to separate reference numbers.
 FM 97.00        System provides the ability to maintain an unlimited number of parts. May provide through
                 integration with Inventory module.
 FM   98.00      System provides a detailed description of each part in inventory.
 FM   99.00      System provides for multiple part pricing methods and markups.
 FM   100.00     System provides the ability to search and report by any part specification.
 FM   101.00     System provides the ability to track parts and service expenses by vendor, in-house or
                 agency.
 FM 102.00       System provides the ability to update preventative maintenance schedules based on miles,
                 hours and time.
 FM 103.00       System generates shop averages/for each repair type by vehicle class for all mechanics, or
                 by mechanic and by location.
 FM 104.00       System tracks and records part transfers between shops or locations.
 FM 105.00       System tracks maintenance against the warranty associated with each piece of equipment
                 and/or components.

      RFP Attachment 6.8                                                  Fleet Management Requirements                                                      FM8
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                     RFP 317.03-134
    Edison Project
                                                FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                             N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                            Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                                 Vendor                                    Hours to
  Number                                       Business Requirements                                      Response              Comments              Modify
 FM 106.00 System provides the ability to capture cost avoidance information associated with
           maintenance against the warranty work performed on each vehicle and each piece of
           equipment and/or components.
 FM 107.00 System indicates if the equipment and/or component is under warranty based upon the
           purchase date and warranty duration.
 FM 108.00 System prints warranty tracking and labels at time of repair.
 FM 109.00 System has the ability to auto generate work orders based on scheduled PM, manufacture
           recalls, or technical service bulletins.
 FM 110.00 System has the ability to generate part list and maintenance procedures with the work
           orders.
 FM 111.00 System has the ability to auto create the parts requisition with the work order.
                                                    Fuel Inventory
 FM 112.00 System provides the ability to calculate updates to vehicle cost per mile based on fueling
           entries.
 FM 113.00 System provides the ability to track fuel delivered to or used from each the following:
 FM 113.01     Tank
 FM 113.02     Dispensed from each pump
 FM 113.03     Purchased on the road
 FM 114.00 System provides the ability to interface with the billing system to bill customers for fuel
           purchases.
 FM 115.00 System provides the ability interface to inventory to obtain fuel costs.
 FM 116.00 System provides the ability to update the odometer reading and date fuel purchased on
           equipment master record.
 FM 117.00 System provides the ability to upload transactions from 3rd party commercial automated
           fueling system (i.e., Fuelman).
 FM 118.00 System provides the ability to upload transactions from a fleet card system.
 FM 119.00 System provides the ability to alert the user and report on odometer increases outside user-
           defined ranges.
 FM 120.00 System provides the ability to alert the user and report on fuel quantities outside user-
           defined range set per vehicle.
 FM 121.00 System provides the ability to alert the user and report on fuel types outside user-defined
           range set per vehicle.
 FM 122.00 System provides the ability to report of all transactions outside user-defined ranges
 FM 123.00 System provides the ability to track usage on equipment when meter is replaced or rolls past
           zero.

    RFP Attachment 6.8                                              Fleet Management Requirements                                                    FM9
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                          RFP 317.03-134
    Edison Project
                                                   FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                     10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                                  N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                                 Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                                      Vendor                                    Hours to
  Number                                         Business Requirements                                         Response              Comments              Modify
 FM 124.00 System provides the ability to calculate fuel economy (e.g. MPG) for current month, year-to-
           date, life-to-date and last year.
 FM 125.00 System provides the ability to calculate cost fuel usage for current month, year-to-date, life-
           to-date and last year.
 FM 126.00 System provides the ability to track fuel pricing from Automated Fuel System or fuel table.

 FM 127.00 System provides the ability to track location (i.e., City, Street etc.) where fuel was purchased.

 FM 128.00 System provides the ability to track in-house, agency and vendor fuel purchases.
 FM 129.00 System provides the ability to retain lifetime audit trail for all fuel disbursements.
 FM 130.00 System provides the ability to update the odometer or hours reading and date fuel
           purchased on equipment master record.
 FM 131.00 System provides the ability to track both pump and tank inventory.
 FM 132.00 System provides the ability to calculate state fuel taxes.
 FM 133.00 System provides the ability to calculate federal fuel taxes.
 FM 134.00 System provides the ability to track fuel usage by vehicle.
                                              Fleet - Tire Management
 FM 135.00 System provides the ability to compare tire makes and models.
 FM 136.00 System provides the ability to classify tires by type (i.e., recap, airless, solid, etc.).
 FM 137.00 System provides the ability to track tread wear by type.
 FM 138.00 System provides the ability to track tire performance by type.
 FM 139.00 System provides the ability to track tire costs by type.
 FM 140.00 System provides the ability to track tire location by type:
 FM 140.01    Unit
 FM 140.02    Position
 FM 140.03    Scrap
 FM 140.04    Staging
                                                 Labor Management
 FM 141.00 System tracks both direct and indirect labor for each piece of equipment.
 FM 142.00 System has the ability to capture all labor transactions real-time as the mechanic logs on
           and off of repairs.
 FM 143.00 System provides the capability to view on-line work in progress, as well as all work
           completed that day by mechanic and location.
 FM 144.00 System provides the capability to bill labor by repair type:
 FM 144.01    Actual labor cost

    RFP Attachment 6.8                                                 Fleet Management Requirements                                                     FM10
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                      RFP 317.03-134
    Edison Project
                                                 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                              N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                             Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                                  Vendor                                    Hours to
  Number                                        Business Requirements                                      Response              Comments              Modify
 FM 144.02    Actual and/or flat rate (hours or dollars)
 FM 145.00 System produces shop labor averages by repair type and individual mechanic and location.

 FM 146.00 System provides efficiency information which measures how a mechanic's performance
           compares with a user-defined standard.
 FM 147.00 Management reports include an accountability report that details all direct and indirect work
           by a mechanic and location for any defined period.
 FM 148.00 System provides optional report selection criteria to restrict the data by shop/location,
           equipment (including communication equipment), or by repair code (or any combination of
           these factors).
                                    Downtime and Unit Availability Tracking
 FM 149.00 System provides the ability to record downtime, showing user-defined reason for downtime
           (down for maintenance, down for parts, management, damage, repairs, warranty work,
           recall information).
 FM 150.00 System provides the ability to track actual hours worked versus actual downtime for the work
           order and unit.
 FM 151.00 System provides the ability to track downtime from the time vehicle is delivered for repair
           until the time the customer is notified of completion of the repair/maintenance.
 FM 152.00 System provides a means to stop and re-start downtime if a vehicle is worked on, then
           released, then brought back into the shop.
 FM 153.00 System provides downtime analysis by user defined downtime reasons, including or
           excluding non-working hours, weekends, and holidays on work total and averages by:
 FM 153.01     Equipment
 FM 153.02     Class of equipment
 FM 153.03     Work order number
 FM 153.04     Work order type
 FM 153.05     Department/division
 FM 153.06     Location
 FM 153.07     Component
 FM 154.00 The system must calculate downtime by vehicle class, shop/crew, group (i.e., same make
           and model) and individual based on user-established parameters.
 FM 155.00 System must be capable of allocating vehicle operating cost to projects and overhead and
           maintain a record of the reimbursements to the vehicle expenditure account.
 FM 156.00 System identifies vehicles assigned to individuals for tax purposes.


    RFP Attachment 6.8                                              Fleet Management Requirements                                                    FM11
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                        RFP 317.03-134
    Edison Project
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                                N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                               Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                                    Vendor                                    Hours to
  Number                                         Business Requirements                                       Response              Comments              Modify
 FM 157.00 Vehicle record includes information pertaining to the assigned fleet credit card (i.e., Fuelman
           card).
 FM 158.00 System must provide for the disposition of vehicles, including sale or salvage of vehicle.
 FM 159.00 System has the ability to move vehicle back to active status after being surplused.
 FM 160.00 System provides a mechanism to red flag repairs caused by the negligence of others (i.e.
           traffic accidents, vandalism, etc.) The party determined at fault are billed for these repairs.

 FM 161.00 System provides the ability to track and report on service level agreements.
 FM 162.00 System provides the ability to escalate the status of incidents to management.
                                                   Costing & Billing
 FM 163.00 System has the ability to allocate overhead cost to equipment by fleet, class, or PM or a
           combination of all 3, based on:
 FM 163.01     Miles
 FM 163.02     Unit
 FM 164.00 System has the ability to project replacement cost based on purchase price, estimated
           salvage value, estimated sale price and depreciation.
 FM 165.00 The system provides the ability to ability to bill leased vehicles to agencies based on:
 FM 165.01     Miles
 FM 165.02     Fixed rate
 FM 165.03     Actual cost
 FM 166.00 System provides the ability to bill lease charges to a minimum of 20 cost center or other
           COA fields of the leasing agency.
 FM 167.00 System has the ability to allow user with appropriate security to update billing entries.
 FM 168.00 System has the ability to allow user with appropriate security to update mileage and meter
           readings.
                                                       Dispatch
 FM 169.00 System has the ability to reserve vehicles for future periods based on user defined rules with
           proper security authorization.
 FM 170.00 System has the ability to override reserve vehicles with proper security authorization.
 FM 171.00 System has the ability to allocate charges for reserved vehicles to any fields in the General
           Ledger.
 FM 172.00 System has the ability to bill for usage based on flat rate, mileage or actual cost.
                                                       Reporting
 FM 173.00 The application provides the ability to report on any of the above information easily.
 FM 174.00 The system has the ability to transfer any of the reporting information in an Excel format.

    RFP Attachment 6.8                                                Fleet Management Requirements                                                    FM12
      State of Tennessee                                                                                                                   RFP 317.03-134
      Edison Project
                                                    FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                               10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                             N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                            Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                                 Vendor                                    Hours to
  Number                                           Business Requirements                                  Response              Comments              Modify
 FM   175.00 The system has the ability to produce the following reports at a minimum:
 FM   175.01      Vehicle assignments by
 FM   175.02          Driver
 FM   175.03          Fleet
 FM   175.04          Location
 FM   175.05          Class, sub class
 FM   175.06          Fleet, sub-fleet
 FM   175.07          PM code
 FM   175.08          Agency
 FM   176.00 Replacement vehicle report - vehicles by type over certain time (hours) and/or mileage
             limits, used for budget forecasting.
 FM   177.00 Automated fueling system report, showing equipment information, refueling setting, fuel
             type, other cost and mileage.
 FM   178.00 Fuel card report, matching card and assigned vehicle.
 FM   179.00 Vehicle Report - by class, by department, broken out by make, model, year, fuel type, GVW,
             engine type/size, transmission type, radio type or any other attribute of vehicle.
 FM   180.00 Vehicles by status (active, salvaged, retained, reserved, etc).
 FM   181.00 Vehicles by location (where assigned).
 FM   182.00 Equipment usage report - vehicles driven certain number of miles with no PM.
 FM   183.00 Component usage report -components operated over a certain number of hours with no PM.

 FM   184.00     Vehicles with no activity/usage with given time period.
 FM   185.00     Labor reports for any combination of following:
 FM   185.01        By employee or work units, for any given time period
 FM   185.02        By reason (PM, road call, breakdown, leave, etc.)
 FM   185.03        By subassembly (brakes, transmission, cooling system, etc.)
 FM   185.04        By repair type (repair, replace, adjust, clean, etc.)
 FM   186.00     Preventive maintenance reports for any combination of following:
 FM   186.01        By type
 FM   186.02        By interval (monthly, quarterly, etc.)
 FM   187.00     Number of PMs performed in a given time period by type.
 FM   188.00     Work order reports.
 FM   188.01        How many work orders in a certain time period were scheduled or nonscheduled
 FM   188.02        How many work orders in a certain time period by reason, subassembly and/or repair
                    type

      RFP Attachment 6.8                                               Fleet Management Requirements                                                FM13
      State of Tennessee                                                                                                                     RFP 317.03-134
      Edison Project
                                                      FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                               10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                               N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                              Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                                   Vendor                                    Hours to
  Number                                             Business Requirements                                  Response              Comments              Modify
 FM   188.03         Open work orders by status, type and/or shop (pending, waiting parts, etc.)
 FM   188.04         Repeat work orders on the same unit for the last 30, 60 or 90 days
 FM   189.00     Fleet down type report by summary or detail by user defined periods for:
 FM   189.01         Location
 FM   189.02         Class/sub-class
 FM   189.03         PM code
 FM   189.04         Fleet/sub-fleet
 FM   190.00     Tire repair activity.
 FM   191.00     Oil and fluid report by summary or detail for user defined periods by:
 FM   191.01         Location
 FM   191.02         Class/sub-class
 FM   191.03         Fleet/sub-fleet
 FM   191.04         PM code
 FM   191.05         Warranty usage report including savings associated with warranty work
 FM   192.00     Life-to-date operational cost per vehicle including by category including repair cost,
                 operational cost, fuel cost, maintenance cost (labor and parts) and administrative cost.




      RFP Attachment 6.8                                                  Fleet Management Requirements                                               FM14
State of Tennessee                                                                                                       RFP 317.03-134
Project Edison
                                 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                10/21/05




                                                            General Ledger

                     The General Ledger will be an integrated central repository of statewide financial data. All
                     subsidiary functions such as Accounts Payable and Revenue update the General Ledger with
                     financial data. Within the General Ledger, sub-ledgers accumulate transactions to enable
                     complete and accurate reporting. Additionally, the General Ledger provides:

                           Chart of Accounts Structure, including general ledger accounts, object of expenditure,
                            source of revenue, fund, appropriation, organization, project, grant, and program elements
                           Basic Fund Accounting
                           Corrective or Adjusting Journal Entries
                           Interfund/Interagency Vouchers
                           Month and Year-End Closing (Book Closing)
                           State and Federal Reporting




                     Additional Information:




RFP Attachment 6.8                                           Introduction                                                            ii
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                       RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                      10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                        N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                       Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                            Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                                     Response                   Comments                   Modify
                                          General Requirements
GL 1.00         System provides control by updating the general ledger and all subsidiary
                ledgers from the same transaction source.
GL 2.00         System has the capability to reflect credits as negative numbers and
                debits as positive numbers within the database. On screens and reports,
                system must reflect positive numbers for nominal balances (e.g. Credit
                side entries for revenue show positive, but negative for cash).

GL 3.00         System is able to link to FileNet stored documents.
                                           Organizational Design
GL 4.00         System provides multiple organizational structures concurrently for
                reporting purposes.
GL 5.00         System provides the ability to group or ungroup chart of account fields for
                reporting purposes.
                                          Chart of Account Design
GL 6.00         System permits for authorized users to establish and maintain a standard
                chart of accounts to meet statewide and user accounting and financial
                reporting needs, using tables which do not require programming
                knowledge to establish or modify.
GL 7.00         System provides up to 15 levels of structure for each field in the Chart of
                Accounts.
GL 8.00         System allows chart of account field lengths to be configured during the
                installation.
GL 9.00         System permits the length of each Chart of Accounts field to be up to 12
                alphanumeric characters.
GL 10.00        System should provide the capability to match the State Chart of Accounts
                and record transactions by the following segments, but not limited to:

GL   10.01          Fund
GL   10.02          Agency/Department
GL   10.03          Organization (Allotment, Division, Cost Center)
GL   10.04          Program
GL   10.05          Appropriation
GL   10.06          Location
     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                General Ledger Requirements                                                         GL1
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                     RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                     10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                      N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                     Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                          Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                    Response                   Comments                   Modify
GL   10.07          Project
GL   10.08          Expenditure object
GL   10.09          Source of Revenue
GL   10.10          Transfers In
GL   10.11          Transfers Out
GL   10.12          General Ledger Account
GL   10.13          Grant
GL   10.14          Sub-grant
GL   10.15          Work order
GL   10.16          Statistical elements
GL   11.00      System should have capability for General Ledger account to be
                designated by a user-definable "account type" which can be tracked on all
                transactions including, but not limited to as follows:
GL   11.01          Asset account
GL   11.02          Liability account (including trust)
GL   11.03          Fund equity account
GL   11.04          Collected Revenue account (Collected and Accrued)
GL   11.05          Expense or expenditure account (Paid and Accrued)
GL   11.06          Transfers In
GL   11.07          Transfers Out
GL   11.08          Budgetary
GL   11.09          Statistical (I.e. Budgeted position)
GL   12.00      System permits Accounts to be shared across multiple years (i.e., project
                accounts).
GL 13.00        System provides a generic cost accumulator code.
GL 14.00        System permits for sorting of the Chart of Accounts.
GL 15.00        System permits Accounts to be added or changed to an active or inactive
                status.
GL 16.00        System permits segments of the Chart of Accounts to be grouped on a
                user-defined basis into multiple reporting hierarchies.
GL 17.00        System uses effective dating when adding or deleting any segment of the
                Chart of Accounts (at all levels) and validate entries based upon the
                effective date.


     RFP Attachment 6.8                                              General Ledger Requirements                                                         GL2
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                      RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                      10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                      N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                     Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                          Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                 Business Requirements                                     Response                   Comments                   Modify
GL 18.00       System permits Chart of Accounts organization structure changes to be
               tracked from a user-defined period of time.
GL 19.00       System provides a hierarchical structure that groups projects across
               agencies for Statewide reporting purposes.
GL 20.00       System provides an option for coding reduction techniques or tools to
               significantly reduce the amount of data entry required on a transaction and
               the likelihood of data entry errors, including the following capabilities:

GL 20.01           Creation and editing of these reduction codes would be at the agency
                   level, and use would be by option.
GL 20.02           A coding reduction value or code references specific user-defined
                   combinations of any segment of the chart of accounts.
GL 20.03           Data entry of this specific coding reduction value on a transaction
                   infers or “looks+F64 up” the combination of segments instead of
                   requiring data entry of each of these segments on the transaction.
GL 20.04           Data entry into a specific segment of the chart of accounts defaults or
                   “looks up” the combination of values for other chart of account
                   segments by referencing a user-defined mapping table.
GL 21.00       System provides for correct recording of revenue to the revenue coding
               structure and monitoring against estimated revenues to meet Statewide
               and agency-specific reporting and control requirements.
GL 22.00       System provides an optional level of detail below the Statewide revenue
               and expenditure object, established for use by individual agencies at their
               discretion. The agency objects should automatically roll up to Statewide
               objects.
GL 23.00       System provides an optional level of detail below the statewide general
               ledger account, established for use by individual agencies at their
               discretion. The subsidiary general ledger account should automatically roll
               up to the statewide general ledger account.
GL 24.00       System allows Chart of Account changes and maintains records of
               historical Chart of Accounts.
GL 25.00       System provides the ability to copy accounts from one organizational unit
               to another, to facilitate Chart of Accounts maintenance.


    RFP Attachment 6.8                                               General Ledger Requirements                                                         GL3
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                       RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                      10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                        N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                       Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                            Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                                     Response                   Comments                   Modify
GL 26.00        System allows the user to upload Chart of Account records from 3rd party
                products (e.g. Microsoft Excel).
GL 27.00        System provides for Chart of Account segments to have a long description
                of at least 50 alphanumeric characters.
GL 28.00        System provides for Chart of Account segments to have a short
                description of at least 15 alphanumeric characters.
GL 29.00        System provides the ability to record and report transactions by location.

GL 30.00        System allows a many to many relationship (e.g. which combinations of
                chart of accounts segments are valid or invalid) while creating transactions
                between Chart of Account segments within user-defined security rules
                including, but not limited to the following:
GL   30.01          Fund
GL   30.02          Agency/Department
GL   30.03          Organization
GL   30.04          Program
GL   30.05          Project
GL   30.06          Expenditure object
GL   30.07          Source of Revenue
GL   30.08          General Ledger Account
GL   30.09          Grant
GL   30.10          Appropriation (Budgeted Revenue and Expense)
                                               Fund Accounting
GL 31.00        System provides for the maintenance of funds, each of which is a self
                balancing set of accounts..
GL 32.00        System edits transactions to ensure that each entry to a fund is balanced
                and complete, and each fund is maintained as a self-balancing entity,
                during all processing.
GL 33.00        System provides all procedural functions of a fund accounting system in
                conformity with GAAP, GASB, OMB (Office of Management and Budget),
                regulatory standards and guidelines.
GL 34.00        System provides the appropriate accounting treatment for each fund type
                in accordance with GAAP as promulgated by GASB.


     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                General Ledger Requirements                                                         GL4
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                       RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                      10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                        N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                       Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                            Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                      Response                   Comments                   Modify
GL 35.00        System simultaneously supports the following bases of accounting for the
                appropriate fund types:
GL   35.01          Cash basis
GL   35.02          Modified accrual basis
GL   35.03          Accrual basis
GL   36.00      System provides capability to report expenditure activity on a cash basis
                (grant compliance and reporting), modified accrual (budgetary compliance
                and reporting), and accrual basis (CAFR reporting) within the same fund,
                and to provide reconciling transaction reports as needed, including the
                transactions that may end up in different fiscal years based on the method
                of reporting. For example, for transactions that need to update prior year
                non-cash accounts, but effect current year cash accounts, the system
                updates cash in current year and sets up 'due to' and 'due from'
                appropriately across the fiscal years.
GL 37.00        System properly accounts for inter-fund transfers of cash in accordance
                with GAAP, and maintain associated audit trail. Such transfers include
                loans, advances, operating transfers, quasi-external transactions,
                reimbursement transactions, and residual equity transfers.

GL 38.00        System provides ability to balance inter-fund receivable, payable, and
                operating transfer accounts within funds and agencies as well as across
                the entire system.
GL 39.00        Along with the ability to balance inter-fund receivable, payable, and
                operating transfer accounts within funds and agencies as well as across
                the entire system and the ability to generate the movement of cash entry
                when necessary.
GL 40.00        System provides transaction edits that permit, warn or reject transactions
                across funds, based on user-defined allowable Chart of Account code
                combinations.




     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                General Ledger Requirements                                                         GL5
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                       RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                      10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                        N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                       Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                            Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                                     Response                   Comments                   Modify
GL 41.00        System performs a cash available edit and commits the transaction either
                if it passes the edit or produces an error message if the transaction fails
                the edit, these edits will be performed for every transaction (including
                expenditure, revenue, or balance sheet accounts). (e.g. the Highway
                Fund should not have negative cash, but the Education Fund always has
                negative cash).
GL 42.00        System performs an appropriated budget available edit and commits the
                transaction either with or without a warning message if it passes the edit
                or produces an error message if the transaction fails the edit, these edits
                will be performed for every transaction (including expenditure, revenue, or
                balance sheet accounts).
GL 43.00        System performs a spending plan budget available edit (which is user-
                defined) and commits the transaction if it passes the edit or produces an
                error message if the transaction fails the edit, these edits will be
                performed for every transaction (including expenditure, revenue, or
                balance sheet accounts).
GL 44.00        The system allows for establishing funds that are exempt from cash
                available edits.
GL 45.00        System provides ability to process transfers between funds.
GL 46.00        System allows users to perform the following intra-agency and inter-
                agency fund transfers: real (i.e., cash), nominal (i.e., expenses).
GL 47.00        System provides ability for one agency to process a payment to another
                agency for goods or services rendered without issuing a warrant.

GL 48.00        System supports a fund having multiple bank accounts.
GL 49.00        System has the ability to record and maintain the following non-financial
                data for each unique fund:
GL   49.01         Date Established
GL   49.02         Purpose of Fund
GL   49.03         Source of Revenue
GL   49.04         Acceptable Uses
GL   49.05         Legal Authority for creation of fund
GL   49.06         Date Closed
GL   49.07         Fund Type

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                General Ledger Requirements                                                         GL6
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                       RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                      10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                        N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                       Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                            Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                                     Response                   Comments                   Modify
GL 49.08            Fund Group
GL 49.09            Interest bearing and not interest bearing indicator
GL 50.00        System has the ability to record and maintain the following financial data
                for each unique fund:
GL   50.01          Adopted Annual Budget
GL   50.02          Adjusted Annual Budget
GL   50.03          Agency Annual Budget
GL   50.04          Total expenditures
GL   50.05          Total revenue
GL   50.06          Pre Encumbrances
GL   50.07          Encumbrances
GL   50.08          Interfund Transactions
GL   50.09          Fund Balance
GL   50.10          Breakdown fund balance into reserved, unreserved, designated, and
                    undesignated
GL 51.00        System maintains expenditure and revenue details on a fund-by-fund
                basis.
GL 52.00        System provides the ability to carry forward reserved funds from year to
                year.
GL 53.00        System provides an on-line interfund/interagency reconciliation.
                                                Journal Entry
GL 54.00        System has the ability to enter journal transactions online or in batches.
GL 55.00        System has the ability when entering a journal voucher to view the multiple
                entries within the journal transaction .
GL 56.00        System defaults data within journal fields (i.e., year, current date).
GL 57.00        System defaults data (i.e. cost center, department) within journal fields by
                user.
GL 58.00        System has the ability to attach or reference multiple backup documents
                electronically to the journal entry. User should also be able to print
                attached documents, in addition to printing the journal entry.

GL 59.00        System allows users to input journal entries as a correction or adjustment
                to any open prior accounting periods.


     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                General Ledger Requirements                                                         GL7
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                         RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                   FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                       10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                          N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                         Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                              Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                    Business Requirements                                      Response                   Comments                   Modify
GL 60.00        System allows users to import journal entries from desktop applications
                (e.g., Microsoft Excel) and validate the entry against the Chart of Accounts
                and allowed Chart of Account code combinations.
GL 61.00        System provides end users with the ability to customize their view of the
                journal entry screen.
GL 62.00        System automatically generate and assign document control numbers for
                all system generated documents and transactions.
GL 63.00        System allows users to cancel or back-out transactions, with audit trail of
                all transactions.
GL 64.00        System provides ability to trace summarized transactions in the General
                Ledger back to detail source documents in other system modules or
                subsystems within the enterprise system. If the information must be
                retrieved from these modules or subsystems, it should be transparent to
                the user.
GL 65.00        System supports establishment of rules for each journal type which
                determine the appropriate processing, for example but not limited to:
GL   65.01           Account default to reduce keystrokes
GL   65.02           Type of data to be entered
GL   65.03           Whether data is required, optional, and not allowed
GL   65.04           Supports workflow routing by journal type
GL   66.00      System provides ability to generate default offset entries for non-journal
                voucher financial documents (from sub ledgers e.g., payment requests,
                purchase orders, encumbrances, requisitions, cash receipts, etc.).

GL 67.00        System is able to have a two part number which makes up the whole
                journal entry number. The first part of the journal number is a user-
                defined prefix such as year and month and the second part of the number
                is an automated sequence number (that is never duplicated).
GL 68.00        System processes batch files during the day without closing out other
                users from online transaction processing.
GL 69.00        System provides online validation and editing for error identification and
                correction before actual posting occurs, including the notification of out-of-
                balance batches with correction capability prior to posting at the detail
                level.
     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                  General Ledger Requirements                                                         GL8
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                      RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                      10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                       N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                      Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                           Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                     Response                   Comments                   Modify
GL 70.00        System provides each Agency with the ability to print a copy of approved
                journal vouchers and/or internal vouchers.
GL 71.00        System provides accrual journals, which can (optionally) automatically
                reverse themselves on a user-specified date in the following period.
GL 72.00        System provides for the automatic reversal of specified journal entries
                using a system generated date.
GL 73.00        System supports automatic recurring journals each month.
GL 74.00        System allows creation of a Journal Entry using previously entered journal
                entry format (copy journal).
GL 75.00        System provides Journal Entry footnotes or a line item description area.

GL 76.00        System provides users the capability to select summary or detailed
                posting of transactions to the general ledger from subsidiary
                ledgers/modules within the system.
GL 77.00        System provides ability to create and process transactions against
                statistical and memo accounts in addition to financial accounts.
GL 78.00        System provides ability to create, enter, track and analyze agency
                spending and receipt plans.
GL 79.00        System provides for users to save journal entries that have not yet been
                posted or cleared for all validation errors online.
                             Recurring Transactions / Transaction Templates
GL 80.00        System should allow for the use of coding block templates for transactions
                that use a common coding block, but differing transaction amounts. (e.g.,
                distribute a dollar amount by percentage).
GL 81.00        Supports user-defined recurring transactions based upon the following
                schedules:
GL   81.01          Periodic
GL   81.02          Fixed
GL   81.03          Open
GL   81.04          Percentage allocation
GL   81.05          Amount
GL   82.00      System supports workflow processes for recurring transactions.
GL   83.00      System validates all fields in recurring transaction entries.


     RFP Attachment 6.8                                               General Ledger Requirements                                                         GL9
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                       RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                      10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                       N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                      Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                           Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                     Response                   Comments                   Modify
GL 84.00       System notifies users that recurring transactions are about to generate.

GL 85.00       System provides a document type (two character prefix) for every financial
               and statistical transaction.
GL 86.00       Provide the ability to have multiple open periods within each sub
               ledger/sub-module as well as the general ledger.
GL 87.00       System prevents transactions from posting unless the transaction updates
               open periods within each sub ledger/sub-module and within the general
               ledger.
                                   Interfund and Interagency Vouchers
GL 88.00       System provides all the functionality specified for the journal entry
               requirements for interfund and interagency vouchers.
GL 89.00       System provides the ability to enter journal entries for multiple agencies
               and funds under one journal header with appropriate security.

GL 90.00       System provides the ability to create an encumbrance for estimated costs
               for interagency/interfund work to be provided.
GL 91.00       System provides capability to route created interagency/interfund
               vouchers to a user-specified approval structure for review and either
               approval or rejection. Transaction will not commit until it is approved.
GL 92.00       System will have the capability to send a user specified notification (e.g.
               email), if the interagency/interfund vouchers are rejected or a specified
               period of time lapses.
GL 93.00       System provides the capability of interagency/interfund voucher (IV) to
               reference a previously established encumbrance. After the IV transaction
               is posted, the referenced encumbrance document should automatically
               liquidate.
GL 94.00       System restricts inter-fund postings based upon security.
GL 95.00       System provides the capability to flag inter-agency voucher in dispute and
               allow user-defined workflow rules to resolve dispute.
                                              Encumbrances
GL 96.00       System has the ability to generate appropriate type and stages of
               encumbrance based on type of "legal authority to spend." (approved
               contract, purchase order, etc.).
    RFP Attachment 6.8                                                General Ledger Requirements                                                        GL10
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                    RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                     10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                     N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                    Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                         Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                 Business Requirements                                    Response                   Comments                   Modify
GL 97.00        System has the ability to adjust, change, supplement or reduce existing
                encumbrances and pre-encumbrances, maintaining an audit trail of all
                adjustments.
GL   98.00      Encumbrance process should include the following data:
GL   98.01         Type of encumbrance
GL   98.02         Date requested
GL   98.03         Date set up
GL   98.04         Chart of Account codes (multiple sets)
GL   98.05         Originating unit & contact info
GL   98.06         Encumbrance Number (auto-generated by type of encumbrance)
GL   98.07         Fiscal Year
GL   98.08         Description
GL   98.09         Amount
GL   98.10         Payee
GL   98.11         Approval Fields (up to 10 levels)
GL   98.12         Text Fields (up to 5)
GL   98.13         Multiple Vendor Numbers
GL   99.00      System provides standard and user-defined Year-End Close
                encumbrancing rules and functionality, to include (but not limited to):
GL   99.01         Carry-forward user-selected encumbrances as commitments
GL   99.02         Non-selected encumbrances are not carried forward
GL   99.03         Carry all encumbrances forward
GL   99.04         Cancel blanket purchase orders (open pre-encumbrances) which have
                   no outstanding items on order at year end
GL 99.05           Create accruals
GL 99.06           Create entries in the general ledger reserve account in fund balance

GL 100.00 When encumbrances are selected to be carried forward, system is able to
          track them as prior year encumbrances (at user's discretion) with the
          following functionality:
GL 100.01      Encumbrances are reported by fund balance reserves and rolled
               forward to the current year.
GL 100.02      Encumbrances are reported by fund balance reserves and rolled
               forward to the current year in the general ledger accounts

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                             General Ledger Requirements                                                        GL11
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                         RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                       10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                         N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                        Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                             Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                                      Response                   Comments                   Modify
GL 100.03          Keeping prior year funding and tracking fund balance reserve by
                   original budget year separately from the new current year fund balance
                   reserve.
GL 100.04          Liquidate prior year encumbrance from prior year budget reserve due
                   to encumbrance cancellation or payment activity in the current year.

GL 100.05          Report and display prior year encumbrance reserve separately from
                   current year encumbrance reserves.
GL 100.06          When the encumbrance is closed with a residual unspent amount, the
                   residual amount is tracked and controlled separately and not added
                   back to current year available funds.
GL 101.00      System provides the ability to close encumbrances by type of
               encumbrance.
                                                    Closing
GL 102.00      System provides automated year-end close processes (i.e., close nominal
               accounts to fund balance or fund equity, roll real accounts forward) for all
               modules as needed.
GL 103.00      System allows users to initiate year-end processing at any point in time
               after the end of the fiscal year (i.e., doesn't have to occur on last day or on
               any particular day).
GL 104.00      System roll forward or close grant and project accounts based on the type
               of project or grant.
GL 105.00      System allows users to run a process that closes all selected open
               purchase orders/encumbrances and requisitions/pre-encumbrances with
               user-defined parameters at year-end. Some of the parameters include, but
               are not limited to the encumbrance document number.
GL 106.00      System has the ability to close by fund group or by fund.
GL 107.00      System provides the ability to perform period end closings.
GL 108.00      System allows for maintaining multiple fiscal years (at least 2) and periods
               concurrently, which allows users to post transactions for a new fiscal year
               prior to closing the previous year.
GL 109.00      System allows new year inputs to be entered before the old year's
               preliminary closing, with the transactions held in suspense until the new
               year is opened.
    RFP Attachment 6.8                                                  General Ledger Requirements                                                        GL12
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                   RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                             FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                      10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                   N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                  Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                       Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                              Business Requirements                                     Response                   Comments                   Modify
GL 110.00 System allows users to set a default accounting period.
GL 111.00 System allows users to define closing periods and the period closing
          dates.
GL 112.00 System provides support for multiple open periods.
GL 113.00 System prevents transactions from posting into a closed period (month or
          year).
GL 114.00 System allows reopening a closed period (either month or year) for
          transaction processing with appropriate security. User is able to reopen a
          prior period which is several periods back without opening all the prior
          periods sequentially.
GL 115.00 System permits prior period adjustments.
GL 116.00 System allows user defined types of transactions to post into a future
          period as long as the period is open and the user has appropriate security
          authority.
GL 117.00 System should support pre-close (trial closes) and generates pro forma
          financial statements without restriction.
GL 118.00 System allows posting of expenditure and revenue accruals required for
          end of fiscal year closings.
GL 119.00 System provides access to 3 years of complete financial information in
          detail format online.
GL 120.00 System provides for at least 16 user-definable accounting periods per year
          that can either be used for transacting against financial balances,
          adjusting periods against financial balances, or adjusting periods that are
          for memo entries only and do not update financial balances, but will be
          reflected in annual reports.
GL 121.00 System provides the ability to close the period by transaction type.
GL 122.00 System provides the ability to limit which users have access to process
          transactions during a closing period.
GL 123.00 System provides the functionality to roll surplus budgets into fund balance
          at year end.
                                     Inquiry and Reporting
GL 124.00 System provides the ability to report on all detailed data for up to 5 years
          to meet legislative and management report needs both on a standard and
          ad-hoc reporting basis.
    RFP Attachment 6.8                                            General Ledger Requirements                                                        GL13
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                    RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                              FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                      10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                    N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                   Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                        Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                               Business Requirements                                     Response                   Comments                   Modify
GL 125.00 System has the ability to summarize individual line-item accounts into
          meaningful groups of accounts for use in financial reporting based on user-
          defined criteria.
GL 126.00 System provides ability to report budget, encumbrances, pre-
          encumbrances, actual revenues, and actual expenditures by fiscal year
          using any of the following chart of account segments:
GL 126.01     Fund
GL 126.02     Agency/Department
GL 126.03     Organization
GL 126.04     Program
GL 126.05     Appropriation
GL 126.06     Location
GL 126.07     Project
GL 126.08     Expenditure object
GL 126.09     Source of Revenue
GL 126.10     General Ledger Account
GL 126.11     Grant
GL 126.12     Work order
GL 126.13     Statistical element
GL 127.00 System can produce ad-hoc reports using any field in the General Ledger.

GL 128.00 System maintains a history of all General Ledger transactions and
          produce detailed transaction reports to provide an appropriate audit trail.

GL 129.00 System provides a trial balance by fund to obtain a running total of debits
          and credits.
GL 130.00 System complies with GASB34 financial reporting (e.g. Comprehensive
          Annual Financial Report). The main statements should be run across all
          fund types and by specific fund. The main statements in the CAFR
          include the following:
GL 130.01     Statement of Net Assets - Governmental Funds;
GL 130.02     Statement of Activities - Governmental Funds;
GL 130.03     Balance Sheet - Governmental Funds;


    RFP Attachment 6.8                                             General Ledger Requirements                                                        GL14
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                       RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                      10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                       N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                      Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                           Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                     Response                   Comments                   Modify
GL 130.04          Reconciliation of the Governmental Funds Balance Sheet to the
                   Statement of Net Assets;
GL 130.05          Statement of Revenues, Expenditures, and Changes in Fund Balances-
                   Governmental Funds;
GL 130.06          Reconciliation of the Change in Fund Balances of the Governmental
                   Funds to the Statement of activities;
GL 130.07          Statement of Net Assets-Proprietary Funds;
GL 130.08          Statement of Revenues, Expenses, and Changes in Fund Net Assets-
                   Proprietary Funds;
GL 130.09          Statement of Cash flows-Proprietary Funds; Statement of Fiduciary
                   Net Assets;
GL 130.10          Statement of Changes in Fiduciary Net Assets
GL 131.00      System presents financial statements on an accrual, modified accrual and
               cash basis.
GL 132.00      System provides subsidiary ledgers for balance sheet accounts as
               needed. These subsidiaries must generate reports of open transactions
               that accumulate to the balance sheet account totals.
GL 133.00      System has the capability to show different organizational structures on a
               single report displaying accurate prior and current year data. Within the
               report, a unit existing under one division in the prior year may be reflected
               under a new division or may not exist in the current year.

GL 134.00 System provides the ability to filter, search, and report month-to-date and
          year-to date budget, estimated revenue, expenditures, revenue,
          encumbrances, and pre-encumbrances by any segment in the chart of
          accounts.
GL 135.00 System provides fund transfer reports such as, interfund receivables,
          interfund payables, operating transfers, and residual equity transfers, that
          displays month and year to date transfer information.
GL 136.00 System provides the ability to produce the following financial reports
          based upon user-defined criteria (e.g. transaction date ranges to produce
          monthly, quarterly, and yearly reports) for each unique fund, fund type and
          fund group:
GL 136.01     Trial Balance

    RFP Attachment 6.8                                                General Ledger Requirements                                                        GL15
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                 RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                            FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                      10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                  N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                 Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                      Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                              Business Requirements                                    Response                   Comments                   Modify
GL 136.02     Cash Flow
GL 136.03     Fund Balance Report
GL 136.04     Balance Sheet
GL 136.05     Income Statement
GL 137.00 System displays names for all Chart of Accounts data included when
          producing reports.
GL 138.00 System is capable of producing a 10 year comparison report by fiscal year
          which details revenue accruals, expenditures, and commitments.
GL 139.00 System provides a net state cost report that displays current revenue less
          current expenditures less outstanding encumbrances for any element in
          the Chart of Accounts.
GL 140.00 System provides a listing of encumbrances by funding year.




     RFP Attachment 6.8                                          General Ledger Requirements                                                        GL16
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                             RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                  10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                             N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                            Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                 Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                                 Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      General Ledger Requirements                                                        GL17
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                             RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                  10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                             N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                            Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                 Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                                 Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      General Ledger Requirements                                                        GL18
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                             RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                  10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                             N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                            Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                 Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                                 Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      General Ledger Requirements                                                        GL19
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                             RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                  10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                             N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                            Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                 Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                                 Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      General Ledger Requirements                                                        GL20
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                             RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                  10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                             N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                            Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                 Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                                 Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      General Ledger Requirements                                                        GL21
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                             RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                  10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                             N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                            Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                 Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                                 Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      General Ledger Requirements                                                        GL22
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                             RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                  10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                             N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                            Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                 Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                                 Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      General Ledger Requirements                                                        GL23
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                             RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                  10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                             N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                            Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                 Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                                 Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      General Ledger Requirements                                                        GL24
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                             RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                  10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                             N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                            Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                 Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                                 Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      General Ledger Requirements                                                        GL25
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                             RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                  10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                             N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                            Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                 Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                                 Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      General Ledger Requirements                                                        GL26
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                             RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                  10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                             N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                            Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                 Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                                 Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      General Ledger Requirements                                                        GL27
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                             RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                  10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                             N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                            Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                 Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                                 Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      General Ledger Requirements                                                        GL28
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                             RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                  10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                             N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                            Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                 Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                                 Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      General Ledger Requirements                                                        GL29
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                             RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                  10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                             N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                            Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                 Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                                 Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      General Ledger Requirements                                                        GL30
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                             RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                  10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                             N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                            Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                 Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                                 Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      General Ledger Requirements                                                        GL31
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                             RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                  10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                             N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                            Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                 Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                                 Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      General Ledger Requirements                                                        GL32
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                             RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                  10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                             N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                            Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                 Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                                 Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      General Ledger Requirements                                                        GL33
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                             RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                  10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                             N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                            Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                 Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                                 Response                   Comments                   Modify




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      General Ledger Requirements                                                        GL34
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                             RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                  10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                             N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                            Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                 Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                                 Response                   Comments                   Modify




                                                                                      S
                                                                                      M
                                                                                      C
                                                                                      N
                                                                                      T




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      General Ledger Requirements                                                        GL35
State of Tennessee                                                                                              RFP 317.03-134
Project Edison
                                 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                       10/21/05




                                                      Grant Accounting

                Grant accounting enables the recording and monitoring of all grant activity. Grant accounting
                functionality includes:

                        Grant Award
                        Grant Billing and Draws
                        Grant Single Audit Reporting
                        Contracts with Sub-grantees and State Grantees




                Additional Information:




RFP Attachment 6.8                                         Introduction                                                     ii
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                      RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                   FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                       N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                      Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                           Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                    Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
                                           General Requirements
GR   1.00       System will track grant applications
GR   2.00       System will track grant expenditure activity
GR   3.00       System will track grant expenditures to multiple funding sources
GR   4.00       System will track expenditures from multiple funding sources to a single
                program
GR 5.00         System will track grant activity over multiple years
GR 6.00         System will track grant program income
GR 7.00         Grant module is integrated with other relevant modules including but not
                limited to the following:
GR   7.01       Purchasing
GR   7.02       Asset Management
GR   7.03       Cost Accounting
GR   7.04       Inventory
GR   7.05       Human Resources
GR   7.06       Projects
GR   7.07       Accounts Payable
GR   7.08       Timekeeping
GR   7.09       Payroll
GR   7.10       Accounts Receivable
GR   7.11       General Ledger
GR   8.00       System will interface with Federal or State grant systems so that grant
                information can be automatically exchanged. (Cash and Expenditure
                Reporting)
GR 9.00         System should track and report grant operations (i.e., budget,
                expenditures, encumbrances, revenue) over several different periods
                including state fiscal year, federal fiscal year, multiple-year grant period,
                and any specified period within the grant period
GR 10.00        System should uniquely identify each grant through the assignment of an
                agency defined grant number and maintain grant-related descriptive
                information (e.g., grantor’s grant number) in a grant table
GR 11.00        System allows identification of grants by multiple user-defined identifiers
                such as the following:.
GR 11.01        Award number

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                 Grant Accounting Requirements                                                    GR1
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                    RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                     N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                    Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                         Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
GR   11.02      State assigned contract number
GR   11.03      Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance (CFDA) number
GR   11.04      Agreement number
GR   11.05      Reporting category
GR   11.06      Project number
GR   12.00      System will duplicate preexisting grants to establish templates for new
                grants
GR   13.00      System will track the following grant application information:
GR   13.01      Grant number
GR   13.02      Grant name
GR   13.03      Grant description
GR   13.04      Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance number
GR   13.05      Grantor
GR   13.06      Grantor Contact Name
GR   13.07      Grantor’s mailing address
GR   13.08      Grantor’s phone number
GR   13.09      Date application submitted
GR   13.10      Date application approved or denied
GR   13.11      Original grant approval amount
GR   13.12      Grant budget
GR   13.13      Grant amendments
GR   13.14      Grant carryovers
GR   13.15      Grant fiscal calendar
GR   13.16      Grant beginning date
GR   13.17      Grant expiration date
GR   13.18      Letter of credit/draw-down
GR   13.19      Amounts of State matching funds
GR   13.20      Responsible agency or division (multiple)
GR   13.21      Agency or division contact (multiple)
GR   13.22      Reimbursement schedule
GR   13.23      Award Date
GR   13.24      Letter of Intent to Award Date
GR   13.25      Contract Number
GR   13.26      Contract Award Number

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                               Grant Accounting Requirements                                                    GR2
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                    RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                     N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                    Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                         Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
GR 13.27        Approved Contract Date
GR 13.28        Original Request Amount
GR 13.29        Award Amount
                                        Grant Accounting Budget
GR 14.00        System provides the ability to establish grant budgets
GR 15.00        System tracks multiple funding sources and expenditures against the
                budget
GR 16.00        System should provide ability to establish grant budgets for and
                track/multiple funding sources and expenditures against the budget
GR 17.00        System allows for multiple funding sources for a single grant
GR 18.00        System provides the ability to identify revenue to a funding source
GR 19.00        System supports budgeting grants at varying user-defined levels and
                combinations of classification structure elements such as the following:
GR   19.01      Grant
GR   19.02      Function
GR   19.03      Fund
GR   19.04      Object
GR   19.05      Organization number
GR   19.06      Project
GR   19.07      Job Order
GR   20.00      System will establish expendable budgets for grants at the grant, grant
                phase or function, and object level at the user’s discretion. Expendable
                budgets control total expenditures and encumbrances charged to the
                grant
GR 21.00        System provides a grant budget that is separate and independent of all
                other budgets (i.e., appropriation, department, project, and contract)
GR 22.00        System provides grant budgetary control options as follows:
GR 22.01        Absolute control – prevents transaction from processing without override
                approval;
GR 22.02        Warning - provides warning message but allows transaction to process.

GR 22.03        No control - allows transaction to process without warning.



     RFP Attachment 6.8                                               Grant Accounting Requirements                                                    GR3
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                      RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                      N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                     Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                          Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                    Response                   Comments                   Modify
GR 23.00       System should allow for establishing reimbursable budgets for grants at
               the grant, grant phase or function, and object level at the user discretion.
               Reimbursable budgets control expenditures available for grant billing

                               Grant Accounting Transaction Processing
GR 24.00       System will maintain detailed transaction history online for life of grant and
               for a user-defined period beyond the grant life
GR 25.00       System will make adjustments for any open accounting period in any grant
               or fiscal year
GR 26.00       System allows multiple divisions to enter information on a single grant with
               security constraints established at transaction level
GR 27.00       System will comply with the Federal Government’s Single Audit Act and
               cash management legislation
GR 28.00       System provides complete accounting in conformity with all U.S.
               Government and state requirements
GR 29.00       System will track by individual sub-categories within a single grant
GR 30.00       System supports annual or multi-year funding allocation process that
               allows for expenditures or carry-over of prior year budget
GR 31.00       System allows for expenditures and billing to a grant for a user-defined
               period beyond the grant fiscal year
GR 32.00       System will allow the definition of the program or budget year of the
               grant/project to be different from the system established fiscal year
GR 33.00       System will set up and report budget items based on multiple fiscal years
               and grant years
GR 34.00       System will calculate indirect costs on a user defined basis associated
               with any grant
GR 35.00       System will provide system generated entries for indirect costs
               calculations of the user defined basis associated with any grant
GR 36.00       System should provide ability to support grant closing independent of state
               fiscal year
GR 37.00       System should support financial report preparation for grants (i.e.,
               monthly, quarterly, and annual federal reporting requirements)
GR 38.00       System will track grantor match rates by grant.
GR 39.00       System will track grantor match rates by grant phase.

    RFP Attachment 6.8                                                 Grant Accounting Requirements                                                    GR4
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                      RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                      N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                     Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                          Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
GR 40.00       System will track grantor match rates by object.
GR 41.00       System will track grantee match rates by function
GR 42.00       System will calculate on a user defined basis matching fund requirements
               associated with any grant
GR 43.00       System will provide system generated entries of the calculation of a user
               defined basis matching fund requirements associated with any grant

GR 44.00       System should support unique match rates for each grant award by grant,
               grant phase and object, including individual objects or groups of objects
               (e.g., personnel at 100% and supplies at 25% for grant 1, personnel at
               90% and supplies at 40% for grant 2)
GR 45.00       System will accommodate grant year accounting and comply with both
               federal fiscal year and state fiscal year budgeting requirements
GR 46.00       System provides the ability to roll over appropriations, revenue sources,
               and expenditures from one grant year to the next, until the grant expires

GR 47.00       System should provide ability to uniquely identify each sub grantee for
               grants and all grant financial activity related to sub grantees, including the
               following:
GR 47.01        Ability to record awards made to sub grantees
GR 47.02       Ability to record funds received from federal government (or other
               sources) for pass-through purposes as either revenue or as non-revenue
               liabilities
GR 47.03       Ability to record funds disbursed from the agency as transfers or as
               reductions of liabilities
GR 47.04       Ability to record sub grantee budget by categories as defined by the grant
               and/or sub grant contract
GR 47.05       Ability to enter as memo entries sub grantee actual expenditures by
               categories as defined by the grant and/or sub grant contract
GR 47.06       Ability to capture the effective beginning and end date of the sub grant
GR 47.07       Ability to warn user if draw-down or reimbursement request exceeds grant
               award
GR 48.00       System will link a grant to multiple projects
GR 49.00       System will link multiple grants to a single project

    RFP Attachment 6.8                                                 Grant Accounting Requirements                                                    GR5
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                       RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                   FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                       N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                      Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                           Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                                    Response                   Comments                   Modify
GR 50.00       System will allow for establishing grant activity at lower levels of detail than
               grant number (e.g., grant phase or activity within phase) and track
               financial activity associated with each phase
GR 51.00       System will differentiate between federal, state, and other agency grants
               for audit purposes
GR 52.00       System provides an edit that ensures the CFDA number is valid for the
               grantor assigned to the grant
GR 53.00       System will capture all grant financial activity through the general ledger

GR 54.00       System should provide ability to record direct and indirect costs associated
               with a grant as memo or actual entries, both for fixed dollars and for
               applied rates to labor or allowable expenses
GR 55.00       System should allow for tracking revenue and expenditure actuals and
               budget (including encumbrances) by current fiscal year and grant
               inception date to current date
GR 56.00       System should prohibit processing of grant-related expenditure
               transactions where the service date is not within the grant period.
GR 57.00       System should provide override capability for processing rejected
               transactions for grant-related expenditure transactions not within grant
               service dates.
GR 58.00       System should provide ability to suspend a grant prior to completion.
GR 59.00       System should provide the ability to store the indirect cost rate along with
               an effective time period for each grant, grant phase, and object
GR 60.00       System should provide the ability to apply the indirect cost rate to direct
               costs and store the result as an actual entry associated with the grant,
               grant phase, and object.
GR 61.00       System should provide the ability to apply the indirect cost rate to direct
               costs and store the result as a memo entry associated with the grant,
               grant phase and object
GR 62.00       System should provide for accumulating total costs without regard to the
               funding source and then automatically bill each funding source according
               to the user defined percentage.
GR 63.00       System should support grant percentages with at least 4 decimal places.


    RFP Attachment 6.8                                                  Grant Accounting Requirements                                                    GR6
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                    RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                    N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                   Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                        Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                  Response                   Comments                   Modify
GR 64.00       System should insure that percentages of funding for grant expenditures
               total 100%.
GR 65.00       System should provide automated front-end splitting of transactions
               across multiple account coding distribution. If the grant on the transaction
               is a parent transaction, the system should automatically split the
               transaction and create secondary transactions (e.g., Grant A is a parent
               of grants B and C with a split of 60% and 40% respectively. When an
               encumbrance transaction is processed for grant A, it is automatically split
               along predefined percentages to create encumbrances for grants B and
               C)
GR 66.00       System should provide automated front-end splitting of transactions
               across multiple account coding distributions at least 50 lines of
               distributions
GR 67.00       System should provide encumbrance liquidation functionality such that
               when a voucher is processed against an encumbrance that references a
               parent grant it will automatically split and appropriately liquidate the
               secondary encumbrances
GR 68.00       System should not post any of the secondary transactions unless all of the
               secondary transactions pass data and funding edits
GR 69.00       System should maintain a link between the secondary transactions and
               the parent transaction
GR 70.00       System should support budgeting grants at varying user-defined levels
               and combinations of classification structure elements (i.e., grant, phase,
               fund, and expenditure object).
GR 71.00       System will carry forward fiscal year fund balances for multi-year grants
GR 72.00       System will record as a memo entry the ‘in-kind’ value (e.g., non-cash
               match) as part of grant activity
GR 73.00       System will track maintenance of effort requirements for a grant
GR 74.00       System will record certified public expenditures as grant local revenue
               and expenditures
GR 75.00       System will record the federal receivable based on certified public
               expenditures
GR 76.00       System will allow recording of memo and statistical transactions


    RFP Attachment 6.8                                               Grant Accounting Requirements                                                    GR7
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                     RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                     N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                    Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                         Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
GR 77.00       System will utilize workflow to notify grant administrators and other users
               (at user defined time periods) of grant milestones (expiration dates etc.)

GR 78.00       System tracks actual expenditures against budgeted/allowable
               expenditures by user-defined period (i.e., monthly, quarterly, daily, etc.)
GR 79.00       System reports summary expenditure activities based upon the grantor
               reporting requirements, without requiring changes to the State's object
               codes
GR 80.00       System will access actual expenditure information from other modules
               (fixed assets, salaries, supplies, etc.) at a detail and summary level for
               each grant
GR 81.00       System reports actual employee and contractor hours worked by grant
               and grant phase
GR 82.00       System will check actual expenditures against allowable expenditure type

GR 83.00       System will generate revenue/receivable transactions from grants
               expenditure data
GR 84.00       System will generate revenue/receivable transactions from grants
               expenditure data for multiple funding sources
GR 85.00       System will allow the prioritization by funding source of expenditures
               funded by multiple funding sources/grant
GR 86.00       System will allow the prioritization of funding of expenditures by
               percentage
GR 87.00       System provides the ability to recognize revenue only after expenditures
               have been incurred. System allows unrecognized revenues to be carried
               forward at year end
GR 88.00        System will prompt or alert users to recognize (realize) grant revenues
               after grant expenditures have been recorded for a user-specified period of
               time
GR 89.00       System has the ability to link receipt of revenue to grant
GR 90.00       System will allow distributed users (station/units) to enter grant
               expenditures on line
GR 91.00       System provides workflow capability to notify grant administrators when a
               review and/or approval of information is required

    RFP Attachment 6.8                                                Grant Accounting Requirements                                                    GR8
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                      RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                   FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                       N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                      Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                           Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                                    Response                   Comments                   Modify
GR 92.00        System monitors progress of grant expenditures/revenues against original
                grant contract information
GR 93.00        System tracks milestones and expiration & extension dates
GR 94.00        System will categorize and report on grant revenue/expenditures, start/end
                dates and other information within user-defined time periods, such as
                fiscal year, federal reporting year, grant term, etc
GR 95.00        System will have the ability to estimate expenses through the duration of
                the grant and compare these estimates against the budget
GR   96.00      System will track and monitor cash flow at the following levels:
GR   96.01          At the CFDA level
GR   96.02          At the State grant level
GR   97.00      System will track and account for reimbursements and advance payments
                in accordance with Federal and State requirements
GR 98.00        System will add, modify or delete grant information online with audit trail of
                all changes
GR   99.00      System provides for grant summary history online
GR   100.00     System provides for grant detail history
GR   101.00     System supports multiple programs per grant (sub-grants)
GR   102.00     System will archive or purge expired grants or non-awarded grants after
                user-specified period of time
GR 103.00       System will archive closed grants with no activity beyond a user defined
                time interval
GR 104.00       System will suspend grant transactions based on user defined criteria (i.e.,
                expiration date or grant status)
GR 105.00       System provides a flag/indicator that prevents transactions from posting
                against the grant
                             Grant Accounting Billing, Inquiry, and Reporting
GR 106.00       System provides a tickler or warning message to user for outstanding
                receivables after a user-specified length of time
GR 107.00       System nets expenditures and program income to determine amount to
                draw.
GR 108.00       System provides an edit to ensure that grant billings do not exceed the
                reimbursable budget


     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                 Grant Accounting Requirements                                                    GR9
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                  RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                               FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                  N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                 Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                      Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                               Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
GR 109.00 System provides an on-line inquiry screen that displays grant reimbursable
          budget, encumbrances, expenditures, program income, revenues, and
          amount billed budget. The numbers displayed should be the same
          balances used by the billing edit program
GR 110.00 System will track federal, state, and local grant matching requirements
GR 111.00 System will interface with Accounts Receivable to provide billing, aging,
          and tracking capabilities
GR 112.00 System will automatically bill the grantor from grant data (i.e., grant phase,
          object, match rate) when a bill is required
GR 113.00 System will produce reports using both grantor-defined categories or the
          State’s chart of accounts
GR 114.00 System will report on grants both cumulatively and by user-defined periods

GR 115.00 System reprints a letter of credit and the remaining balance on the letter of
          credit.
GR 116.00 System reprints a letter of credit and the remaining balance on the letter of
          credit when multiple CFDA numbers are on one letter of credit
GR 117.00 System provides a list of total draws by grant for a user specified period
          of time
GR 118.00 System will report on the detail that supports letters of credit, requests for
          reimbursement, and the cash drawdown process, including application of
          indirect costs on a grant-by-grant basis
GR 119.00 System provides the following reports:
GR 119.01 Expenditures and revenues
GR 119.02 Sources of revenues
GR 119.03 Reimbursed costs
GR 119.04 Budget vs. actual costs
GR 119.05 Comparison between Claim Submitted and Actual Revenue Received
GR 119.06 Projected Estimated Budget vs. Actual Estimated Report
GR 119.07 Combined grant revenue and expenditure reports
GR 119.08 Pending approval grant application report
GR 119.09 Pending expiration or expired grant report
GR 119.10 Grant financial year end statements


    RFP Attachment 6.8                                             Grant Accounting Requirements                                                    GR10
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                               RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                            FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                               N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                              Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                   Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                              Business Requirements                                 Response                   Comments                   Modify
GR 119.11 Advances of grantor funding vs. Actual costs, including interest earned on
          reserves
GR 119.12 Provide for narrative information appended to reports
GR 120.00 System will maintain statistical information and produce reports on
          services provided
GR 121.00 System provides ability to import/export Word, WordPerfect, and PDF files
          without loss of formatting
GR 122.00 System provides ability to import/export information into spreadsheets
          (i.e., Excel) or databases (I.e. Access, FoxPro) for "What-If" analysis
GR 123.00 System will generate the FHWA Current Bill for FHWA draw down
          purposes
GR 124.00 System will provide location detail on the FHWA Current Bill.
GR 125.00 System will provide reports by grant by vendor
GR 126.00 System will provide reports by grant by vendor by transaction by user
          defined time period
GR 127.00 System will provide reports by CFDA by vendor
GR 128.00 System will display the following on-screen:
GR 128.01 Grant identifiers (name, number, CFDA, etc.)
GR 128.02 Grant budget(s)
GR 128.03 Current year-to-date fiscal budget, revenues and expenditures
GR 128.04 Grant-to-date budget, revenues, expenditures
GR 128.05 Unexpended balance
GR 128.06 Encumbrances
GR 128.07 Listing of Draw-down Documents including date and dollar amount
GR 128.08 Listing of Advances Documents including date and dollar amount
GR 128.09 Grant transaction detail
GR 129.00 System will roll-up grant financial data to higher levels for internal and
          external reporting
GR 130.00 System will produce the Schedule of Expenditures of Federal Awards
GR 131.00 System will produce reports of pass thru monies in conjunction with the
          Schedule of Expenditures of Federal Awards




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                          Grant Accounting Requirements                                                    GR11
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                                      RFP # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                      N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                     Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                          Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                    Response                   Comments                   Modify
GR 132.00 System provides grant on-line inquiry screens that allow the user to select
          the time period of the data displayed including the month and year as well
          as the type of activity (i.e., monthly activity, year-to-date activity, or life-to-
          date activity)
GR 133.00 System provides an on-line inquiry screen that displays the grant
          expendable budget, encumbrances, expenditures, program income,
          revenues, and available budget




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                                 Grant Accounting Requirements                                                    GR12
State of Tennessee                                                                                                    RFP 317.03-134
Project Edison
                                   FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                           10/21/05




                                                                Inventory

                Inventory addresses the State’s need to receive, reorder, manage, and dispose of inventoried
                items / commodities. Specific areas of functionality include:

                        Goods Receipt
                        Inventory Management
                        Stock Issuance
                        Costing
                        Returns to Stock
                        Backorders
                        Reordering
                        Transaction Processing
                        Cycle Counting




                Additional Information:
                        The ability to provide inventory data for inclusion with the CAFR
                        Allows the agencies to effectively manage inventory cost and quantities
                        Provides the State with an effective method to determine a statewide sourcing strategy for
                         administrative and maintenance supplies
                        Provides a mechanism to allocate inventory costs to programs and organizations




RFP Attachment 6.8                                               Introduction                                                     ii
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                    RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                     N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                    Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                         Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
                                      Inventory General Requirements
IN   1.00       Inventory module is integrated with all relevant modules including, but not
                limited to the following:
IN   1.01            General Ledger
IN   1.02            Accounts Payable
IN   1.03            Purchasing
IN   1.04            Cost Allocation
IN   1.05            Accounts Receivable
IN   1.06            Project/Grant Accounting
IN   1.07            Plant Maintenance
IN   1.08            Fleet Management
IN   1.09            Asset Management
IN   2.00       System has the ability to establish, maintain, adjust and delete inventory
                stock item records in real-time based on user security.
IN   3.00       System has the ability to update stock item data and maintain all the
                specific data for:
IN   3.01            Returns
IN   3.02            Adjustments
IN   3.03            Transfers
IN   3.04            Receipts
IN   3.05            Requisitions
IN   3.06            Issuance of inventory
IN   3.07            Recalls
IN   3.08            Disposals
IN   4.00       System provides security of data by limiting access through user-specific
                fields such as department number, warehouse number and account code.

IN   5.00       System provides consignment-inventory functionality.
IN   6.00       System supports the use of bar-coding technology. For example:
IN   6.01          Provide a pre-defined interface to accept and interpret bar-coded data
                   from receiving documents, cycle counts, and shipments


     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                  Inventory Requirements                                                         IN1
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                       RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                   FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                     10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                        N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                       Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                            Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                    Business Requirements                                    Response                   Comments                   Modify
IN   6.02           Ability to recognize SKU and multiple commodity codes via bar-code
                    technology
IN   6.03           Ability to capture product information during inventory picking
IN   6.04           Ability to capture product information when performing cycle counts

IN   7.00       System maintains an audit trail of all automated processes.
IN   8.00       System allows inventory to be classified by purchasing commodity
                number.
IN   9.00       System can accommodate standard commodity codes and groupings
                (e.g., NIGP, UNSPC, etc.).
IN   10.00      System provides the ability to record status of items (e.g., spoilage,
                cancellation, quarantined, damaged, etc.).
IN   11.00      System provides the ability to indicate items approved for use as
                substitutes for the original item.
IN   12.00      System can be configured so that default values for transactions can be
                inferred from transaction type, certain data entered, etc.
IN   13.00      System keeps usage statistics on inventory items.
IN   14.00      System provides forecasting functionality for use in analyzing item usage
                and projecting future usage.
IN   15.00      System maintains a table of master descriptions to ensure common
                descriptions are used throughout the procurement and inventory process.

IN   16.00      System provides excess or non-moving inventory and obsolete item
                analysis and reporting.
IN   17.00      System provides the ability to create and route electronic forms for
                electronic approval (e.g., approval notification and reporting for write-off of
                damaged, non-moving, or obsolete inventory).
IN   18.00      System provides an extensive item master and item history capable of
                managing materials items and cataloged services including multiple
                numbering nomenclature schemes (NIGP, UPC, SKU) for items and
                services via bar code.
IN   19.00      System can track expiration/spoil date by specific stock items.

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                     Inventory Requirements                                                         IN2
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                    RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                     N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                    Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                         Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
IN   20.00      System provides the following fields for each inventory item:
IN   20.01          Serial number
IN   20.02          Manufacturer's part number
IN   20.03          Manufacturer name
IN   20.04          Internal part number (a minimum of 8 alphanumeric characters)
IN   21.00      System can maintain a history of part number if the manufacturer's part
                number changes.
IN   22.00      System can track and produce a hard copy stock tag.
IN   23.00      System can accommodate items with zero dollar value and/or zero
                quantity.
IN   24.00      System can accommodate items with negative dollar value and/or
                negative quantity.
IN   25.00      System provides a variable length field to contain requirements for
                maintaining or servicing an item.
IN   26.00      System allows for electronic approval for receipts, issues, and other
                related inventory functions.
IN   27.00      System provides quantity unit of measure conversions (conversion
                formula to calculate number of units from number of order quantities, e.g.,
                4 boxes = 48 units, conversion of pounds of 12 gauge insulated copper
                wire into feet of wire, etc.).
IN   28.00      System has the ability to cross-reference and track an internal part
                number with a manufacturer's part number or distributor's part number.
IN   29.00      System has the ability to automatically carry an item code forward from an
                electronic catalog to a transaction being initiated by a user.
IN   30.00      System provides a variable-length, free-form character field available for
                describing special handling requirements, including but not limited to:
                hazardous material classification, storage requirements, special clothing
                requirements, special instructions for handling and disposal, spill
                response, and notification requirements.
IN   31.00      System has the ability to retain detailed receipt history for all items.
IN   32.00      System must be table-driven (i.e., configurable and no hard-coded rules).



     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                  Inventory Requirements                                                         IN3
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                     RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                      N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                     Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                          Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
IN   33.00      System provides the ability to assign a reason code and to provide
                comments for stock adjustments (i.e., Inventory Adjustment, Defective,
                etc.)
                                    Inventory Accounting/Management
IN   34.00      System supports General Ledger accounting for inventory by "purchase"
                method.
IN   35.00      System supports General Ledger accounting for inventory on the
                "consumption" method.
IN   36.00      System automatically reverses accounting and inventory transactions
                when an order is cancelled and goods have not been received from a
                vendor.
IN   37.00      System provides the ability to assign user-defined expenditure accounts,
                by default, to transactions based on commodity code, account code, and
                transaction type (with override capability only with appropriate security).

IN   38.00      System provides for inventory control accounts (or central stock accounts)
                as defined by users.
IN   39.00      System provides a multi-level location structure, to include:
IN   39.01          Warehouse (for example - central supply)
IN   39.02          Storage area (for example - 2nd floor NW quadrant)
IN   39.03          Aisle
IN   39.04          Bin
IN   39.05          Shelf
IN   39.06          Rack
IN   39.07          Cart
IN   39.08          Required environmental conditions for the specific location
IN   39.09          Other fields as defined by users
IN   40.00      System allows transfers of stock items from project to project, between
                cost centers, among divisions, and among warehouses with
                corresponding addition and depletion figures, with the proper
                authorization/approval.


     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                   Inventory Requirements                                                         IN4
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                    RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                     N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                    Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                         Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
IN   41.00      System provides the ability to allocate purchases and stock to various
                divisions, warehouses, section of warehouse, cost center, etc. (i.e., drop
                shipping).
IN   42.00      System provides the ability to maintain an unlimited number of separate
                storerooms for each individual organization.
IN   43.00      System provides primary and multiple secondary locations of stocked
                items.
IN   44.00      System can indicate stock on hand by each location or multiple locations.

IN   45.00      System provides the ability to perform lot expiration tracking.
IN   46.00      System provides the ability to flag inventory due to manufacture recall,
                defect, or discontinued.
IN   47.00      System provides the ability to define default warehouse views for users
                (i.e., users are restricted to using certain warehouses based on region,
                etc.).
IN   48.00      System allows users to specify a mark-up or overhead cost for each
                individual commodity code, commodity code grouping or item.
IN   49.00      System should be able to allocate the cost of inventory, based on markup
                if applicable, back to the requesting entity and reverse the accounting
                transactions if items are returned to the warehouse.
IN   50.00      System automatically calculates a mark-up cost for each individual
                commodity code or item.
IN   51.00      System automatically calculates an overhead cost for each individual
                commodity code or item.
IN   52.00      System provides the following inventory costing methods:
IN   52.01           Actual Cost
IN   52.02           LIFO
IN   52.03           FIFO
IN   52.04           Average cost
IN   52.05           Replacement cost
IN   52.06           User-defined costing methods.



     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                  Inventory Requirements                                                         IN5
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                      RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                   FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                       N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                      Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                           Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                                    Response                   Comments                   Modify
IN   53.00      System provides the ability to automatically adjust item costs in the
                inventory system based upon adjustments made in accounts payable
                system.
IN   54.00      System provides the ability to calculate and store the average cost of an
                item held in inventory.
IN   55.00      System provides the ability to assign Activity Based Cost (Decision
                Support System) category codes to items.
IN   56.00      System provides the ability to identify Activity Based Cost (Decision
                Support System) categories for new items or items with no usage.
                                               Goods Receipt
IN   57.00      System provides for receipt, partial or complete, by line item as well as the
                entire purchase order.
IN   58.00      System has ability to have multiple receipts against each line item.
IN   59.00      System has ability to easily close out an item not completely received, with
                appropriate authority.
IN   60.00      System has the ability to receive over-shipments with the over-shipment
                amount subject to a user-defined tolerance setting (e.g., a percentage
                or/and or dollar amount) and subject to user-defined approvals.

IN   61.00      Returns to vendor can be automatically generated for items that do not
                pass inspection.
IN   62.00      System provides the ability to reverse a receipt entry with appropriate
                authority.
IN   63.00      System populates the receiving information with appropriate data ( to
                reduce data entry) after the receiver references the purchase order.
IN   64.00      System updates open purchase order status and balances at time of
                receipt into inventory.
IN   65.00      System updates inventory on-hand and on-order when items are received
                for inventory items.
IN   66.00      Ability to capture the manufacturer’s stock item description or distributor's
                number for each detail line on the receiver documents.


     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                    Inventory Requirements                                                         IN6
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                     RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                      N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                     Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                          Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
IN   67.00      System has the ability to do an edit check for receipt transactions against
                purchase order, location and unit of measure.
                              Stock Issuance / Return To Stock / Backorder
IN   68.00      System can create pick tickets automatically, based on electronic supply
                requisitions.
IN   69.00      System provides the ability to generate pick tickets at prescheduled times.

IN   70.00      System has the ability to bundle items into "carts". A cart consists of items
                which are always ordered together. Each cart is assigned a tracking
                number.
IN   71.00      System provides the ability to place a cap on the quantity and dollar
                amount of an item that can be issued to a requestor during a specified
                time period.
IN   72.00      System prints a "ship to" address on pick tickets from requisition
                information.
IN   73.00      System provides the ability to issue items at a certain cost and credit the
                item back (if returned) at the issue cost. This feature should be the default
                regardless of inventory costing method used (i.e., average cost, LIFO,
                FIFO, etc.)
IN   74.00      System provides the ability to issue items for checkout to locations internal
                to the warehouse such as a module or floor location.
IN   75.00      System provides the ability to track and differentiate between warehouse
                order quantities (i.e. case) and inventory issue quantities (i.e. box, when
                there are 12 boxes in a case).
IN   76.00      System differentiates between supply items and logistic items. (Cost of
                logistic items issued to organizational units are not charged to units.
                Logistics costs remain centralized but must be tracked to units.). An
                example of this would be street barricades in which the barricades are lent
                out and their issue location is tracked, but their costs remain centralized.

IN   77.00      System retains requisition information as to what is ordered from
                warehouses by organizational unit.

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                   Inventory Requirements                                                         IN7
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                     RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                      N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                     Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                          Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
IN   78.00      System can process emergency issues (i.e., deduct anything shipped from
                on-hand stock immediately and print a receipt for shipment to the
                requestor).
IN   79.00      System provides the ability to compare stock items received to open
                requests for stock items to determine which requests (i.e., backorders)
                may be filled.
IN   80.00      System provides back-order information on-line.
IN   81.00      System can maintain the number of times orders are placed on back-
                order.
IN   82.00      System provides a comment field attached to back-order information.
IN   83.00      System provides the ability to record anticipated delivery date for back-
                ordered items and notify users when delivery date is imminent.
IN   84.00      System provides back-order history.
IN   85.00      System provides back-order processing with manual or automatic release
                or cancellations, and notification sent to requestor.
IN   86.00      System has the ability to produce a "put" (return-to-stock) ticket which will
                contain a sequential reference number.
                                                 Reordering
IN   87.00      System has an automatic reorder process for stock items including
                electronic request and approval.
IN   88.00      System tracks item usage and generates reorders automatically based on
                item usage and/or defined ordering schedules.
IN   89.00      System provides the ability to define, by item, the variables used in
                determining reorder points and reorder quantities.
IN   90.00      System should provide the ability to generate requisitions for specific
                commodities or items by user-defined stock amounts.
IN   91.00      System provides reorder-point calculation.
IN   92.00      Reordering process takes into account on-hand and on-order amounts
                along with receipts.
IN   93.00      System provides the ability to generate an online list of commodities to
                reorder and be able to select items from this list to process into one of the
                following documents:

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                   Inventory Requirements                                                         IN8
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                   RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                    N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                   Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                        Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                 Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
IN   93.01      Requisition
IN   93.02      Blanket Purchase Order Release
IN   93.03      Direct Purchase Order
IN   94.00  System provides for manual overrides of reorder points and reorder
            quantities.
IN   95.00 System provides the ability to automatically update inventory on-order
            information at the time that a requisition is created.
IN   96.00 System should provide the ability to automatically notify the entity
            responsible for the item and the entity that paid for the item at a variable
            number of days before the item or lot will expire.
IN   97.00 System allows each warehouse location to automatically generate a
            reorder either to procurement or the central warehouse on item-by-item
            basis.
                                      Transaction Processing
IN   98.00 System supports the processing of the following inventory transactions:
IN   98.01      Stock purchases
IN   98.02      Stock receipts
IN   98.03      Inventory issues
IN   98.04      Inventory returns to stock
IN   98.05      Inventory returns to supplier
IN   98.06      Inventory transfers (no cost transferred)
IN   98.07      Redirect orders to other warehouses
IN   98.08      Material reservations
IN   98.09      Inventory adjustments
IN   98.10      Inventory disposals (bid, sales, surplus, scrap)
IN   99.00 System provides the ability to reverse, cancel, or reject any stock
            requisition.
IN   100.00 System provides the ability to enter transactions on-line at multiple sites.

IN   101.00 System provides on-line inventory adjustment capabilities with proper
            approval levels.


     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                 Inventory Requirements                                                         IN9
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                 RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                               FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                  N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                 Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                      Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                Business Requirements                                  Response                   Comments                   Modify
IN   102.00 System automatically updates inventory balances and order status at the
            time of transaction entry.
IN   103.00 System provides the ability to adjust the following balances online for all
            types of inventory transactions, with proper approvals: number of units,
            unit cost and inventory dollar balance.
IN   104.00 System maintains an audit trail for inventory transactions including:
IN   104.01     User Id
IN   104.02     Facility
IN   104.03     Item number
IN   104.04     Quantity
IN   104.05     Unit of Measure
IN   104.06     Location
IN   104.07     Transaction type
IN   104.08     Date
IN   104.09     Time
IN   104.10     Document number
IN   104.11     Other fields as defined by users
IN   105.00 System provides the ability to automatically update inventory on-order
            information at the time a purchase order is released.
IN   106.00 System provides the ability to automatically update allocated inventory
            when stock request is received.
IN   107.00 System provides the ability to issue an item and identify it to a specific
            grant, program, project, contract, fund, etc.
IN   108.00 System should provide the ability to charge restocking fee to the
            requesting agency for all items returned to inventory.
IN   109.00 System accommodates Work in Process inventory cost. (Inventory is
            issued to a job and labor is applied to the job. The finished job is
            transferred back into inventory as a stock item).
IN   110.00 System provides the ability to generate an online notification any time a
            transaction reduces inventory on hand to a point at or below the minimum
            reorder point and/or safety stock level or would create a backorder
            situation.

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                               Inventory Requirements                                                        IN10
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                 RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                               FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                  N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                 Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                      Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                Business Requirements                                  Response                   Comments                   Modify
IN   111.00 System provides the ability to generate an e-mail notification any time a
            transaction reduces inventory on hand to a point at or below the minimum
            reorder point and/or safety stock level or would create a backorder
            situation.
                                          Cycle Counting
IN   112.00 System provides automatic cycle count scheduling.
IN   113.00 System provides the ability to select and sequence physical inventory and
            cycle count documents.
IN   114.00 System provides cycle counts by items not counted.
IN   115.00 System has ability to do cycle counting on demand by:
IN   115.01     Item
IN   115.02     Group
IN   115.03     Class
IN   115.04     Location
IN   116.00 System has the ability to generate random item numbers for performing
            random cycle counts.
IN   117.00 System provides the ability to enter cycle count data online with proper
            security and approvals.
IN   118.00 System provides the ability to separate the inventory count and
            reconciliation process to prevent the same user from counting and
            reconciling inventory.
IN   119.00 System provides the ability to "freeze" the perpetual balances of an item at
            the time the item is selected for cycle counting or physical inventory.

IN   120.00 System provides the ability to "freeze" by location including row in a
            warehouse.
IN   121.00 System provides the ability to calculate deviation between "frozen" and
            counted quantities.
IN   122.00 System provides the ability to make appropriate adjusting entries for
            deviations between "frozen" inventory and counted quantities.




     RFP Attachment 6.8                                               Inventory Requirements                                                        IN11
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                               FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                  10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                 N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                     Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                Business Requirements                                 Response                   Comments                   Modify
IN   123.00 System provides the ability to enter physical count data from count sheets
            and compare the physical count amounts to the quantity on hand, and
            calculate variances based on security clearance to view online counts.

IN   124.00 System provides the ability to create physical inventory reports, including
            the following:
IN   124.01     Exception report of quantity variances
IN   124.02     Inventory value with value variance
IN   125.00 System automatically calculates the next cycle count date for each
            commodity based on user defined cycles.
IN   126.00 System provides the ability to generate a book-to-physical adjustment
            transaction once cycle, period-end and year-end physical inventory counts
            are determined.
IN   127.00 System provides the ability to generate and print cycle count worksheets
            including:
IN   127.01     Item number
IN   127.02     Manufacturer's part number
IN   127.03     Distributor's number
IN   127.04     Description
IN   127.05     Location
IN   127.06     Unit of Measure
IN   128.00 System provides the ability to perform the physical count and
            reconciliation process on demand.
IN   129.00 System provides a mechanism to match physical stock to on-hand figures.

                                       Reporting & Querying
IN   130.00 System provides the ability to generate reports by total stock and stock
            available at each division, warehouse, etc.
IN   131.00 System provides the ability to generate and store ad hoc reporting on all
            information regarding inventory.
IN   132.00 System can generate a report of inventory items (including item number
            and item family/class), both active and inactive by date.

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                              Inventory Requirements                                                        IN12
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                 RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                               FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                  N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                 Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                      Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                Business Requirements                                  Response                   Comments                   Modify
IN   133.00 System provides the ability to report dollar value of inventory and stock-on-
            hand by site and in total as of a particular date.
IN   134.00 System provides the ability to print/display all reports on printer/screen.
IN   135.00 System is able to export data to popular office application such as
            Microsoft Excel® and Access®.
IN   136.00 System can produce a paper catalog of items kept in inventory.
IN   137.00 System can maintain a readily accessible listing of all open purchase
            orders, with the ability to view on-line all purchase orders and purchase
            order status with appropriate security.
IN   138.00 System can show all orders open or closed with quantity ordered and
            quantity received with their respective date received and quantity due.
IN   139.00 System provides the ability to generate reports detailing costs allocated to
            customers by date range.
IN   140.00 System provides the ability to generate reports detailing costs billed to
            customers by date range.
IN   141.00 System should provide the ability to view open orders by:
IN   141.01    Delivery point
IN   141.02    Shipping point
IN   141.03    Stock location
IN   141.04    Purchase Order number
IN   141.05    Cart number
IN   141.06    Backorder items
IN   141.07    Due Date/Estimated Delivery Date/Vendor Promise Date
IN   141.08    Ordering entity
IN   141.09    Paying entity
IN   141.10    Commodity




     RFP Attachment 6.8                                               Inventory Requirements                                                        IN13
State of Tennessee                                                                                                       RFP 317.03-134
Project Edison
                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                               10/21/05




                                                        Plant Maintenance

                     The Plant Maintenance system addresses the need to have an integrated central program for
                     management and maintenance of plant and equipment. Daily maintenance schedules
                     (cleaning, inspection, oiling and re-tightening), designed to retain the healthy condition of
                     equipment and prevent failure through the prevention of deterioration, and periodic inspection
                     or equipment condition diagnosis, to measure deterioration, will be provided. It should be
                     further divided into periodic maintenance and predictive maintenance.

                        To schedule and record cost for building and grounds maintenance
                        To identify, schedule, and manage small agency projects less than $100,000
                        To set up a new building complete with ability to track the establishment of utility services
                        Track energy management for buildings
                        Allocate building cost as well as bill for charges, tenant services and space assignments
                        Ability for lease management tracking
                        Provides the ability to manage tenants and space assignments


                Additional Information:




RFP Attachment 6.8                                             Introduction                                                          ii
       State of Tennessee                                                                                                                                                    RFP 317.03-134
       Edison Project
                                                                                                                      FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                               10/21/05




Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                                   N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                                  Q = Custom Query


  Reference                                                                                                      Vendor                                           Hours to
   Number                                            Business Requirements                                      Response              Comments                     Modify
                                            Plant Maintenance General Requirements
  PM 1.00         Plant Maintenance module is integrated with all relevant modules including but not limited
                  to:
  PM   1.01               Budgetary control
  PM   1.02               Purchasing
  PM   1.03               Asset management
  PM   1.04               Cost accounting
  PM   1.05               Inventory
  PM   1.06               Human resources
  PM   1.07               Accounts receivable
  PM   1.08               Accounts payable
  PM   1.09               General ledger
  PM   1.10               Project management
  PM   2.00       The system provides an inquiry function that can easily access equipment and parts
                  records, work orders, operations costs transactions, and the codes used by the system.
  PM 3.00         System provides the ability to set-up user defined cost category codes and descriptions for
                  reporting purposes.
  PM 4.00         System provides the ability to define an unlimited number of transaction codes used to
                  identify the type of activity performed on each building.
  PM 5.00         System must provide for the disposition of buildings.
  PM 6.00         System has ability to report on facilities that house employees and are considered benefits
                  for IRS reporting purposes.
  PM   7.00       System has the ability to support RFID
  PM   8.00       System tracks the following categories of equipment:
  PM   8.01               Fire and Life Safety
  PM   8.02               HVAC
  PM   8.03               Security
  PM   8.04               Asset
  PM   8.05               Furniture and fixtures
  PM   8.06               Vehicles
  PM   8.07               Electrical
  PM   8.08               Plumbing
  PM   8.09               Elevators
  PM   8.10               Roof/Building envelope
  PM   8.11               Grounds
  PM   8.12               Other user define equipment categories
  PM   9.00       System maintains detailed property information required to identify, properly account for
                  and safeguard all equipment, including (but not limited to) the following:
  PM   9.01               Asset Number
  PM   9.02               Property tag number (inventory control number)
  PM   9.03               User Defined Fields (at least 30)
  PM   9.04               Location Segments (minimum of eight)
  PM   9.05               Multiple Organizational Ownership Info. (including Equipments loaned to/from other
                          entities)
  PM   9.06               Funding sources (multiple)
  PM   9.07               Chart of Account distribution
  PM   9.08               Budget Item
  PM   9.09               Project Id
  PM   9.10               Encumbrance Number
  PM   9.11               Purchasing Document Number (multiple)
  PM   9.12               Equipment acquisition date
  PM   9.13               Equipment acquisition source code (user-defined)
  PM   9.14               In-service date
  PM   9.15               Equipment condition
  PM   9.16               Equipment type
  PM   9.17               Delivery date
  PM   9.18               Payment Document Number (e.g. Warrant Number)
  PM   9.19               Equipment status (e.g., inactive)
  PM   9.20               Unit Cost/Value
  PM   9.21               Value basis
  PM   9.22               Trade-in Credit
  PM   9.23               Item Classification Code (user-defined) with multiple sub-class codes
  PM   9.24               Insured value/insurance information
  PM   9.25               Vendor Number, Name
  PM   9.26               Equipment descriptive information
  PM   9.27               Manufacturer Number, Name
  PM   9.28               Model Year
  PM   9.29               Model number
  PM   9.30               Operator ID
  PM   9.31               Contact information


       RFP Attachment 6.8                                                                                                                Plant Maintenance Requirements                PM1
       State of Tennessee                                                                                                                                                         RFP 317.03-134
       Edison Project
                                                                                                                       FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                   10/21/05




Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                                    N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                                   Q = Custom Query


  Reference                                                                                                       Vendor                                           Hours to
   Number                                            Business Requirements                                       Response              Comments                     Modify
  PM 9.32                  Serial number
  PM 9.33                  Employee name (as established in human resources module) for employee to which
                           equipment is assigned (if applicable)
  PM 9.34                  Employee number (as established in human resources module) for employee to
                           which equipment is assigned (if applicable)
  PM   9.35                Driver license number of the State employee Equipment is assigned (if applicable)
  PM   9.36                Warranty/maintenance information:
  PM   9.37                         Warranty start date
  PM   9.38                         Warranty duration
  PM   9.39                         Warranty holder
  PM   9.40                Maintenance company
  PM   9.41                Disposal information
  PM   9.42                Estimated useful life                                                                                                                              S                    0
  PM   9.43                Estimated Residual Value (Trade-in Value)                                                                                                          M                    1
  PM   9.44                Replacement Cost – This field can be updated as needed by users                                                                                    C                    2
                                                        Plant Administration
  PM 10.00        System provides the ability to view transaction history for a building or equipment number
                  on-line. The transaction history must include:
  PM   10.01               Transaction date
  PM   10.02               Transaction code and description
  PM   10.03               Procedure (job or repair type)
  PM   10.04               Usage in hours
  PM   10.05               Work order number
  PM   10.06               Number of units
  PM   10.07               Unit cost
  PM   10.08               Total cost for each transaction
  PM   10.09               Vendor
  PM   10.10               Building operator
  PM   10.11               Maintenance code
  PM   10.12               Warranty Expiration
  PM   11.00      System provides the ability to manually enter transactions and receive transaction data
                  through updates from completed work orders.
  PM 12.00        System provides comparative data on performance of each building for maintenance and
                  utility usage with other buildings in its class.
  PM 13.00        System provides the ability to view on-line, as well as in reports, monthly, fiscal year-to-
                  date, and life-to-date information. This information must include:
  PM   13.01               Maintenance costs
  PM   13.02               Utility costs
  PM   13.03               Security costs
  PM   13.04               Administrative costs
  PM   13.05               Tenant costs
  PM   13.06               Project costs YTD
  PM   13.07               Vendor versus in-house costs, labor and materials
  PM   13.08               Other user define categories
  PM   14.00      The system provides the ability to record transfers of buildings or equipment between
                  departments and maintain history.
  PM   15.00      There must be on-line search capabilities by:
  PM   15.01               Serial number
  PM   15.02               Department number
  PM   15.03               Location
  PM   15.04               Asset number
  PM   15.05               Class code range
  PM   15.06               Tenant name
  PM   15.07               Tenant number
  PM   15.08               Model Name/Number
  PM   15.09               Other user-defined fields
                                                 Work Management - Planned Work
  PM 16.00        The system includes a feature that enables users to create “Planned Work” that does not
                  appear in the normal/actual work queue.
  PM 17.00        The system enables users to create multiple planned work requirements with multiple
                  versions; These can be associated to projects and promoted to actual work requirements
                  as scope of work and funding are finalized.
  PM 18.00        System has the ability to auto generate work orders based on scheduled PM, manufacture
                  recalls, or technical service bulletins.
  PM 19.00        System has the ability to generate part list and maintenance procedures with the work
                  orders.
  PM 20.00        System has the ability to auto create the parts requisition with the work order.
  PM 21.00        The system includes integrated estimating functions to create cost estimates for all planned
                  work.



       RFP Attachment 6.8                                                                                                                 Plant Maintenance Requirements                    PM2
       State of Tennessee                                                                                                                                                     RFP 317.03-134
       Edison Project
                                                                                                                       FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                               10/21/05




Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                                    N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                                   Q = Custom Query


  Reference                                                                                                       Vendor                                           Hours to
   Number                                            Business Requirements                                       Response              Comments                     Modify
                                                Work Management - Estimating
  PM 22.00        The system must provide the ability to associate labor, material, equipment, and contract
                  estimates to any work order/project task.
  PM   23.00      The system must provide for completely integrated estimating price books to include:
  PM   23.01             RS Means
  PM   23.02             Marshall & Swift (Dodge Book)
  PM   23.03             Engineering Performance Standards (EPS)
  PM   23.04             Federal Service Standards
  PM   23.05             PM Standards
  PM   23.06             Tracer
  PM   23.07             Other user defined methods
  PM   24.00      The system must provide the ability to establish an estimating workflow using statuses to
                  include approvals.
  PM 25.00        The system must be able to export and import estimating information for use by
                  contractors.
  PM 26.00        The system must provide the ability to view estimate costs at any level of a project.
  PM 27.00        The system must provide the ability to associate estimates to typical recurring problems
                  and have them default on a work order automatically.
                                             Work Management - Work Requests
  PM   28.00      The system provides the ability to electronically request work based on user security.
  PM   29.00      The system provides the ability to approve/reject electronic requests for work.
  PM   30.00      The system has the ability to support multiple sales/service order types:
  PM   30.01             New Service
  PM   30.02             Disconnect / Discontinuation of Service
  PM   30.03             Maintenance
  PM   30.04             Repair
  PM   30.05             Equipment Replacement / Upgrade
  PM   30.06             Outages
  PM   30.07             Other user-defined types
  PM   31.00      The system has the ability to create sales/service orders internally:
  PM   31.01             Plant
  PM   31.02             Equipment Replacement / Upgrade
  PM   31.03             Equipment maintenance
  PM   31.04             Right of Way (ROW)
  PM   31.05             Utilities
  PM   31.06             Outages
  PM   31.07             Urgent Repair/Replacement
  PM   31.08             TEMA/FEMA Emergency
  PM   31.09             New equipment
  PM   31.10             Other user-defined types
  PM   32.00      The system has the ability to specify required fields for sales/service order creation:
  PM   32.01             Work order number
  PM   32.02             Job number
  PM   32.03             Job description
  PM   32.04             Status code
  PM   32.05             Design code
  PM   32.06             Designer
  PM   32.07             Customer name
  PM   32.08             Billing address
  PM   32.09             Service address
  PM   32.10             Customer ID
  PM   32.11             Geographical reference
  PM   32.12             Work Order type code
  PM   32.13             Construction Work Plan Information
  PM   32.14             Budgeting and Accounting Data
  PM   32.15             Start date
  PM   32.16             Due date
  PM   32.17             Estimated Completion Date
  PM   32.18             Estimated duration
  PM   32.19             Project ID
  PM   32.20             State Building Commission Project Number
  PM   32.21             State Building Commission Project Name
  PM   32.22             Contractor name
  PM   32.23             Subcontractor(s) name
  PM   32.24             State Fire Marshal Office approval
  PM   32.25             Department of Labor, Wage Rate Determination Decision Number
  PM   33.00      The system has the ability to aggregate multiple service tickets to a single work order.
  PM   34.00      The system provides the ability to relate any external document to any record in the system.




       RFP Attachment 6.8                                                                                                                 Plant Maintenance Requirements                PM3
       State of Tennessee                                                                                                                                                           RFP 317.03-134
       Edison Project
                                                                                                                         FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                   10/21/05




Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                                      N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                                     Q = Custom Query


  Reference                                                                                                         Vendor                                           Hours to
   Number                                             Business Requirements                                        Response              Comments                     Modify
  PM 35.00        The system has the ability to maintain multiple service tickets on a single work order with
                  each service ticket at varying statuses (i.e.. Open, closed, WIP).
  PM 36.00        The system has the ability to capture labor, material, and expense on a work order, or a
                  service ticket related to a work order.
  PM 37.00        The system has the ability to relate the line items from a service order to multiple accounts.

  PM   38.00      The system has the ability to relate a work order to multiple account codes.
  PM   39.00      The system has the ability to merge work orders.
  PM   40.00      The system has the ability to view work order status.
  PM   41.00      The system has the ability to create new work orders from existing work orders.
  PM   42.00      The system has the ability to apply construction units (a.k.a. compatible units or Material
                  Management Assembly) to a work order.
  PM   43.00      The system has the ability to schedule service tickets, based on:
  PM   43.01             Elapsed time
  PM   43.02             Defined date
  PM   43.03             Service units (hours, miles, etc.)
  PM   43.04             Other
  PM   44.00      The system has the ability to provide estimated dates based on resource availability.
  PM   45.00      The system has the ability to manage work order process through document work flow
                  rules.
  PM 46.00        The system has the ability to establish critical path tasks that must be completed prior to
                  closing a work order.
  PM 47.00        The system has the ability to set priority of a work order and service ticket.
  PM 48.00        The system has the ability to view any applicable warranty data for equipment failures.
                                        Work Management - Maintenance Management
  PM 49.00        The system provides the ability to setup user defined work categories.
  PM 50.00        The system provides the ability to build standard operating procedures/workflows by work
                  category and track/change the statuses online.
  PM 51.00        The system provides the ability to flag EPA, MSDS, and manufacturer alerts.
  PM 52.00        The system provides the ability to assign multiple shops to a work order.
  PM 53.00        The system provides the ability to associate multiple contractors and contracts to a work
                  order.
  PM 54.00        The system provides the ability to have contractors and shops assigned to the same work
                  order.
  PM 55.00        The system provides the ability to setup user-defined priorities.
  PM 56.00        The system provides the ability to assign work order to a specific property/location without
                  having to associate an equipment ID.
  PM 57.00        The system provides the ability to print/fax/e-mail/page the work order to multiple locations.

  PM   58.00      The system provides the ability to repair multiple pieces of equipment per work order.
  PM   59.00      The system supports multiple account breakdowns per work order.
  PM   60.00      The system provides the ability to compare estimated to actual cost.                                                                                          T                    4
  PM   61.00      The system provides the ability to assign multiple work orders to a single project.
  PM   62.00      The system provides the ability to assign multiple projects to a single work order.
  PM   63.00      The system provides the ability to enter change orders without affecting the original work
                  order, based on user security.
  PM 64.00        The system enables the user to view estimated vs. actual cost, with the ability to drill down
                  to the itemized list level.
  PM   65.00      The system enables the user to view estimated costs (requisition).
  PM   66.00      The system enables the user to view actual costs (purchase order).
  PM   67.00      The system enables the user to view billed costs (invoice).
  PM   68.00      The system enables the user to view the entire history of status for the entire lifecycle of
                  the work order.
  PM 69.00        System provides a mechanism to red flag repairs caused by the negligence of others (i.e.
                  accidents, vandalism, etc. ) The party determined at fault is billed for these repairs.
  PM 70.00        System provides a mechanism to red flag repairs caused by the negligence of others (i.e.
                  accidents, vandalism, etc.). The party determined at fault is billed for these repairs.
  PM 71.00        System provides a mechanism to bill for repairs that have been flagged.
  PM 72.00        The system provides the ability to assign multiple work cycles to a single piece of
                  equipment.
  PM 73.00        The system provides the ability to group multiple pieces of equipment to a single work order

  PM 74.00        The system provides the ability to connect to building or equipment monitoring systems.
  PM 75.00        The system provides the ability to interface to technical drawings and to print the drawings
                  with the work order.
  PM 76.00        The system provides the ability to pre requisition standard parts list and automatically
                  create pick list by due date.
  PM 77.00        The system provides the ability to bill work orders other than the closing (i.e. % of
                  completion, month end, etc.)



       RFP Attachment 6.8                                                                                                                   Plant Maintenance Requirements                    PM4
       State of Tennessee                                                                                                                                                     RFP 317.03-134
       Edison Project
                                                                                                                       FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                               10/21/05




Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                                    N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                                   Q = Custom Query


  Reference                                                                                                       Vendor                                           Hours to
   Number                                            Business Requirements                                       Response              Comments                     Modify
  PM 78.00        The system provides the ability to create plan work orders and to reserve resources without
                  committing the resources.
  PM 79.00        The system provides the ability to create work order approval paths.
  PM 80.00        The system provides the ability to aggregate materials required from all worked orders
                  (including plan) for purchasing decisions.
  PM 81.00        The system provides the ability to track vendor and subcontractor performance for use in
                  vendor evaluations.
  PM 82.00        The system provides the ability to track all cost associated with work order including, but
                  not limited to:
  PM   82.01               Labor
  PM   82.02               Vendor labor
  PM   82.03               Materials
  PM   82.04               Vendor materials
  PM   82.05               Vendor cost
  PM   82.06               Rentals/Leases
  PM   82.07               Labor, overtime
  PM   82.08               Vendor labor, overtime
  PM   82.09               Labor, premium overtime
  PM   82.10               Vendor labor, premium overtime
  PM   82.11               Labor, compensatory time
  PM   83.00      System tracks the following categories of cost:
  PM   83.01               Maintenance
  PM   83.02               Tenant Request
  PM   83.03               Repairs
  PM   83.04               Emergency repairs
  PM   83.05               Unplanned maintenance
  PM   83.06               Disaster Recovery, must be recorded by FEMA categories for reimbursement
  PM   83.07               Code compliance
  PM   83.08               Other user-defined fields
  PM   84.00      The system provides the ability to perform work order at locations other than previously
                  established locations.
  PM 85.00        The system provides the ability to create work orders without committing resources based
                  on user security.
  PM 86.00        The system provides the ability to view work orders based on user security.
                                            Work Management - Project Management
  PM   87.00      The system allows the user to associate any work order to a project.
  PM   88.00      The system provides the ability to create tasks and subtasks.
  PM   89.00      The system allows the user to assign a project manager.
  PM   90.00      The system provides the ability to create a project workflow and track/change the statuses
                  online.
  PM   91.00      The system allows the user to view the status of any task/subtask.
  PM   92.00      The system is able to have user-defined project types.
  PM   93.00      The system must be able to define a project accounting structure.
  PM   94.00      The system is able to enforce the project accounting structure throughout the
                  tasks/subtasks.
  PM 95.00        The system enables the user to view estimated vs. actual costs by project and
                  task/subtask.
  PM 96.00        The system enables the user to view encumbered and billed costs.
  PM 97.00        The system enables the user to view the history of statuses for the entire lifecycle of the
                  project.
  PM 98.00        The system provides the ability to plan out tasks of a project before it is actually
                  approved/funded.
  PM 99.00        They system provides the ability to track selection of contractors such as: architects,
                  general contractors, etc.
  PM 100.00       The system is able to track necessary contract information and documentation by
                  contractor.
  PM 101.00       The system interfaces to Microsoft Project 2000 or higher.
  PM 102.00       The system interfaces to Primavera.
                           Work Management - Project Contracts/Construction Project Management
  PM 103.00       The system enables users to create specific projects and manage those projects over a
                  series of years.
  PM 104.00       The system must support grouping projects together by funding source and/or tracking
                  funding sources over multiple years.
  PM 105.00       The system enables users to create project contracts to reflect contract activity by craft
                  (i.e., electrical, HVAC, demolition, etc.) or by schedule of value.
  PM 106.00       The system includes a “project contract inspection screen” related to specific contract line
                  items/progress enabling users to track inspections.




       RFP Attachment 6.8                                                                                                                 Plant Maintenance Requirements                PM5
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                                                  RFP 317.03-134
     Edison Project
                                                                                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                               10/21/05




Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                               N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                              Q = Custom Query


  Reference                                                                                                  Vendor                                           Hours to
   Number                                        Business Requirements                                      Response              Comments                     Modify
  PM 107.00 The project contract functionality must be fully integrated with an invoicing function that
            auto-populates contract line items and cross-references invoiced amounts to inspected
            amounts to ensure correct payment is rendered.
  PM 108.00 The system enables users to create multiple planned work requirements with multiple
            versions; These can be associated to projects and promoted to actual work requirements
            as scope of work and funding are finalized.
                                   Work Management - Delivery Order Contracting
  PM 109.00 The system provides the ability to award indefinite quantity construction contracts to a
            general contractor.
  PM 110.00 The system provides the ability to associate coefficients against on-line Unit Price Book
            information.
  PM 111.00 The system provides the ability to perform proposal management utilizing estimate line
            items and user-defined estimate statuses.
  PM 112.00 The system provides the ability to track non-priced line items for work that may not be
            included in the Unit Price Book (UPB).
  PM 113.00 The system enables the user to view national standard costs.
  PM 114.00 The system provides the ability to localize Unit Price Book.
  PM 115.00 The system provides the ability to store multiple coefficients per contractor.
  PM 116.00 The system provides the ability to track estimated vs. actual costs easily.
                                         Work Management - Time Tracking
  PM 117.00 The system is able to associate timecards to any work order.
  PM 118.00 The system provides the ability to automatically populate online timecard line items based
            on work order assignments.
  PM 119.00 The system provides the ability to associate multiple labor rates by shop or individual.
  PM 120.00 The system provides a time-card approval process.
  PM 121.00 The system provides the ability to perform timecard adjustments.
  PM 122.00 The system enables the user to view "Live" labor costs on a work order/project after
            approvals.
  PM 123.00 The system enables the user to update status of a job from the timecard entry screen.
  PM 124.00 The system is able to track regular time, overtime, and leave.
  PM 125.00 The system is able to enter timecards by total hours or start/stop time.
  PM 126.00 The system is able to allocate user defined leave and unallocated payroll over multiple work
            orders.
  PM 127.00 The system provides the ability to limit timecard entry to only assigned shop or assigned
            individual.
  PM 128.00 The system is able to automatically generate time cards based on recurring tasks.
                                                 Labor Management
  PM 129.00 System has the ability to capture all labor transactions real-time as the repair technician
            logs on and off of repairs.
  PM 130.00 System provides the capability to view on-line work in progress, as well as all work
            completed that day.
  PM 131.00 System provides the capability to bill labor by repair type:
  PM 131.01         Actual labor cost
  PM 131.02         Flat rate (hours or dollars)
  PM 132.00 System produces shop labor averages by repair type and individual technician.
  PM 133.00 System provides efficiency information which measures how a maintenance technical
            performance compares with a user-defined standard.
  PM 134.00 Management reports include an accountability report that details all direct and indirect work
            by a maintenance technical for any defined period.
  PM 135.00 Ability to produce work schedules in advance for employees.
  PM 136.00 Ability to create performance reports based on standard job hours for all employees.
  PM 137.00 Ability to match employees skills to job requirements.
                              Work Management - Preventive Maintenance/Scheduling
  PM 138.00 System must track and identify buildings or equipment due for preventative maintenance.

  PM 139.00 The system provides the ability to schedule PM work orders by user-defined frequencies.

  PM 140.00 The system provides the ability to schedule seasonal PM work orders.
  PM 141.00 The system provides the ability to view forecasts of scheduled PM work orders by
            equipment ID, facility, or maintenance shop.
  PM 142.00 The system provides the ability to generate PM work orders at user-defined intervals.
  PM 143.00 The system provides the ability to exclude holidays or weekends out of a schedule.
  PM 144.00 System provides the ability to electronically notify a department contacts, including the
            facility administrator and facility supervisor, when buildings are due or past due for
            preventative maintenance.
  PM 145.00 System provides the ability to define and view repair codes.
  PM 146.00 System provides for the use of employee rate, shop rate, and skill rate.
  PM 147.00 System maintains repair histories for in-house, interagency and external vendor repairs.
  PM 148.00 System provides the ability to assign work based on skill set and level of mechanic.


      RFP Attachment 6.8                                                                                                             Plant Maintenance Requirements                PM6
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                                                    RFP 317.03-134
     Edison Project
                                                                                                                    FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                               10/21/05




Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                                 N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                                Q = Custom Query


  Reference                                                                                                    Vendor                                           Hours to
   Number                                         Business Requirements                                       Response              Comments                     Modify
  PM 149.00 System must provide the ability to provide for the on-line entry and validation of job tickets.

  PM 150.00 System must provide the ability to track repeat repairs.
  PM 151.00 System must provide the ability to inquire on maintenance technical remarks, type of repair
            requested, parts and labor costs.
  PM 152.00 System provides for the automatic or delayed printing of repair tickets.
  PM 153.00 System provides the ability to notify via e-mail appropriate individuals responsible for state
            inspections.
  PM 154.00 Maintenance frequency for equipment or buildings must be supported for duration (months,
            days), usage (hours), or any combination of both.
  PM 155.00 System will automatically update the next maintenance due date without any manual
            intervention based upon user-specified maintenance frequency.
  PM 156.00 System provides individual maintenance scheduling for each equipment component must
            be supported so that differences due to age, usage, and manufacturer are accounted for.

  PM 157.00 System provides the capability to schedule unlimited maintenance activities per piece of
            equipment.
  PM 158.00 System generates shop averages/for each repair type by building class for all mechanics,
            or by mechanic.
  PM 159.00 System reports costs (work and parts) for scheduled, unscheduled, emergency calls, and
            accident maintenance.
  PM 160.00 System provides a facility for users to accept or reject work.
                                       Downtime and Unit Availability Tracking
  PM 161.00 System provides the ability to track replacement needs for equipment. Tracks estimated
            useful life by age or service hours and provides electronic notification to users when useful
            life threshold is nearing.
  PM 162.00 System provides the ability to record equipment downtime, showing user-defined reason for
            downtime i.e., down for maintenance, down for parts, management, etc.
  PM 163.00 System provides the ability to track actual hours worked versus actual downtime for the
            work order and unit.
  PM 164.00 System provides the ability to track downtime from the time equipment is delivered for
            repair until the time the customer is notified of completion of the repair/maintenance.
  PM 165.00 System provides a means to stop and re-start downtime if a piece of equipment is worked
            on, then released, then brought back into the shop and worked on again on the same work
            order.
  PM 166.00 System provides downtime analysis by user defined downtime reasons, including or
            excluding non-working hours, weekends, and holidays on work total and averages by:
  PM 166.01          Equipment
  PM 166.02          Class of equipment
  PM 166.03          Work Order number
  PM 166.04          Work Order type
  PM 166.05          Department/division
  PM 167.00 The system must calculate downtime by building or equipment class, group (i.e., same
            make and model) and individual based on user-established parameters.
  PM 168.00 The system provides the ability to track and report on service level agreements.
  PM 169.00 The system provides the ability to escalate the status of incidents to management.
                                         Contract & Contractor Management
  PM 170.00 The system provides the ability to classify contractors by user-defined types and
            specialties.
  PM 171.00 The system provides the ability to store multiple points of contact per contractor and per
            contract.
  PM 172.00 The system provides the ability to store what services a contractor could potentially
            provide.
  PM 173.00 The system enables the user to view what parts a contractor may potentially provide.
  PM 174.00 The system provides the ability to set up user-defined contract statuses.
  PM 175.00 The system provides the ability to set up user-defined contract types.
  PM 176.00 The system provides the ability to associate cost information to include: estimate amounts,
            award amounts, modification amounts, contract total, invoice costs paid, and remaining
            balance.
  PM 177.00 The system provides the ability to mark-up a contract and associate costs to an overhead
            account.
  PM 178.00 The system provides the ability to perform change orders.
  PM 179.00 Ability to associate a contract and contractor to any work order.
                                           Finance - Job Cost Accounting
  PM 180.00 The system can charge work orders to any element in the GL Chart of Accounts.
  PM 181.00 The system provides the ability to view labor, material, equipment, and contract balances
            by work order.
  PM 182.00 The system provides the ability to view budget information by work order.




      RFP Attachment 6.8                                                                                                               Plant Maintenance Requirements                PM7
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                                                   RFP 317.03-134
     Edison Project
                                                                                                                   FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                               10/21/05




Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                                N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                               Q = Custom Query


  Reference                                                                                                   Vendor                                           Hours to
   Number                                        Business Requirements                                       Response              Comments                     Modify
  PM 183.00 The system provides the ability to default account information by customer, property, shop,
            or equipment.
  PM 184.00 The system provides the ability to associate debit and credit account with work order.
  PM 185.00 The system provides the ability to generate account splits by percentage easily by any work
            order.
  PM 186.00 The system provides the ability to store shop overhead account.
  PM 187.00 System must be capable of allocating building operating cost to projects and overhead and
            maintain a record of the reimbursements to the building expenditure account.
  PM 188.00 System identifies buildings assigned to individuals for tax purposes.
                                              Finance - Customer Billing
  PM 189.00 The system provides the ability to generate customer billing functions based on work type
            and work status.
  PM 190.00 The system supports user-definable billing rates by shop or shop person.
  PM 191.00 The system can accommodate work order fixed billing amounts, percentage splits, or a
            combination of both (complex account distribution).
  PM 192.00 Billing can be performed by specific work order, transaction or account.
  PM 193.00 The system can link administrators to a given set of accounts for which they are
            responsible.
  PM 194.00 The system provides a standard billing report output, and report output can be formatted
            according to the account administrator, work order, or the account itself.
                                               Equipment Management
  PM 195.00 The system provides the ability to store manufacturing information.
  PM 196.00 The system provides the ability to store supplier information.
  PM 197.00 The system provides the ability to track to what system a piece of equipment belongs.
  PM 198.00 The system provides the ability to track an equipment status.
  PM 199.00 The system provides the ability to establish logical equipment groupings.
  PM 200.00 The system provides the ability to store nameplate data.
  PM 201.00 The system provides the ability to default what equipment attributes need to be tracked by
            equipment group.
  PM 202.00 The system provides the ability to locate equipment at a field location or in a storeroom.
  PM 203.00 The system provides the ability to track installed dates, removed dates, original costs, life-
            to-date repair costs, current replacement costs.
  PM 204.00 The system provides the ability to track multiple equipment warranties and have the
            warranty automatically flag the user when creating a work order.
  PM 205.00 The system provides complete warranty information for the equipment, including:
  PM 205.01         Warranty start date (in-service date)
  PM 205.02         Warranty duration
  PM 205.03         Warranty holder
  PM 205.04         Warranty contact information
  PM 205.05         Warranty number
  PM 205.06         Warranty type
  PM 206.00 The system provides the ability to track what piece of equipment feeds a location. (i.e., an
            air handling unit serving three rooms).
  PM 207.00 The system provides the ability to track safety, hazard, and MSDS information.
  PM 208.00 The system provides the ability to view equipment status histories from the equipment
            screen without generating a report.
  PM 209.00 The system provides the ability to associate PM procedures to a piece of equipment.
  PM 210.00 The system provides the ability to associate meters to a piece of equipment.
  PM 211.00 The system provides the ability to associate accounting information to an equipment record
            and have it default on a work order if necessary.
  PM 212.00 The system provides the ability to relocate equipment easily and maintain location histories.

  PM 213.00 The system provides the ability to view all transaction histories for a piece of equipment
            from the equipment screen without having to generate a report.
  PM 214.00 The system provides the ability to link necessary parts needed to repair/maintain a piece of
            equipment.
  PM 215.00 The system provides the ability to establish parent/child equipment relationships to a
            minimum of 10 levels and view components easily.
  PM 216.00 The system provides the ability to create a sequence of equipment within an system (i.e.,
            chilled water loop).
  PM 217.00 The system provides the ability to link external documents to any equipment record.
  PM 218.00 The system must support equipment rental.
                                                     Key Control
  PM 219.00 The system provides the ability to track keys and proximity cards.
  PM 220.00 The system provides the ability to track key grand master and control codes.
  PM 221.00 The system provides the ability to associate submasters.
  PM 222.00 The system provides the ability to assign an individual to a key number.
  PM 223.00 The system provides the ability to assign multiple keys by serial number.
  PM 224.00 The system provides the ability to associate key to multiple locks.


      RFP Attachment 6.8                                                                                                              Plant Maintenance Requirements                PM8
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                                                     RFP 317.03-134
     Edison Project
                                                                                                                     FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                               10/21/05




Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                                  N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                                 Q = Custom Query


  Reference                                                                                                     Vendor                                           Hours to
   Number                                         Business Requirements                                        Response              Comments                     Modify
  PM 225.00 The system provides the ability to easily establish for which locations/locks a key cut is
            used.
  PM 226.00 The system provides the ability to track checked-in, checked out, and lost keys easily.
  PM 227.00 The system provides the ability to view key transaction histories (i.e., issues).
                                                Parking & Security Id
  PM 228.00 The system provides the ability to manage parking assignments.
  PM 229.00 The system maintains detailed information including:
  PM 229.01        Employee information for Human Resources
  PM 229.02        Vehicle information including tag, model, make, year
  PM 229.03        Parking tag ID
  PM 229.04        Parking location including number, lot and facility
  PM 229.05        Alternative vehicle information tag, model, make and year
  PM 230.00 The system provides the ability to record parking tags without assigning the tag to a
            location.
  PM 231.00 The systems provides the ability to view the information with proper security.
  PM 232.00 The system provides for a minimum of 3 type of assignments (i.e., Reserved, Assigned,
            Unassigned).
  PM 233.00 The systems provides the ability to assign security id to employees.
  PM 234.00 The system integrates to Human Resources.
  PM 235.00 The system provides the ability to store an employees picture and allow employees with
            proper security to view the information.
  PM 236.00 The system provides the ability to link an employee to facilities.
  PM 237.00 The system provides the ability to link electronic keys to building control systems.
                                   Property Management - Property Information
  PM 238.00 The system provides the ability to link to any external CAD drawing.
  PM 239.00 The system provides the ability to link to an external GIS.
  PM 240.00 The system provides the ability to support multiple parent/child relationships, with a
            minimum of 10 levels available for each relationship.
  PM 241.00 The system provides the ability to setup user defined property statuses.
  PM 242.00 The system provides the ability to track property types.
  PM 243.00 The system provides the ability to track floor information.
  PM 244.00 The system provides the ability to track locations on a floor and the associated usage,
            occupancy, and status information.
  PM 245.00 The system provides the ability to track location contents value.
  PM 246.00 The system provides the ability to associate default shop persons responsible for a property
            by work type.
  PM 247.00 The system provides the ability to associate a property image.
  PM 248.00 The system enables the user to easily view all leases, work orders, equipment, and other
            related information.
  PM 249.00 The system provides the ability to track location histories.
  PM 250.00 The system provides the ability to track life cycle histories of a property.
  PM 251.00 The system provides the ability to associate multiple contacts for a property (i.e.,
            emergency contact, building manager, etc.).
  PM 252.00 The system provides the ability to associate property notes.
                                 Property Management - Deed & Tract Information
  PM 253.00 The system provides the ability to associate deed and tract information to property
            information.
  PM 254.00 The system can accommodate GIS information and links.
  PM 255.00 The system provides the ability to associate images to a tract.
  PM 256.00 The system provides the ability to track managing and controlling agencies for a tract.
  PM 257.00 The system provides the ability to associate assessed and improved value for a tract.
  PM 258.00 The system provides the ability to associate acreage values to a tract.
  PM 259.00 The system provides the ability to associate tract use types.
  PM 260.00 The system provides the ability to associate user-defined attributes to a tract.
  PM 261.00 The system provides the ability to track deed information.
  PM 262.00 The system provides the ability to associate deed or easement to a deed record.
  PM 263.00 The system provides the ability to track deed types.
  PM 264.00 The system provides the ability to track book number, page number, and acreage for a
            deed.
  PM 265.00 The system provides the ability to associate multiple deeds to a tract.
  PM 266.00 The system provides the ability to associate deed and tract information to property
            information.
                                                 Lease Management
  PM 267.00 The system provides the ability to track property leases.
  PM 268.00 The system provides the ability to track lease amendments.
  PM 269.00 The system provides the ability to track appraisals.
  PM 270.00 The system provides the ability to track property estimates.
  PM 271.00 The system provides the ability to track lessor responsibilities by type of work (i.e., Landlord
            responsible for electric wiring).



      RFP Attachment 6.8                                                                                                                Plant Maintenance Requirements                PM9
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                                                    RFP 317.03-134
     Edison Project
                                                                                                                    FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                               10/21/05




Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                                 N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                                Q = Custom Query


  Reference                                                                                                    Vendor                                           Hours to
   Number                                         Business Requirements                                       Response              Comments                     Modify
  PM 272.00 The system provides the ability to track lessee responsibilities by type of work (i.e., Tenant
            is responsible for utilities).
  PM 273.00 The system provides the ability to track landlord information.
  PM 274.00 The system provides the ability to track leases by user-defined statuses.
  PM 275.00 The system provides the ability to associate and view lease payment schedule and
            automatically create necessary accounting information.
  PM 276.00 The system provides the ability to track broker information.
  PM 277.00 The system provides the ability to create user defined lease options and see how they
            affect the payment schedule.
  PM 278.00 The system provides the ability to track both payable and receivable leases.
  PM 279.00 The system provides the ability to track a minimum of 20 user-defined fields for tenant
            information.
  PM 280.00 The system provides the ability to track unassigned space.
  PM 281.00 The system provides the ability to ability to bill tenants for spaces based on:
  PM 281.01         Space type
  PM 281.02         Location
  PM 281.03         Fixed Rate (system must support a minimum of 5 rates)
  PM 282.00 The system provides the ability to reserve unassigned space for future use.
  PM 283.00 The system provides the ability to tie lease information to central property information
            easily.
  PM 284.00 The system provides the ability to track:
  PM 284.01         Net rentable square footage
  PM 284.02         Net usable square footage
  PM 284.03         Architectural gross square footage
  PM 284.04         Net cleanable square footage
  PM 284.05         Common area factors
  PM 285.00 The system provides the ability to define lease classes.
  PM 286.00 The system provides the ability to define lease types.
  PM 287.00 The system provides the ability to track subleases.
                                              Space Management - General
  PM 288.00 The vendor’s Space Management solution shall be compatible with AutoCAD® 2002.
                                    Space Management - Property and Floor Space
  PM 289.00 The system will enable users to link CAD drawings to a “floor” of a given property.
  PM 290.00 An “auto-polyline” routine will enable users to scan drawings for assigned room numbers.
            For each room number detected, the routine will detect walls and generate a polyline based
            on the surrounding walls.
  PM 291.00 The system will enable users to scan CAD drawings for polylines with assigned room
            numbers and verify the existence of a corresponding location in the facilities database. If a
            location does not exist in the database, it will be created. The polyline will be linked to the
            location record, and gross square footage for the location will be updated.
  PM 292.00 When a user deletes a polyline in the CAD software, the system will update the status of
            the associated location record to “inactive.”
  PM 293.00 When a user changes the status of a location record to “inactive,” the system will remove
            the polyline and polyline link.
  PM 294.00 From within an CAD drawing, users can launch system screens to find, display, and edit
            database entities related to a given location, including employees, equipment, work orders,
            lease records, and the location records themselves.
  PM 295.00 From a property record, users can launch a viewer to view a linked CAD drawing. An
            associated polyline representing the location will be highlighted on the drawing, enabling
            users to quickly establish the physical location of a given room.
                                       Space Management - Serialized Inventory
  PM 296.00 The system will enable users to perform the following:
  PM 296.01         From within the CAD system, create a block and link an existing serialized
                    equipment record to the block
  PM 296.02         If a CAD block is moved from one location to another within the same CAD drawing,
                    the system will update the location of the serialized inventory item (this process
                    should also update the location history on the serialized inventory record)
  PM 296.03         If a block is deleted, the status of the associated serialized inventory record should
                    be updated to reflect “location unknown”
  PM 297.00 Conversely, the system will enable users to perform the following:
  PM 297.01         From within the facilities management system, create a serialized inventory record
                    and insert a linked block into a CAD drawing
  PM 297.02         If a serialized inventory item is relocated, the associated CAD block is deleted and a
                    new block is inserted in the appropriate CAD drawing (which may be an entirely
                    different CAD file)
  PM 298.00 The system will enable users to relate several different inventory items to a given CAD
            block and specify the layer in which the block resides.




      RFP Attachment 6.8                                                                                                               Plant Maintenance Requirements               PM10
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                                                       RFP 317.03-134
     Edison Project
                                                                                                                       FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                               10/21/05




Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                                    N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                                   Q = Custom Query


  Reference                                                                                                       Vendor                                           Hours to
   Number                                          Business Requirements                                         Response              Comments                     Modify
  PM 299.00 From within a CAD drawing, users will be able to launch system screens to find, display,
            and edit database entities related to a given piece of equipment, including location
            information, work orders, and related equipment records.
  PM 300.00 From a serialized inventory record, users can launch a viewer to view a linked CAD
            drawing. An associated polyline representing the location will be highlighted on the
            drawing, enabling users to quickly establish the physical location of a given piece of
            equipment.
                                              Space Management - Personnel
  PM 301.00 The system will enable users to perform the following:
  PM 301.01          From within the CAD system, create a text label in and link an existing employee
                     record to the text label
  PM 301.02          If a CAD text label is moved from one location to another within the same CAD
                     drawing, the system will update the employee record to reflect the new location (this
                     process should also update the location history on the employee record)
  PM 301.03          If a text label is deleted, the system will clear location information associated with an
                     employee record
  PM 302.00 Conversely, the system will enable users to perform the following:
  PM 302.01          From within the facilities management system, create an employee record and insert
                     a linked text label into a CAD drawing
  PM 302.02          If an employee is relocated, the associated CAD text label is deleted and a new text
                     label is inserted in the appropriate CAD drawing (which may be an entirely different
                     CAD file)
  PM 303.00 From within a CAD drawing, users will be able to launch system screens to find, display,
            and edit employee information.
  PM 304.00 From an employee record, users can launch a viewer to view a linked CAD drawing. An
            associated polyline representing the location will be highlighted on the drawing, enabling
            users to quickly establish the physical location of a given employee.
                                             Space Management - Work Orders
  PM 305.00 From within a CAD drawing, users will be able to launch the work order screen to find,
            display, and edit all work orders for a given location or for a given equipment record.
  PM 306.00 From a work order record, users can launch a viewer to view a linked CAD drawing and
            quickly establish the physical location of active work orders.
                                                 Space Management - Lease
  PM 307.00 From within a CAD drawing, users will be able to launch system screens to find, display,
            and edit lease records associated to a given location.
  PM 308.00 From a lease record, users can launch a viewer to view a linked CAD drawing. An
            associated polyline representing the location will be highlighted on the drawing, enabling
            users to quickly establish the physical location of an active lease.
                                          Space Management - Document Viewer
  PM 309.00 The system will provide a viewer utility (or similar technology) to display locations,
            drawings, and database entities based on a user-defined location hierarchy.
  PM 310.00 To simplify data manipulation, results of location queries will be presented in a Windows-
            style “menu-tree” that hierarchically lists associated database entities, including equipment,
            employees, work orders, and leases.
  PM 311.00 Selecting a location will enable the viewer to display the associated CAD drawing with
            appropriate room highlighted on the drawing.
  PM 312.00 From the “menu-tree,” users can launch a corresponding entry screen to find, display, and
            edit a given database entity.
  PM 313.00 The viewer utility will support standard “redlining” functionality.
  PM 314.00 The viewer will enable users to develop and store queries and display locations based on
            the query criteria. This capability shall not require the CAD system be installed on the
            client.
                                                     Utility Management
  PM 315.00 Unlimited meter hierarchy capability.
  PM 316.00 Unlimited utility types.
  PM 317.00 The system provides the ability to create virtual meters.
  PM 318.00 The system provides the ability to create a service meter for non-utility services spread
            across multiple users.
  PM 319.00 The system provides the ability to calculate rates for each utility type and vendor.
  PM 320.00 Utility calculation will include cost of purchase, maintenance, and capital improvements.

  PM 321.00 The system provides the ability to do percentage and fixed price adjustments.
  PM 322.00 The system provides the ability to create invoices and customer bills for utility consumption.

  PM 323.00 The system provides the ability to create meter groups for like types of operations.
  PM 324.00 The system provides the ability to perform meter readings through manual input, batch
            input, and interface.
  PM 325.00 The system provides the ability to generate trend data for utility consumption.



      RFP Attachment 6.8                                                                                                                  Plant Maintenance Requirements               PM11
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                                                RFP 317.03-134
     Edison Project
                                                                                                                FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                               10/21/05




Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                             N = Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                            Q = Custom Query


  Reference                                                                                                Vendor                                           Hours to
   Number                                       Business Requirements                                     Response              Comments                     Modify
  PM 326.00 The system provides the ability to perform benchmarking of utility consumption between
            customer groups, buildings, building types, and other types of groupings.
                                                  Mobile Computing
  PM 327.00 The system provides the ability to update database via wireless communications, including
            cellular and radio frequency.
                                                       Reporting
  PM 328.00 The system provides the ability to report on any of the above information easily.
  PM 329.00 The system has the ability to transfer any of the reporting information in an Excel format.
  PM 330.00 The system has the ability to produce the following reports at a minimum:
  PM 330.01         Space assignments by:
  PM 330.02                Agency
  PM 330.03                Department/division
  PM 330.04                Location/Facility
  PM 330.05                Floor
  PM 330.06                Space type
  PM 330.07                Unassigned space
  PM 330.08         Replacement equipment report - equipment by type over certain time limits, used for
                    budget forecasting
  PM 330.09         Equipment by status (active, salvaged, retained, reserved, etc)
  PM 330.10         Equipment by shop (where assigned)
  PM 330.11         Equipment Usage Report - equipment with no PM yet
  PM 330.12         Equipment with no activity/usage with given time period
  PM 330.13         Labor Reports for any combination of following:
  PM 330.14                By employee or work units, for any given time period
  PM 330.15                By reason
  PM 330.16                By subassembly
  PM 330.17                By repair type
  PM 330.18         Preventive Maintenance Reports for any combination of following:
  PM 330.19                By type
  PM 330.20                By interval: monthly, quarterly, etc.
  PM 330.21         Number of PMs performed in a given time period by type
  PM 330.22         Work Order Reports:
  PM 330.23                How many work orders in a certain time period were scheduled or
  PM 330.24                How many work orders in a certain time period by reason, subassembly
                           and/or repair type
  PM 330.25                Open work orders by type, by status (pending, waiting parts, etc) and/or by
  PM 330.26         Equipment downtime report by summary or detail by user defined periods for:
  PM 330.27                Location
  PM 330.28                PM code
  PM 330.29         Tire Repair Activity
  PM 330.30         Oil and fluid report by summary or detail for user defined periods by
  PM 330.31                Location
  PM 330.32                Parking Assignments by type and locations
  PM 330.33                Employees ID by Department, location or facility




      RFP Attachment 6.8                                                                                                           Plant Maintenance Requirements               PM12
State of Tennessee                                                                                                     RFP 317.03-134
Project Edison
                                    FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                           10/21/05




                                                     Project Management

                Project Management addresses the recording, tracking, and reporting of financial data for a
                variety of State projects and contracts. It covers the key processes for operating and capital
                projects including project development, execution, and the project close process. It covers the
                tracking of project progress using work plans, tasks, resource assignment, controlled critical path,
                and deliverables. Specific areas of functionality provided are:

                        Project   Management
                        Project   Activity
                        Project   Close
                        Project   Accounting




                Additional Information:




RFP Attachment 6.8                                           Introduction                                                          ii
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                               RFI # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                               Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                    Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                 Business Requirements                               Response                   Comments                   Modify
                             Project Management General Requirements
PR 1.00       System should perform flexible budgeting for capital and operating
              projects while adhering to level of budgetary controls established in the
              General Ledger.
PR 2.00       Projects is integrated with other relevant modules including but not limited
              to the following:
PR   2.01         Purchasing
PR   2.02         Budgetary control
PR   2.03         Asset Management
PR   2.04         Cost Accounting
PR   2.05         Inventory
PR   2.06         Human Resources
PR   2.07         Accounts Payable
PR   2.08         Revenue
PR   2.09         General ledger
PR   3.00     System should have the ability to differentiate transactions between
              operating and capital budget items.
PR 4.00       System should create project budgets with multiple funding sources,
              including but not limited to:
PR   4.01         Grants
PR   4.02         Bonds
PR   4.03         General Fund
PR   4.04         Enterprise and Internal Service Funds
PR   4.05         Federal Funds
PR   4.06         State Funds
PR   4.07         Trust Funds/Donations
PR   4.08         Fee-supported Projects
PR   4.09         Earned Interest Income
PR   4.10         Other User-Specified Operating Funds
PR   5.00     System provides the ability to classify sub-categories for each funding
              source (e.g. breakdown of different Federal sources).
PR 6.00       System maintains demographic information for the following:
PR 6.01           Agency (Department)
PR 6.02           Designer
     RFP Attachment 6.8                                          Project Accounting Requirements                                                  PR1
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                            RFI # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                               FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                              10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                             N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                            Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                 Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                Business Requirements                             Response                   Comments                   Modify
PR   6.03         Contractor
PR   7.00     System should create debt service budgets for bond funded projects.
PR   8.00     System should allocate direct and indirect financing costs to projects.
PR   9.00     System should allocate interest income as a funding source.
PR   10.00    System provides budget forecasting for multi-year periods, which can
              support development of a Capital Improvement Plan and an Operating
              Project Improvement Plan.
PR 11.00      System allows for multiple fiscal year budgets for projects.
PR 12.00      System provides the ability to link a project to a grant.
PR 13.00      System should uniquely identify each project through the assignment of a
              project number and maintain project-related descriptive information in a
              project table.
PR 14.00      System should establish project accounts to record project budgets, pre-
              encumbrance/ encumbrance, expenditures, anticipated revenues, and
              receivables.
PR 15.00      System provides summary and detailed capital and operating project
              budgets by:
PR   15.01        Project
PR   15.02        Project Phase
PR   15.03        Agency (Department)
PR   15.04        Fund
PR   15.05        Organization (Allotment, Division, Cost Center)
PR   15.06        Supervisory District or other geographical breakdown
PR   15.07        Program
PR   15.08        Expenditure Object
PR   15.09        Job Level
PR   15.10        Source of Revenue
PR   16.00    System provides multiple revisions and amendments to the budget in the
              above detail.
PR   17.00    System records and maintains data at the following levels of detail:
PR   17.01        Fiscal Year
PR   17.02        Funding Fiscal Year
PR   17.03        Fund
PR   17.04        Organization (Allotment, Division, Cost Center)

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                         Project Accounting Requirements                                                PR2
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                  RFI # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                  10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                   N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                  Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                       Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                 Response                   Comments                   Modify
PR   17.05         Project
PR   17.06         Program
PR   17.07         Activity
PR   17.08         Task
PR   17.09         Phase
PR   17.10         Contract
PR   17.11         Project Description
PR   17.12         Object of Expenditure
PR   17.13         Source of Revenue
PR   17.14         Retainage
PR   17.15         Date of Adjustment
PR   18.00    System allows for the ability to upload and download various data from
              spreadsheets, word processors and databases.
PR 19.00      System provides users with security authorization to override the
              reimbursable budget
PR 20.00      System allows project phases to overlap.
PR 21.00      System should provide for the project initiation request including the
              following capabilities:
PR   21.01         Custom electronic form that can be submitted via the web
PR   21.02         Form can be transmitted via workflow
PR   21.03         Validate request thresholds and reject if validation fails.
PR   21.04         Ability to add pull down menus and add project type (i.e., construction)
                   and reasons for decisions
PR 21.05           Flag to verify local funding certification
PR 21.06           Including a comments field
PR 22.00      System should have the ability to record and route electronic signatures.

PR 23.00      System should have the ability to support at least four levels of approval in
              workflow.
PR 24.00      System will establish project activity at a lower level of detail (e.g., phase)
              than project number and track financial activity associated with each
              location, phase, or activity within phase.
PR 25.00      System provides the ability to move funding from one project to another,
              with appropriate security control.

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                            Project Accounting Requirements                                                   PR3
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                               RFI # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                               Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                    Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                 Business Requirements                               Response                   Comments                   Modify
PR 26.00      System will increase or decrease project funding after project is in place,
              with the appropriate security control.
PR 27.00      System provides the ability to suspend, prevent transactions from posting
              against, a project.
PR 28.00      System will carry forward fiscal year appropriation and cash balances for
              multi-year projects.
PR 29.00      System allows entry of a variety of descriptive information about a project,
              such as a narrative.
PR 30.00      System tracks projects over multiple years.
PR 31.00      System tracks projects by budget revisions.
PR 32.00      System allows users to create and maintain project schedule templates.

PR 33.00      System provides users with the option of referencing project schedule
              template when establishing the project-specific schedule.
PR 34.00      System provides users with the option of manually creating the project
              schedule.
PR 35.00      System monitors project progress and milestone accomplishments against
              a project-specific schedule.
PR 36.00      System provides issue statuses including but not limited to (open, closed,
              and assigned).
PR   37.00    System provides the following issue related fields:
PR   37.01        Creator
PR   37.02        Responsible Person
PR   37.03        Create Date
PR   37.04        Issue Description
PR   37.05        Resolution Date
PR   38.00    System provides for entering and monitoring issues.
PR   39.00    System should provide ability to establish project budgets and
              track/control revenues and expenditures against the budget.
PR 40.00      System provides an automated cross reference to all internal and external
              project numbers.
PR 41.00      System allows billing to other agencies or internal organizational units for
              services or commodities rendered.


     RFP Attachment 6.8                                          Project Accounting Requirements                                                  PR4
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                              RFI # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                               10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                               N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                              Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                   Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                 Business Requirements                              Response                   Comments                   Modify
PR 42.00      System can require electronic approvals in order to process a transfer of
              funds in accordance with GAAP.
PR 43.00      System provides a method for the State to recognize intragovernmental
              transactions.
PR 44.00      System is able to link to FileNet stored documents.
PR 45.00      System supports a hierarchy for projects i.e. subprojects linked to a
              primary project
PR   46.00    System supports workflow routing by task assignments.
PR   47.00    System supports workflow routing by threshold amounts.
PR   48.00    System supports workflow routing by organization unit.
PR   49.00    System supports workflow routing by funding source.
PR   50.00    System supports workflow routing by project.
PR   51.00    System will support the recording of scanned supporting documentation,
              and will link the document from the imaging system (ECM) with the ERP
              transaction.
PR 52.00      System will provide click-through content access for imaged documents.
              The ERP record must display hyperlinks to all associated content items
              and will provide the capability to click-through on the hyperlinks and
              display the selected content.
                                               Project Detail
PR 53.00      System tracks the application of funding to actual expenditure.
PR 54.00      System associates multiple funding sources with projects.
PR 55.00      System will associate multiple funding sources to multiple phases within
              projects.
PR 56.00      System will identify projects lacking financial activity for a user-defined
              period for possible closeout.
PR 57.00      System will calculate capitalized interest by project.
PR 58.00      System will maintain historical data for all projects independent of G/L
              data (across multiple fiscal years).
PR 59.00      System will summarize or "rollup" expenditures to a higher budget level
              (budget not requiring minute detail).
PR 60.00      System separates costs by real estate acquisition and construction.



     RFP Attachment 6.8                                          Project Accounting Requirements                                                 PR5
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                               RFI # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                               Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                    Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                 Business Requirements                               Response                   Comments                   Modify
PR 61.00      System provides a hierarchical approach to tracking and reporting projects
              costs and other user defined fields (i.e., main project, sub-project, task,
              sub-task).
PR 62.00      System will associate multiple funding sources to multiple phases within
              projects.
PR 63.00      System accommodates resource scheduling on projects.
PR 64.00      System provides the ability to assign resources (people) to a project.
                                           Project Accounting
PR 65.00      System is completely integrated with other system modules to provide real-
              time transactional information for requisitions, contracts and labor
              distributions. These modules include but are not limited to the following:

PR   65.01       Purchasing
PR   65.02       Payroll
PR   65.03       Cost Accounting
PR   66.00    System will accommodate the change order process for projects.
PR   67.00    System will track retainage and release by user-defined percentages.
PR   68.00    System will assign indirect cost codes.
PR   69.00    System will track both contracts and in-house spending to a project.
PR   70.00    System will transfer transaction detail from one project to another.
PR   71.00    System accommodates multiple change orders.
PR   72.00    System accommodates multiple transfers of funds between projects.
PR   73.00    System will automatically set aside retain age by multiple user-defined
              percentages and release formulas.
PR 74.00      System will record non-financial data without affecting financial accounts.

PR 75.00      System will differentiate between direct and indirect costs and identify the
              type of costs (i.e., fixed, fixed plus flat fee, etc.).
PR 76.00      System will track multiple contracts to a single project.
PR 77.00      System will track a single contract to multiple projects.
PR 78.00      System allows input, adjustments, and transfer of costs at the lowest level
              of account coding.
PR 79.00      System will generate on-line, user defined warning when project and
              phase expenditures nears or exceeds the original project estimates.
     RFP Attachment 6.8                                          Project Accounting Requirements                                                  PR6
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                  RFI # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                 10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                   N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                  Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                       Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                 Response                   Comments                   Modify
PR 80.00      System will maintain multiple types of project completions/status. For
              example, project may be complete from a performance viewpoint but still
              open for accounting purposes.
PR 81.00      System provides the ability to prevent charges from being allocated to a
              closed project, sub-project, or phase with the ability to override with the
              proper security.
PR 82.00      System will prevent contractors from getting paid prior to the official start
              date of the project with the ability to override with the proper security.

PR 83.00      System will prevent contractors from getting paid until access
              requirements and ADA regulations are met with the ability to override with
              the proper security.
PR 84.00      System will allow processing of project-related revenue transactions
              outside of the project service dates (with override capability).
PR 85.00      System will identify expenditures by grant number, project number, and
              outstanding encumbrances for specific project number.
PR 86.00      System will alert user with a flag or warning when project budget is
              overcharged either by overall project, phase, or task and allows the
              overcharge only with proper security.
PR 87.00      When security allows overcharge, no other users other than the specified
              user can charge against the project budget.
PR 88.00      System will track project and contract costs and encumbrances by
              equipment/asset categories.
PR 89.00      System can allocate and track budget dollars by selected user-defined
              levels.
PR 90.00      System will increase or decrease the maximum amount of project funding
              with proper security.
PR   91.00    System will validate charges against project master files to determine if:
PR   91.01        Charges are to open projects.
PR   91.02        Accounts charged are valid for specified projects.
PR   92.00    System will obtain project titles online to assist in proper identification for
              data entry.
PR 93.00      System will allocate an amount of revenue/ expenditure by entered
              percentages to various projects.

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                            Project Accounting Requirements                                                   PR7
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                RFI # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                 N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                     Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                 Business Requirements                                Response                   Comments                   Modify
PR 94.00      System will allow posting of non-financial transactions to project ledgers
              without corresponding posting to general ledger accounts.
PR   95.00    System will maintain accrual and cash basis balances.
PR   96.00    System will track multiple year expenditures.
PR   97.00    System will accumulate balances for:
PR   97.01        Actual
PR   97.02        Budgets
PR   98.00    System will allow or disallow spending of anticipated revenue for each
              project.
PR 99.00      System will generate cash profiles for specified grants, projects, or
              programs for specified time periods. Profiles will detail and summarize all
              transaction types which directly or indirectly reflect cash usage or receipts
              by specified grants or program
PR 100.00     System will calculate interest liability based on clearance pattern analysis
              and daily cash balances.
PR 101.00     System will allow an occupied building or a portion of the building to be
              capitalized even though the project has not been closed out.
PR 102.00     System should have the ability to record fixed assets that are purchased
              outside state procurement process (e.g., contractor procures a
              commercial oven on behalf of state).
PR 103.00     System will track internal administrative fees related to the project (e.g.,
              general, change order, and other).
                                             Project Budgets
PR 104.00     System allows inquiries into project budgets, pre-
              encumbrances/encumbrances, revenues, and expenditures at any level
              described above.
PR 105.00     System will access prior years' project cost.
PR 106.00     System will establish reimbursable budgets for projects. Reimbursable
              budgets control expenditures available for project billing only.

PR 107.00 System will report actual project-to-date for the capital or operating
          budget.
PR 108.00 System will accumulate and bill for all reimbursable portions of projects.


     RFP Attachment 6.8                                           Project Accounting Requirements                                                  PR8
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                          RFI # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                             FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                              10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                           N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                          Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                               Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                              Business Requirements                             Response                   Comments                   Modify
PR 109.00 System provides users with security authorization to override the
          expendable budget
PR 110.00 System should provide ability to establish project budgets and
          track/control revenues and expenditures against the budget.
PR 111.00 System will allow the establishment of projects that may cross funds or
          budget units.
PR 112.00 System supports project budgets and expenditures down to funding
          source and phase levels.
                                      Project Management
PR 113.00 System will support work plan creation and periodic updates.
PR 114.00 Management of work plan should include the following:
PR 114.01     Assigning tasks
PR 114.02     Creating task dependencies
PR 114.03     Assigning activities (sub-tasks)
PR 114.04     Providing control by tasks
PR 114.05     Assigning resources
PR 114.06     Create milestones
PR 114.07     Create critical path
PR 114.08     Create work breakdown structures
PR 114.09     Create lower levels of work breakdown structures i.e. Work packages

PR   114.10    Track physical location of actual plan documents
PR   114.11    Contain prime versus subcontractor declarations
PR   114.12    Include contact information
PR   114.13    Include deposit and or bond information
PR   114.14    Include addendum notification via email
PR   115.00 System should have the ability to track bonds by project name, number,
            and contractor including the following items:
PR   115.01    Bid guaranty and contract bond
PR   115.02    Assigning tasks
PR   115.03    Surety contract information
PR   115.04    Surety agent contact information
PR   115.05    Power of Attorney
PR   116.00 System provides the ability to link a project to multiple bond issues.

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                       Project Accounting Requirements                                                PR9
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                              RFI # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                              FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                              N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                             Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                  Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                               Business Requirements                               Response                   Comments                   Modify
PR 117.00 System allows the ability to track and report builder's risk insurance policy
          at the contractor level including the combining of all active projects and the
          validation against policy limits at the time of invoicing.
PR 118.00 The system should have the ability to validate that insurance coverage has
          not expired prior to making payment.
PR 119.00 The system should have the ability to track multiple type of escrow activity,
          by unique escrow identifier (e.g., liens, non-profit monies, miscellaneous
          activities).
PR 120.00 The system should allow for the partial release of escrow funds.
PR 121.00 System should have the ability to automatically calculate retainage upon
          entry of payment request.
PR 122.00 The system should have the ability to waive escrowing of retainage
          amounts.
PR 123.00 The system should support the reporting of escrow activity for a period of
          time including the following:
PR 123.01     Amount by project manager
PR 123.02     Amount by escrow type
PR 123.03     Amount by unique escrow identifier.
PR 124.00 The system should have the ability to track and report retainage
          accumulation until reaching a predefined threshold percentage of contract
          completion.
PR 125.00 The system should have the ability to generate a warrant (for escrow)
          payable to the contractor and the escrow bank (alternate payee).
PR 126.00 The system should have the ability to download prevailing wage rates
          applicable to the county where the project is being performed
PR 127.00 System should support including certified payroll report online as an
          attachment to a contractor's request for payment, including but not limited
          to:
PR 127.01     Name
PR 127.02     Sex
PR 127.03     Race
PR 127.04     Address
PR 127.05     Project number or Name
PR 127.06     Classification of employee

    RFP Attachment 6.8                                         Project Accounting Requirements                                                 PR10
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                            RFI # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                               FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                              10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                             N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                            Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                 Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                Business Requirements                             Response                   Comments                   Modify
PR 127.07    Hours worked
PR 127.08    Trade class
PR 128.00 System should have the ability to electronically track certified payroll
          reports, which have been submitted or scanned.
PR 129.00 System has the capability to create a work plan from a project template.

PR 130.00 System has the capability to create a work plan by copying a portion of a
          work break down structure from another project from a project template.

PR   131.00   System will support managing project deliverables including:
PR   131.01       Defining deliverables
PR   131.02       Associating deliverables to tasks
PR   131.03       Integrating deliverables with other applications
PR   132.00   System should provide the capability to view work plans by Gantt chart.
PR   133.00   System should support automated routing for work plan approvals.
PR   134.00   System should support notification of work plan publication.
PR   135.00   System should able to retrieve project documents from FileNet.
PR   136.00   System will provide an integrated scheduling tool which provides for task
              assignments.
PR 137.00     System will provide an integrated scheduling tool which provides for task
              dependencies.
PR   138.00   System should support progress management including:
PR   138.01       Progress status data
PR   138.02       Percentage complete
PR   138.03       Estimated dates
PR   138.04       Actual dates
PR   139.00   System should provide capability to calculate percentage complete values
              on tasks.
PR   140.00   System should support forecasting by allowing:
PR   140.01       Ability to set time periods for forecast
PR   140.02       Ability to generate forecast based upon work plan
PR   140.03       Ability to generate forecast based upon work quantity
PR   140.04       Ability to generate forecast based upon staffing plan
PR   140.05       Ability to generate forecast based upon financial plan

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                         Project Accounting Requirements                                               PR11
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                            RFI # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                              FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                               10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                             N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                            Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                 Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                               Business Requirements                              Response                   Comments                   Modify
PR   140.06     Ability to generate forecast based upon average of actual
PR   140.07     The financial impact of change orders
PR   140.08     The financial impact of change request
PR   141.00 System should provide capability to generate multiple planning scenarios
            to assess the consequences of changes.
PR   142.00 The system should generate an alert for all project behind expectations
            such as:
PR   142.01     No Budget remaining
PR   142.02     X days behind schedule
PR   142.03     Exceeded threshold for change orders
PR   142.04     Claims unresolved within x days
PR   143.00 System should have the ability to integrate with systems used by outside
            contractors.
PR   144.00 System should have the ability to interface with State's GIS.
PR   145.00 The system must provide the ability for programmers or system
            integrators to use OLE-compliant development tools to build custom
            interfaces and data links to the system database.
PR   146.00 System should have the ability to integrate with FHWA's FMIS for
            purposes of updating with project information.
PR   147.00 System should have the ability to accept project information from
            electronic data source (bride, payment system, etc) through a standard file
            type (Excel spreadsheet, ASCII, etc.)
PR   148.00 System must be web-enabled.
PR   149.00 System must have the ability to view through a GIS interface.
PR   150.00 System should have the capability to import and export program data to
            and from standard formats (Excel, Access, etc.)
PR   151.00 System should generate output of reports and graphics in HTML format so
            that reports and graphics may be published on the internet, intranet and
            viewed by browser.
PR   152.00 System should have the ability to use the World Wide Web to disseminate
            the most current project and progress by publishing (HTML format) reports
            on program status on a web page, and .generate output of reports and
            graphics in HTML format.


     RFP Attachment 6.8                                        Project Accounting Requirements                                                PR12
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                          RFI # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                               10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                          N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                         Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                              Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                             Business Requirements                             Response                   Comments                   Modify
PR 153.00 System should have the ability to record and track construction quality
          issues of contractors.
PR 154.00 System should provide capability to track feasibility studies.
                                           Project Close
PR 155.00 System will allow the user to specify and control the project closing
          process through user tables and security.
PR 156.00 System supports multiple closing of projects at the user's options.
PR 157.00 System will close projects partially or completely.
PR 158.00 System provides an automated procedure to purge and archive data for
          closed projects.
PR 159.00 System will identify inactive projects for possible close.
PR 160.00 System will close project at user specified date.
PR 161.00 System will close and capitalize or expense each project as completed
          and make required entries to the asset or expense accounts and work-in-
          progress accounts.
PR 162.00 System will allow a user with appropriate security to re-open a closed
          project.
                                             Reporting
PR 163.00 System has the ability to generate reports from specific or ranges of:
PR 163.01     Project Number or Name
PR 163.02     Type (capital or operating)
PR 163.03     Agencies and Organization/Division
PR 163.04     Year
PR 163.05     Funding Source
PR 164.00 System will produce variance reports according to the account ranges
          specified above.
PR 165.00 System provides reports at the end of projects listing expenditures by
          funding sources and type including associated invoice and warrant
          numbers at a summary and detail level.
PR 166.00 System provides the following reports:
PR 166.01     Project expenditures by type of expenditure, i.e. fixed asset,
              component, etc.
PR 166.02     Project expenditures by vendor and invoice number.


    RFP Attachment 6.8                                       Project Accounting Requirements                                               PR13
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                           RFI # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                             FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                              10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                           N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                          Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                               Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                              Business Requirements                             Response                   Comments                   Modify
PR 167.00 System will produce project status reports for current month, YTD and
          inception-to-date.
PR 168.00 System will report direct and indirect costs associated with a project,
          including assessment of fringe benefit and/or overhead costs associated
          with direct project labor.
PR 169.00 System will track and report revenue and expenditure actual and budget
          (including encumbrances) by current fiscal year and project inception date
          to current date at detail level specified by user.
PR 170.00 System provides resource monitoring and resource utilization queries and
          reports.
PR 171.00 System should provide project on-line inquiry screens that allow the user
          to select the time period of the data displayed including the month and
          year as well as the type of activity (i.e., monthly activity, year-to-date
          activity, or life-to-date activity
PR 172.00 System will provide an on-line inquiry screen that displays project budget,
          encumbrances, expenditures, revenues, vendors, customers and
          available budget. The numbers displayed should be the same balances
          used by the budget/cash edit program.
PR 173.00 System will provide the ability to view on line and print time scaled bar
          chart (Gantt).
PR 174.00 System will include a Cost Variance Report
PR 175.00 System will include a Schedule Variance Report
PR 176.00 System will include a Variance at Completion Report
PR 177.00 System will include a number of tracts purchased by funding source
          report.
PR 178.00 System will include number of tracts condemned report.
PR 179.00 System will include Amount of relocation report.
PR 180.00 System will allow for reporting on federal fiscal year.
PR 181.00 The system will have the capability to view summary amounts for actual
          cost, commitments, revenue and budgeted amounts summarized by the
          following:
PR 181.01      Project
PR 181.02      Task
PR 181.03      Resource

    RFP Attachment 6.8                                        Project Accounting Requirements                                               PR14
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                           RFI # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                              FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                              10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                            N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                           Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                               Business Requirements                             Response                   Comments                   Modify
PR   181.04      Period-to Date
PR   181.05      Prior Period
PR   181.06      Year-to-Date
PR   181.07      Inception-to-Date
PR   182.00 System will have drill down capabilities for the following:
PR   182.01      Projects
PR   182.02      Task
PR   182.03      Resources
                                  Tennessee Right of Way (TRIS) and
                                      Utility and Railroad (URIS)
PR   183.00 System must support system documentation needs such as:
PR   183.01      Special CAD Drawings (Intergraph and Bentley MicroStation)
PR   183.02      Technical manuals,
PR   183.03      Test Plans
PR   183.04      Procedures
PR   183.05      Instruction data
PR   184.00 System must have the ability to incorporate existing Question and Answer
            data.
PR   185.00 System must have the ability to include digital photography to perform the
            following:
PR   185.01      Capture
PR   185.02      Edit
PR   185.03      Produce output
PR   186.00 System must have the ability to generate automated form letters on
            project data. Generation will be triggered by date incident occurred.
PR   187.00 System must include color coding for status data.
PR   188.00 System must have the ability to provide an audit trail of data entries.
PR   189.00 System must support the following data elements:
PR   189.01      Region
PR   189.02      County1
PR   189.03      County 2
PR   189.04      County 3
PR   189.05      State Route1
PR   189.06      State Route2

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                        Project Accounting Requirements                                               PR15
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                             RFI # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                              10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                              N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                             Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                  Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                Business Requirements                              Response                   Comments                   Modify
PR   189.07      State Route 3
PR   189.08      APR number
PR   189.09      Project Termini (Description)
PR   189.10      Functional to HQ
PR   189.11      Request to HQ
PR   189.12      Request to region
PR   189.13      Prepare Date
PR   189.14      Approval by
PR   189.15      Approval date
PR   189.16      Estimate to HQ
PR   189.17      Estimate to design
PR   189.18      APR estimate notes
PR   189.19      Alternate
PR   189.20      Number of Acres
PR   189.21      Number of Tracts
PR   189.22      Funding Approval amount
PR   189.23      Number of improvements
PR   189.24      Amount of improvements
PR   189.25      Amount of damages
PR   189.26      Total amount of estimate
PR   189.27      Title Staff
PR   189.28      Title Attorney
PR   189.29      Title fee per Tract
PR   189.30      Closing fee per Tract
PR   189.31      Preliminary State project number
PR   189.32      Federal Project number
PR   189.33      Invitation to bid date
PR   189.34      Type (capital or operating)
PR   189.35      Report received date
PR   189.36      Report to engineer date
PR   189.37      Date the report is approved by engineering section
PR   189.38      Date the report is distributed to the appropriate sections
PR   189.39      Notes related to tract title reports
PR   189.40      Date of revisions to title report

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                          Project Accounting Requirements                                               PR16
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                         RFI # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                              10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                         N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                        Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                             Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                            Business Requirements                             Response                   Comments                   Modify
PR 190.00 Resource assignment (e.g., appraisers, condemnation attorneys, design
          consultants, headquarter (HQ) employees, regional employees, project
          consultants, project engineers, project managers)
PR 190.01    Land amount
PR 190.02    Authorized incidentals
PR 190.03    Date of authorized incidentals
PR 190.04    Preliminary group inspection (PGI)
PR 190.05    PGI attendees
PR 190.06    Business Relocations
PR 190.07    Residential Relocations
PR 190.08    Request staking
PR 190.09    Date of staking is completed
PR 190.10    Date for ROW Public meeting
PR 190.11    Recording fee
PR 190.12    Form 44 is sent to HQ
PR 190.13    Form 44 is sent to design
PR 191.00 System should include the following data for Resources:
PR 191.01    Name
PR 191.02    Address
PR 191.03    Contact information
PR 191.04    Resource active or inactive indicator
PR 192.00 System should include the following data for Tracts:
PR 192.01    Tract number
PR 192.02    Sub-tract number (Suffix)
PR 192.03    Tax map
PR 192.04    Tax Group number
PR 192.05    Tax parcel number
PR 192.06    Deed book
PR 192.07    Deed page (page number referencing conveyance instrument)
PR 192.08    Instrument number
PR 192.09    Deed recorded date
PR 192.10    Owner name and address
PR 192.11    Tenant name and address
PR 192.12    Contact information for owner

    RFP Attachment 6.8                                      Project Accounting Requirements                                               PR17
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                           RFI # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                              FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                              10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                            N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                           Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                               Business Requirements                             Response                   Comments                   Modify
PR   192.13    Spouse information for owner
PR   192.14    Contact information for tenant
PR   192.15    Spouse information for tenant
PR   192.16    Environment contaminated indicator
PR   192.17    Underground tanks indicator
PR   192.18    Utility adjustment indicator
PR   192.19    Excess Property indicator
PR   192.20    Donated property indicator
PR   192.21    Access control indicator
PR   192.22    Loss of access indicator
PR   192.23    Impaired access indicator
PR   192.24    Uneconomic remnant indicator
PR   192.25    Residential relocation indicator
PR   192.26    Business relocation indicator
PR   192.27    Owner retains improvements indicator
PR   192.28    Tenant retains improvements indicator
PR   192.29    Appraisals
PR   192.30    Appraisal type
PR   192.31    Notes to appraiser
PR   192.32    Notes or comments
PR   192.33    Staff or fee personnel
PR   192.34    Appraiser classification
PR   192.35    Primary staff reviewer
PR   192.36    Estimated appraisal fees
PR   193.00 System should provide the ability to generate brochure for the appraisal
            contract with the following items:
PR   193.01    Number of copies
PR   193.02    Date due
PR   193.03    Date submitted
PR   193.04    Penalty percentage
PR   193.05    Review due
PR   193.06    Comments
PR   194.00 System should contain the following information on appraisers:
PR   194.01    Name

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                        Project Accounting Requirements                                               PR18
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                           RFI # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                              FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                              10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                            N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                           Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                               Business Requirements                             Response                   Comments                   Modify
PR   194.02    Firm name
PR   194.03    Region
PR   194.04    Sex
PR   194.05    Email
PR   194.06    Appraisal classification
PR   194.07    TDOT approve appraisal indicator
PR   194.08    Certification type
PR   194.09    Vendor Id
PR   194.10    Tax ID
PR   194.11    Qualified minority status
PR   194.12    Address
PR   194.13    Comments
PR   195.00 The system should have the ability to report on the following elements:
PR   195.01    Current approved offer
PR   195.02    Plan Revision
PR   195.03    Fee simple land (original acquisition areas)
PR   195.04    Fee simple land (original approved)
PR   195.05    Permanent drainage easement-original acquisition areas
PR   195.06    Permanent drainage easement-approved compensation
PR   195.07    Slope easement-original acquisition areas
PR   195.08    Slope easement-original approved compensation
PR   195.09    Temporary construction easement-original acquisition areas
PR   195.10    Temporary construction easement-approved compensation
PR   195.11    Improvements-original approved compensation
PR   195.12    Damages-approved compensation
PR   195.13    Estimated fair market value-original approved compensation
PR   195.14    Utility adjustment-original approved compensation
PR   195.15    Grand total-original approved compensation
PR   195.16    Fee simple land-revised acquisition areas
PR   195.17    Fee simple land- revised approved
PR   195.18    Permanent drainage easement-revised acquisition areas
PR   195.19    Permanent drainage easement-revised approved compensation
PR   195.20    Slope easement-revised acquisition areas
PR   195.21    Slope easement-revised approved compensation

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                        Project Accounting Requirements                                               PR19
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                          RFI # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                            FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                               10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                           N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                          Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                               Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                              Business Requirements                             Response                   Comments                   Modify
PR   195.22      Temporary construction easement-revised acquisition areas
PR   195.23      Temporary construction easement-revised compensation
PR   195.24      Improvements-revised approved compensation
PR   195.25      Damages-revised approved compensation
PR   195.26      Estimated fair market value-revised compensation
PR   195.27      Utility adjustment-revised approved compensation
PR   195.28      Grand total-revised approved compensation
PR   195.29      Fee simple land-alternate acquisition areas
PR   195.30      Fee simple land- alternate approved
PR   195.31      Permanent drainage easement-alternate acquisition areas
PR   195.32      Permanent drainage easement-alternate approved compensation
PR   195.33      Slope easement-alternate acquisition areas
PR   195.34      Slope easement-alternate approved compensation
PR   195.35      Temporary construction easement-alternate acquisition areas
PR   195.36      Temporary construction easement-alternate compensation
PR   195.37      Improvements-alternate approved compensation
PR   195.38      Damages-alternate approved compensation
PR   195.39      Estimated fair market value- alternate approved compensation
PR   195.40      Utility adjustment-alternate approved compensation
PR   195.41      Grand total-alternate approved compensation
PR   195.42      Review comments
PR   195.43      Land type
PR   195.44      Unit value of land
PR   195.45      Unit type (e.g., acres, square feet)
PR   195.46      Utility type (e.g., electric, sewer, water)
PR   195.47      Amount of adjustment
PR   195.48      Condemn requests
PR   195.49      Condemn approved
PR   195.50      Petition filed date
PR   195.51      Docket number
PR   195.52      Trial date
PR   195.53      Moving cost paid in court indicator
PR   195.54      Date of order
PR   195.55      Recording book

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                       Project Accounting Requirements                                               PR20
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                          RFI # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                             FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                              10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                           N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                          Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                               Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                              Business Requirements                             Response                   Comments                   Modify
PR   195.56      Recording page
PR   195.57      Instrument number
PR   195.58      Excess land indicator
PR   195.59      Present value of excess land
PR   195.60      Instrument number (number referencing document conveying real
                 property which is used instead of book and page number in some
                 counties)
PR   195.61      Utility type (e.g., electric, sewer, water)
PR   195.62      Amount of adjustment
PR   195.63      Condemn requests
PR   195.64      Condemn approved
PR   195.65      Petition filed date
PR   195.66      Docket number
PR   195.67      Trial date
PR   195.68      Moving cost paid in court indicator
PR   195.69      Date of order
PR   195.70      Estimated fair market value- alternate approved compensation
PR   195.71      Utility adjustment-alternate approved compensation
PR   195.72      Grand total-alternate approved compensation
PR   195.73      Comparable property by relocation agent
PR   195.74      Rent or Sale
PR   195.75      Purchase price
PR   195.76      Rental price
PR   195.77      Average monthly utility cost
PR   195.78      Utilities included in rent indicator
PR   195.79      Age of real property dwelling
PR   195.80      Area (e.g., square feet)
PR   195.81      Lot size
PR   195.82      Number of rooms
PR   195.83      Number of bedrooms
PR   195.84      Number of bathrooms
PR   195.85      Basement indicator
PR   195.86      Garage indicator
PR   195.87      Furnished indicator

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                       Project Accounting Requirements                                               PR21
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                          RFI # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                             FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                              10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                           N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                          Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                               Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                              Business Requirements                             Response                   Comments                   Modify
PR   195.88    State of repair
PR   195.89    Type of air conditioning
PR   195.90    Type of heat
PR   195.91    School zone
PR   195.92    Type of neighborhood (e.g., rural, urban, residential)
PR   195.93    Significant features
PR   195.94    Verification date
PR   195.95    Service request for maintenance
PR   195.96    Service type
PR   195.97    Service date
PR   195.98    Vendor Id
PR   195.99    Rodent control indicator
PR   196.00 System should have the ability to report on the following elements:
PR   196.01    Extent of rodent control text
PR   196.02    Total value of land
PR   196.03    Total value of permanent drainage easements
PR   196.04    Total value of slope easements
PR   196.05    Total value of temporary construction easements
PR   196.06    Total value of improvements
PR   196.07    Total value of damages
PR   196.08    Penalty percentage Total value of penalty
PR   196.09    Nominal payment parcel
PR   196.10    Estimated fair market value of improvement
PR   197.00 System should have the ability to capture the following elements:
PR   197.01    Agent
PR   197.02    Negotiator
PR   197.03    Offer date
PR   197.04    Odder denial reasons
PR   197.05    Closing date
PR   197.06    Agreement to sale
PR   197.07    Uneconomic remnant indicator
PR   197.08    Increases based on type (e.g., improvements, slope easements utility
PR   197.09    Contact history
PR   197.10    Request reason

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                       Project Accounting Requirements                                               PR22
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                          RFI # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                             FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                              10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                           N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                          Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                               Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                              Business Requirements                             Response                   Comments                   Modify
PR 197.11     Reason request was denied
PR 197.12     Requestor's relationship to the excess land
PR 197.13     Service request for maintenance
PR 197.14     Service type
PR 197.15     Service date
PR 197.16     Vendor Id
PR 197.17     Rodent control indicator
PR 197.18     Extent of rodent control text
PR 197.19     Total value of land
PR 197.20     Total value of permanent drainage easements
PR 197.21     Total value of slope easements
PR 197.22     Total value of temporary construction easements
PR 197.23     Total value of improvements
PR 197.24     Total value of damages
PR 197.25     Total value of penalty
PR 197.26     Penalty percentage
PR 197.27     Nominal payment parcel
PR 197.28     Estimated fair market value of improvement
PR 197.29     Mortgage indictor
PR 197.30     Mortgage holder
PR 197.31     Months remaining on mortgage
PR 197.32     Interest rate on mortgage
PR 197.33     Landlord
PR 197.34     Landlord contact information
PR 197.35     Business income (relocation data)
PR 197.36     License or permits (relocation data)
PR 197.37     Relocation preferences
PR 197.38     Salvage value
PR 197.39     Disposal method
PR 197.37     Actual move distance
PR 197.38     incidental move costs (e.g. replacing stationary, replacing signs)
PR 198.00 The system should support the following elements for in-house move
          estimates:
PR 198.01     Number of staff to pack

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                       Project Accounting Requirements                                               PR23
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                RFI # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                 N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                     Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                               Response                   Comments                   Modify
PR   198.02     Number of hours to pack
PR   198.03     System calculated number of staff hours
PR   198.04     Hourly rate
PR   198.05     Number of miles to move
PR   198.06     Fuel cost
PR   198.07     Equipment costs
PR   198.08     Packing material cost permit
PR   198.09     Quantity of packing material
PR   198.10     Cost of packing material (calculated)
PR   199.00 System should have the following data elements for transfers and
            insurance costs:
PR   199.01     Fee for transfer for multiple types of service (e.g., cable, electric, gas,
PR   199.02     Relocation preferences
PR   199.03     Insurance cost
PR   199.04     Disposal method
PR   200.00 The system should support the following elements for replacement
            housing calculations:
PR   200.01     Fair market value
PR   200.02     Total adjustments
PR   200.03     Base for replacement housing computation
PR   200.04     Purchase price
PR   201.00 System should have the following data elements:
PR   201.01     Corporate address
PR   201.02     State share of costs
PR   201.03     Federal share of cost
PR   201.04     Railroad name
PR   201.05     Railroad agreement
PR   201.06     Railroad city, state
PR   201.07     Railroad contacts
PR   201.08     Railroad crossings
PR   201.09     Picture of railroad crossing
PR   201.10     Cross street
PR   201.11     Railroad Milepost
PR   201.12     Log mile

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                           Project Accounting Requirements                                                 PR24
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                              RFI # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                              10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                               N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                              Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                                   Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                 Business Requirements                              Response                   Comments                   Modify
PR   201.13      GPS1 (data field corresponds to GIS information
PR   201.14      GPS2 (data field corresponds to GIS information
PR   201.15      GPS3 (data field corresponds to GIS information
PR   201.16      GPS4 (data field corresponds to GIS information
PR   201.17      Lights and signal plan
PR   201.18      Disposal method
PR   202.00   System should track the following by color coded/symbolic icon for the
PR   202.01      Project
PR   202.02      Tract
PR   202.03      Utility
PR   203.00   System will track project milestone dates.
PR   204.00   System will track project data elements.
PR   205.00   System will contain project information including comments and remarks.

PR   206.00   System will support the following calculations from data elements:
PR   206.01      Property values
PR   206.02      Estimate costs
PR   206.03      Contract costs
PR   206.04      Ethnicity percentages (Title 6 statistics)
PR   207.00   System will support the ability to view and retrieve the following:
PR   207.01      Photographs
PR   207.02      Scanned documents
PR   207.03      CADD drawings
PR   207.04      Notes to project data
PR   208.00   System will provide rolodex capabilities for contacts.
PR   209.00   System will have the ability to generate the following using trigger dates:

PR   209.01    Forms
PR   209.02    Letters
PR   209.03    Reports
PR   209.04    E-mails
PR   210.00 System will have the ability to generate standard reports.
PR   211.00 System will have the ability to generate ad hoc reports on request.
PR   212.00 System will interface to TDOT project management system (PPRM).

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                           Project Accounting Requirements                                               PR25
    State of Tennessee                                                                                                          RFI # 317.03-134
    Project Edison
                                           FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                               10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                          N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                         Q = Custom Report/Inquiry

 Reference                                                                              Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                             Business Requirements                             Response                   Comments                   Modify
PR 213.00 System will interface to TDOT Tennessee Roadway Information
          Management System (TRIMS).
PR 214.00 System will support GIS data link.
PR 215.00 System will support GIS searches by Boolean operations.
PR 216.00 System will support archiving of non-active data.
PR 217.00 System will have the capability for drop down list entries.
PR 218.00 System will support validity edits.
PR 219.00 System will support history of revisions.
PR 220.00 System will support processing of revision requests using CADD redline
          editing.
PR 221.00 System will provide segregated user access for the following:
PR 221.01     Entry
PR 221.02     View
PR 221.03     Proprietary information
PR 222.00 System will provide an audit trail for data entry.
PR 223.00 System will support remote access.
PR 224.00 System will support remote briefcase access (laptop, PDA)
PR 225.00 System will provide the following for maintenance tables:
PR 225.01     Drop down lists
PR 225.02     Standard data entry types which are accesses by permitted users
PR 226.00 System will support Microsoft (Word and Excel) document structure forms
          for editing.
PR 227.00 System will support defined access to the Microsoft (Word and Excel)
          document structure and output forms for editing.
PR 228.00 System will support Microsoft (Word and Excel) output document structure
          forms for editing.




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                       Project Accounting Requirements                                               PR26
State of Tennessee                                                                                                    RFP 317.03-134
Project Edison
                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                            10/21/05




                                                           Purchasing

                This module enables the State to procure goods and services by a variety of methods. In
                addition, purchasing contains a central repository of standardized items/commodity codes and
                vendors that can be accessed across the State to facilitate the ability to order goods and
                services. This section includes the following functions:

                        Purchase Requisitions
                        Solicitations
                        Contract Administration
                        Purchase Orders
                        Goods Receipt
                        Catalog Management
                        Vendor Maintenance
                        Commodity Maintenance
                        e-Procurement


                Additional Information:

                        Goods and services procurements includes services acquired through the Request For
                         Proposal (RFP) process, leases, land, buildings and other professional services as well as
                         commodities acquired through the Invitation To Bid (ITB) process.




RFP Attachment 6.8                                           Introduction                                                         ii
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                  RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                  10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                   N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                  Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                       Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                 Response                   Comments                   Modify
                                    Purchasing General Requirements
PU 1.00         System shall process the following types of purchases in accordance with
                State policy:
PU 1.01            Commodities and services under State contract/agreement (e.g.,
                   Statewide Term Contracts, Agency Term Contracts, One-time
                   Purchases, Informal Bids, etc.)
PU   1.02          Competitive sealed bids
PU   1.03          Non-competitive bids
PU   1.04          Reverse auctions
PU   1.05          Proprietary or sole source procurements
PU   1.06          Non-Competitive Negotiation
PU   1.07          Competitive negotiation
PU   1.08          Alternative Procurement Method
PU   1.09          Emergency procurements
PU   1.10          Cooperative Purchase Agreements
PU   1.11          Multiple listings
PU   1.12          Memberships
PU   1.13          Subscriptions and Dues (optional)
PU   1.14          Agency Term contracts
PU   1.15          Issuing goods from State inventory
PU   1.16          Professional and consulting services contracts
PU   1.17          Procurement cards (P-cards) -- (State's Payment Card)
PU   1.18          Delegated Authority for Bid
PU   1.19          Delegated Grant Authority
PU   1.20          Delegated Loan Authority
PU   1.21          Special purchases (Handicapped, Corrections, etc.)
PU   1.22          Requests for Information (RFI)
PU   1.23          Requests for Qualification (RFQ)
PU   1.24          Requests for Grant Proposals (RFGP)
PU   1.25          Invitation to Bid (ITB)
PU   1.26          Requests for Proposals (RFP)
PU   1.27          Multi-Vendor Approach

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                               Purchasing Requirements                                                         PU1
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                      RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                   FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                       N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                      Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                           Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                                    Response                   Comments                   Modify
PU 1.28            Interagency
PU 1.29            Multi-step (i.e., evaluate technical offers and select those qualified to
                   bid)
PU   1.30          Revenue Generating Contracts
PU   1.31          Leased Space
PU   1.32          Leased Land
PU   1.33          State Building Commission Purchases (Land & Buildings)
PU   1.34          Energy Savings (Where State Doesn't Make Payments)
PU   1.35          Grants
PU   1.36          MOA - Memorandum of Agreement
PU   1.37          Delegated (Local purchases)
PU   1.38          Perishable foods
PU   1.39          Petroleum products
PU   1.40          Research projects
PU   1.41          Leases (equipment, not space)
PU   1.42          Publications
PU   2.00       System should allow for user-defined codes, which should be assigned to
                any transaction type and carried forward thereafter. Codes should be
                used to distinguish different types of purchases (i.e., emergency, sole
                source, etc.).
PU   3.00       System shall be able to create and maintain information relating to:
PU   3.01          Requisitions
PU   3.02          Solicitations
PU   3.03              Solicitation preparation
PU   3.04              Vendor bid list creation and maintenance (including subset of
                       qualified small and minority-owned subcontractors)
PU   3.05              Electronic posting and distribution (electronically by system)
PU   3.06              Electronic bid receipt, including alternate bid.
PU   3.07              Response tabulation (fed by election receipt)
PU   3.08              Award notification
PU   3.09          PO / Contract
PU   3.10              Requisition to solicitation to PO

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                   Purchasing Requirements                                                         PU2
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                        RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                    FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                     10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                         N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                        Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                             Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                    Business Requirements                                     Response                   Comments                   Modify
PU 3.11                  Requisition to contract or PO
PU 3.12                  Solicitation to contract or PO (no requisition --optional; subject to
                         proper authorizations])
PU 3.13                  PO to Contract (release against contract)
PU 3.14                  PO or Contract (without requisition or solicitation)
PU 3.15              Goods receipt, shipment notification, returns, quarantines, and
                     shipment cancellations
PU 3.16              Invoice receipt
PU 3.17              Matching (2-way: PO and Invoice; 3-way: PO, Invoice and
                     Goods/Services Receipt; or evaluated receipt settlement)
PU 4.00         System should provide self-service vendor registration and data
                maintenance functionality in compliance with oversight agencies that is
                fully integrated with the system.
PU 5.00         System should maintain a calendar that includes weekends and holidays
                (State and national), which should be used for scheduling purposes.

PU 6.00         System should not allow scheduling to fall on weekends or holidays.
PU 7.00         System should provide the ability to skip to the next bid opening date, from
                the initially scheduled date, based on a calculation that takes into account
                (1) number of line items to be opened, and (2) number of vendors
                expected to respond.
PU 8.00         System shall provide different procurement functionality depending on the
                transaction type. (e.g., each type of PO requires a different type of process
                and levels of approvals, dependant upon user-defined parameters such as
                $ value and commodity type).
PU 9.00         System shall maintain detailed history of, and provide the ability to
                display/print online, all purchasing activity including, but not limited to:
PU   9.01           Requisitions
PU   9.02           Solicitations and responses
PU   9.03           Purchase Orders
PU   9.04           PO Change Notices
PU   9.05           Notes screens

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                     Purchasing Requirements                                                         PU3
   State of Tennessee                                                                                                                     RFP # 317.03-134
   Project Edison
                                                 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                    N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                   Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                        Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                 Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
PU 9.06            Contracts
PU 9.07            Receiver information by vendor, commodity and agency (by date, user,
                   and time)
PU 10.00       System should provide an online calculation tool that should be used to
               insert a calculated value into a numeric value field.
PU 11.00       System should have a commodity-specifications database that provides
               the following features:
PU 11.01           Is viewable by all authorized users
PU 11.02           Allows authorized users to add, change, or delete specifications
PU 11.03           Retains the exact bid specifications and any addendums (changes) to
                   specifications that are distributed to vendors
PU 11.04           Prevents any further changes to bid specifications after a user-defined
                   point in time. Thereafter, changes can only be made by certain
                   authorized users.
PU 11.05           Provides the ability to develop and store product-comparison charts
                   (specifications) that present different specifications side by side

PU 11.06           Provides the ability for vendors to enter the specifications of their
                   products via the Internet
PU 12.00       System provide the ability to set and alter delegated purchasing authority
               limits in the system by agency.
PU 13.00       System provides the ability for users to enter notes on each type of
               purchasing transaction (e.g., requisition, solicitation, PO, etc.), and the
               notes functionality includes the following:
PU 13.01           Security can be set so that only the creator of the note can change the
                   note
PU 13.02           Notes become "frozen" (i.e., cannot be edited) after a user-defined
                   period of time (e.g., three days)
PU 13.03           Each note is date and time stamped and the creator/editor is indicated

PU 13.04           Notes should be kept in chronological order



    RFP Attachment 6.8                                                 Purchasing Requirements                                                         PU4
   State of Tennessee                                                                                                                        RFP # 317.03-134
   Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                     10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                       N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                      Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                           Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                                    Response                   Comments                   Modify
PU 13.05           Notes should be printed on-demand on any printer to which the user
                   has access (local or networked)
PU 13.06           Printing should be for all of a transaction's notes or a selected note(s)

PU 14.00       System should be commodity-code-driven (based on the State's
               commodity code structure), coded to the 3rd, 5th, and 11th digit.
PU 15.00       System shall provide for full integration between all application
               components, including online transactions and Internet-based
               functionality.
PU 16.00       System shall provide for the updating/changing of any common data
               element occurs only once, and is carried forward and reflected throughout
               all components (e.g. Data entered on requisition is carried forward to the
               solicitation, PO, etc).
PU 17.00       System should maintain and display/print version and revision history.
PU 18.00       System must provide ability to treat each State agency as a separate
               entity (e.g., restrict agencies from posting to other agencies and viewing
               data, etc. without authorization).
PU 19.00       System must provide Statewide, consolidated querying/reporting from a
               data repository.
PU 20.00       System should provide ability to accommodate decentralized purchasing
               functions within an agency and track procurements accordingly.

PU 21.00       System must provide ability to track progress of multiple user-defined
               procurement transactions at different stages within a procurement
               transaction (i.e., track progress from Requisition to Solicitation to P.O. to
               Receipt to Invoice to Payment).
PU 22.00       System provides the option to automatically assign a sequential number,
               with or without a user-defined prefix and/or suffix, to each type of
               procurement transaction.
PU 23.00       Purchasing transaction numbering system should be user defined (alpha-
               numeric).



    RFP Attachment 6.8                                                    Purchasing Requirements                                                         PU5
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                   RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                    N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                   Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                        Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                  Response                   Comments                   Modify
PU 24.00        System should default vendor information from the vendor master file
                when choosing a vendor on purchasing documents. System should
                permit certain fields to be overwritten based on system admin-defined
                settings.
PU 25.00        System should allow for unlimited standard and free form
                comments/messages at the header, line-item, and footer level for all
                purchasing documents.
PU 26.00        System provides the ability to designate comments as private (unable to
                be seen by the vendor) is required. Formatting options should be included
                (spell check, bullets, numbering, etc)
PU 27.00        System should provide ability to attach and retrieve multiple files to all
                purchasing documents and carry forward files to subsequent purchasing
                documents:
PU   27.01          Scanned images
PU   27.02          PDF files
PU   27.03          Word processing documents
PU   27.04          Spreadsheets
PU   27.05          CAD
PU   27.06          Sound Files
PU   27.07          Video Files
PU   27.08          Graphics Files
PU   27.09          Purchasing documents include, but are not limited to:
PU   27.10              Requisitions
PU   27.11              Solicitations and addendums
PU   27.12              Solicitation responses
PU   27.13              Purchase Orders/PO change notices
PU   27.14              Contracts/Work Orders
PU   27.15              Receiving Documents
PU   27.16              Invoices
PU   27.17              Credit Memo
PU   27.18              Voucher Requests
PU   27.19              Performance/Surety Bonds/Letters of Credit

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                Purchasing Requirements                                                         PU6
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                      RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                   FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                       N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                      Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                           Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                                    Response                   Comments                   Modify
PU 28.00        System should provide ability to copy one or multiple lines of field values
                to the next/subsequent line(s) and change one or more field value
                elements when using input screens for all purchasing documents.
PU 29.00        System provides the ability to create a new purchasing document (i.e.,
                requisition, PO, etc.) from a previously created purchasing document.
PU 30.00        System should provide ability to establish repetitive transactions and
                transaction templates (requisitions, solicitations, purchase orders, etc.)

PU 31.00        System should provide the ability to save and flag (on hold) incomplete
                and/or complete purchasing documents (requisitions, solicitation, bid
                responses, PO, receipt, etc).
PU 32.00        System should provide the ability to specify a formula to be used in
                calculating the cost of a re-award resulting from a debarment. Examples
                of the types of variable to be included in the formula follow:
PU   32.01          Buyers' labor distribution
PU   32.02          Transaction cost standards
PU   32.03          Difference in price vs. next lowest bid
PU   32.04          Other user defined formulas as needed
PU   33.00      System should provide a way to flag each procurement document that will
                keep the flagged document from being inadvertently posted in the
                Internet.
PU 34.00        System should provide the ability to monitor and display/report
                measures/indicators of Buyer performance. For example, view Buyer
                workload, view details of procurement on which the Buyer is running
                behind schedule, etc.
                                                   Workflow
                          (also see Workflow section in General Requirements)
PU 35.00        Workflow tools should be available for the following types of transactions
                (but not limited to):
PU 35.01            Requisitions
PU 35.02            Solicitations and addendums
PU 35.03            Purchase Orders/PO change notices

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                   Purchasing Requirements                                                         PU7
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                    RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                     N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                    Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                         Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                                  Response                   Comments                   Modify
PU   35.04           Contracts/Work Orders
PU   35.05           Receiving Documents
PU   35.06           Invoices
PU   35.07           Credit Memo
PU   35.08           Voucher Requests
PU   36.00      Workflow rules should be based on the following (but not limited to):
PU   36.01           Dollar thresholds
PU   36.02           Transaction types
PU   36.03           Commodity Code
PU   36.04           Cost Center
PU   36.05           Object of Expense
PU   36.06           Agency
PU   36.07           Program Code
PU   37.00      System should provide the ability to generate approval paths for the
                following special approval types:
PU 37.01             Obtain additional approvals when dollar limitations have been
                     exceeded
PU   37.02           High Tech purchases
PU   37.03           Single source purchases
PU   37.04           Acceptance of one-bid
PU   37.05           Other than low-bid awards
PU   37.06           Proprietary purchases
PU   37.07           DPAs (delegated purchasing authority) from bid
PU   37.08           Multi-year contracts
PU   37.09           Used equipment purchases
PU   37.10           Trade-ins
PU   37.11           Used equipment
PU   37.12           Price increases
PU   37.13           Amendments to and withdrawals of bids
PU   37.14           Communication equipment purchases
PU   37.15           Multi-step bidding process
PU   37.16           Special delegation on informal bids

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                 Purchasing Requirements                                                         PU8
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                     RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                      N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                     Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                          Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
PU   37.17          Term contracts
PU   37.18          Bid errors (including overages or lack of funds)
PU   37.19          Exceptions to terms
PU   37.20          Re-advertisements
PU   37.21          Extensions
PU   37.22          Construction Contracts
PU   37.23          Design Contracts
PU   37.24          Consultant (State Building Commission) Contracts
PU   37.25          Non-Competitive Negotiation purchases
PU   37.26          Competitive negotiation purchases
PU   37.27          Alternative Procurement Method purchases
PU   38.00      System should provide the ability to have user-defined events trigger the
                routing of forms to be completed and/or the sending of electronic internal
                notices (most will be mailed/emailed to vendors). Examples include:

PU 38.01            Provisional Rejection letters that get generated when an error is
                    detected in a vendor's responses (e.g., did not initial a handwritten
                    modification, committed a mathematical error, etc.)
PU 38.02            Letters to notify vendors that their registration attempts were
                    successful or unsuccessful (assuming the registration was not
                    performed online)
PU 38.03            Letters to notify vendors (excluding small and minority-owned
                    businesses) that they are being removed from a specific bid list
                    (commodity code) or email listing after three consecutive "no
                    responses" to bids sent to them
PU 38.04            A letter to a vendor is generated and an internal notice is sent when an
                    invalid email address is detected when correspondence is sent to a
                    vendor via email.
PU 39.00        System provides the ability to make changes to purchasing documents
                that result in new approval paths (e.g., changing the type of procurement)
                without losing the relevant approvals that have already been granted, or
                starting over from scratch.

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                  Purchasing Requirements                                                         PU9
   State of Tennessee                                                                                                                       RFP # 317.03-134
   Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                      N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                     Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                          Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                    Response                   Comments                   Modify
                                        Vendor Data / Maintenance
PU 40.00       System shall provide a self-service vendor registration function via the
               Internet that is completely integrated with the system and allows the
               vendor to establish a secured account requiring a user ID and password to
               access.
PU 41.00       System shall provide a self-service vendor registration function via the
               Internet that is completely integrated with the system, which accepts credit
               card payments or places the registration in suspense until State approval
               is granted.
PU 42.00       System should provide the ability to check to see whether a vendor that is
               registering electronically is already registered under another name and is
               debarred (e.g., check Vendor ID Number, Social Security Number, etc.)

PU 43.00       System should provide the ability for vendors to download registration
               forms from the Internet to be printed, completed, and then mailed to the
               State.
PU 44.00       System should provide the ability for vendors to view registration
               instructions and complete system commodity listing (view and search) via
               the Internet using secured accounts.
PU 45.00       Vendor registration function shall include general registration, as well as
               ability to register for specific vendor designations, which require approvals,
               as well as complete applications online.
PU 46.00       System should provide the ability to automatically direct the applicant to
               specific websites where additional forms and instructions are available
               (e.g., GO-DBE).
PU 47.00       System enables vendors to search to see if they are already registered
               and provide information regarding their current status, as well as other
               specified information in their profile.
PU 48.00       System should provide the ability to automatically send a vendor a
               registration confirmation by email, or generate a confirmation letter if there
               is no email address or an invalid email address in the vendor's profile.


    RFP Attachment 6.8                                                   Purchasing Requirements                                                        PU10
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                      RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                   FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                       N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                      Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                           Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                                    Response                   Comments                   Modify
PU 49.00        System allows the confirmation to include the commodity code(s) for
                which the vendor has registered.
PU 50.00        If a vendor application is returned to the vendor for additional information,
                the system should provide the ability to track the process: information
                needed, date the application was sent, returned, and accepted.

PU 51.00        System shall provide ability to detect duplicate vendor information based
                on multiple criteria (e.g., FEIN, SSN, DUNS, address, etc.), with
                appropriate security.
PU 52.00        The system should provide one Vendor database with two views or the
                data, with posting and inquiry capabilities controlled by security: (1) the
                Purchasing view, and(2) the Accounts Payable view.
PU 53.00        The vendor file should include the following information (access to
                information should be based on security):
PU   53.01          Vendor number / mail code
PU   53.02          Prior vendor number
PU   53.03          Vendor name
PU   53.04          Vendor status (active, inactive, on hold, debarred, etc.)
PU   53.05          Date debarred
PU   53.06          Date debarred vendor eligible for reinstatement
PU   53.07          Agencies for which vendor is debarred (multiple)
PU   53.08          Departments for which the vendor is debarred (multiple)
PU   53.09          Geographies in which the vendor is debarred (multiple)
PU   53.10          Commodities for which vendor is debarred (multiple)
PU   53.11          Registration valid date on
PU   53.12          Registration valid date off
PU   53.13          Registration reinstatement date
PU   53.14          Federal tax ID number
PU   53.15          DUNS Number
PU   53.16          System should provide for at least five levels of vendor contacts:
PU   53.17              Contact name
PU   53.18              Contact title

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                   Purchasing Requirements                                                        PU11
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                   RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                    N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                   Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                        Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                  Response                   Comments                   Modify
PU   53.19              Contact designation (accounting, sales, etc)
PU   53.20              Contact email address
PU   53.21              Multiple contact phone numbers (office, cell, fax)
PU   53.22              Comment
PU   53.23              Emergency contact person identifier (optional when vendor
                        registers)
PU   53.24          Address type (ordering, remittance, etc.)
PU   53.25          Physical address
PU   53.26          Mailing address (should handle foreign addresses)
PU   53.27          Address specific fields:
PU   53.28              Mailcode address
PU   53.29              Mailcode City
PU   53.30              Mailcode County
PU   53.31              Mailcode State
PU   53.32              Mailcode Country
PU   53.33              Mailcode Zip+4
PU   53.34              Mailcode Status
PU   53.35          State where vendor headquarter is located
PU   53.36          State where vendor is incorporated
PU   53.37          Permanent staffed office in Tennessee (yes/no)
PU   53.38          E-mail address
PU   53.39          Website address
PU   53.40          Bank Transit Code (ABA/Routing number)
PU   53.41          Bank Account Number
PU   53.42          Bank Name
PU   53.43          Direct Deposit Status/EFT Status
PU   53.44          Credit card flag (yes/no)
PU   53.45          Hold Reason and Hold Source (agency level)
PU   53.46          Business Description
PU   53.47          Ownership Type/Business Structure
PU   53.48          Small and Minority-owned information.
PU   53.49              Small or Minority-owned status

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                Purchasing Requirements                                                        PU12
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                      RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                    FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                       N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                      Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                           Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                     Business Requirements                                  Response                   Comments                   Modify
PU   53.50                Ethnicity
PU   53.51                Gender
PU   53.52                Contact information (four occurrences)
PU   53.53                   Name
PU   53.54                   Title
PU   53.55                   Gender
PU   53.56                   Ethnicity
PU   53.57                Application received date
PU   53.58                Application complete date
PU   53.59                Approval date
PU   53.60                Scheduled expiration date
PU   53.61                Inactivation date
PU   53.62                Certificate date
PU   53.63                Business structure code
PU   53.64                Small or Minority-owned audit information (multiple occurrences)
PU   53.65                   Audit Occurrence (number of audits)
PU   53.66                   Audit Type
PU   53.67                   Reason for audit (description field)
PU   53.68                   Auditor
PU   53.69                   Initiated audit date
PU   53.70                   Date received by auditor
PU   53.71                   Notification date
PU   53.72                   Onsite date
PU   53.73                   Appeal date
PU   53.74                   Determination date
PU   53.75                   Closed audit date
PU   53.76                   Reason Codes
PU   53.77                   Comment field
PU   53.78                   Small/Minority/Women-owned Ownership Information
PU   53.79                        Name
PU   53.80                        Title
PU   53.81                        SSN / FEIN

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                   Purchasing Requirements                                                        PU13
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                         RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                     FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                     10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                          N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                         Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                              Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                     Business Requirements                                     Response                   Comments                   Modify
PU   53.82                    Percent of ownership
PU   53.83                    Authorized signature
PU   53.84                    Veteran status
PU   53.85                Small and Minority-owned Graduation Information (multiple
                          occurrences)
PU   53.86                    Calendar year (4 digit)
PU   53.87                    Category Code (2 digit)
PU   53.88                    North American Industry System Codes (NAISC)
PU   53.89                    Gross receipts
PU   53.90                    Total number of employees
PU   53.91                    Threshold flag
PU   53.92          Commodity class and items serviced by vendor
PU   53.93          Non-resident bidders status
PU   53.94          Geographic Designation (County, State Highway District, Zone, other)

PU 53.95            User-defined vendor type fields (at least 2) - for future reporting needs

PU 53.96            In addition to items listed, multiple occurrences of the items listed
                    below:
PU 53.97                Certification (i.e., certified orientation and mobility instructors), in
                        multiple
PU 53.98                Approved Trainer
PU 53.99                License (i.e., Medical License), in multiple
PU 54.00            Payment terms -- default to State standard with the ability to override
                    with the proper authority
PU   54.01          Vendor 1099 indicator
PU   54.02          Vendor withholding status
PU   54.03          Source of record/file (if provided by other public entity)
PU   55.00      System should permit multiple addresses to be assigned to a specific
                address type for a specific vendor (e.g., multiple ordering addresses;
                invoice addresses, etc.).



     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                      Purchasing Requirements                                                        PU14
   State of Tennessee                                                                                                                     RFP # 317.03-134
   Project Edison
                                                FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                    N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                   Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                        Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                 Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
PU 56.00       System should provide notices to vendors a user-specified number of
               days prior to registration expiration and after expiration.
PU 57.00       System should provide ability to search for a vendor using multiple search
               criteria such as by commodity code/number/description, small and
               minority-owned, and by vendor number/name.
PU 58.00       System should default vendor information from the vendor master file
               when choosing a vendor on a purchasing document (i.e., requisitions,
               solicitations, purchase orders, etc.).
PU 59.00       System should permit certain fields to be overwritten based on system
               admin-defined settings.
PU 60.00       System should provide ability to automatically carry forward vendor
               information to the next transaction (i.e., requisition to PO and PO to
               invoice), optional on requisition (vendor should be able to be changed on
               subsequent documents, except invoice).
PU 61.00       System should track vendor history, to include date added or inactivated
               and reason.
PU 62.00       System should deactivate vendor from vendor listing by date with reason.
               Historical data should be retained.
PU 63.00       Vendor numbers (numeric and alphanumeric) should be system
               generated or assigned manually based on system administrator-defined
               parameters.
PU 64.00       System should provide ability to search vendor files from within
               purchasing processes (i.e., requisition, purchase order, etc.).
PU 65.00       Users with authorized security should have the ability to add, change or
               deactivate vendor master file records.
PU 66.00       System should maintain an on-line audit trail of changes to the vendor
               master file.
PU 67.00       System provides the ability to maintain vendor history when vendor name
               is changed.
PU 68.00       System provides the ability to track invalid registrations and vendor re-
               registrations.



    RFP Attachment 6.8                                                 Purchasing Requirements                                                        PU15
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                     RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                      N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                     Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                          Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
PU 69.00        System should provide ability to track vendor name changes and cross-
                reference to history.
PU 70.00        System should provide ability to track changes in vendor numbers and
                retain cross-reference history.
PU 71.00        System should maintain a online history of vendor transactions by month,
                quarter, fiscal and calendar year, inception to date, etc.
PU 72.00        A new vendor should be added or maintenance should be performed
                without leaving a related process (e.g., accounts payable), with proper
                authority.
PU 73.00        System should provide ability to block purchasing transactions to vendors
                based on user-defined status code (e.g., debarred, inactivity, etc.) for:

PU   73.01          All commodities or specified commodities
PU   73.02          All agencies/departments or specified agencies/departments
PU   73.03          All geographies or specified geographies
PU   73.04          A specified period of time -- an electronic notification can be sent when
                    the period has ended
PU 74.00        System provides the ability to store information regarding debarred
                vendors
PU 75.00        System should allow the selective archiving of vendors by user-defined
                criteria.
PU 76.00        System should provide ability to enter and process net and discount
                payment terms.
PU 77.00        System should provide ability to track and report on payments made to a
                vendor by date, contract number, agency, etc.
                                            Vendor Performance
PU 78.00        System should provide the ability to track contacts with problem vendors
                (phone calls, written contacts regarding problem orders/deliver of goods
                and services)
PU 79.00        System should provide a robust complaint-tracking process that includes:

PU 79.01            Description of the problem/complaint

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                  Purchasing Requirements                                                        PU16
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                    RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                     N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                    Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                         Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
PU 79.02            History (including content) of all related correspondence
PU 79.03            System-generated email message or form letter (if no email address
                    or invalid email address) to be sent to vendor
PU   79.04          Vendor response
PU   79.05          Resolution
PU   79.06          Date of Complaint
PU   79.07          Actual delivery date gets compared to contractual delivery date and
                    vendor-performance statistics are updated accordingly
PU 80.00        System should provide ability to track and to report/inquire on vendor
                performance including delivery, returns, fill rate, price adjustments,
                payment history, complaints and resolution, and specific solicitations
                downloaded.
PU 81.00        System should provide ability for agencies to manually enter vendor
                performance data online. Manually entered data should be reviewed and
                approved by authorized personnel.
PU 82.00        System should provide the ability to compute and apply scores to all
                orders issued through the system.
PU 83.00        Vendor performance fields that should be tracked and displayed/printed in
                the system include:
PU 83.01            Commodity order count
PU 83.02            Service order count
PU 83.03            Commodity performance score (able to drill-down on score to view
                    details or score)
PU 83.04            Service performance score (able to drill-down on score to view details
                    or score)
PU 83.05            Commodity delivery score (able to drill-down on score to view details
                    or score)
PU 83.06            Service delivery score (able to drill-down on score to view details or
                    score)
                                        Agency Data / Maintenance




     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                 Purchasing Requirements                                                        PU17
   State of Tennessee                                                                                                                    RFP # 317.03-134
   Project Edison
                                                FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                   N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                  Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                       Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                 Business Requirements                                  Response                   Comments                   Modify
PU 84.00       Each agency should be uniquely identified and key purchasing, workflow,
               and accounting treatments (interfaces) should be defined by agency.

PU 85.00       System should provide the ability to add new users electronically, with
               proper security.
PU 86.00       System should provide the ability for certain users to have system-wide
               access and be responsible for overall system administration.
PU 87.00       System should allow agencies to maintain organizational structure and
               user assignments within that structure.
PU 88.00       Workflow routing and procurement document processing should be able
               to route documents to other agencies.
PU 89.00       Agency controlled user profiles should be used to specify key processes
               (e.g., interfacing with agency accounting system, sourcing rules).

PU 90.00       System should provide for bill-to and ship-to codes which should be
               assigned to procurement documents, defaulting the full address
               information.
PU 91.00       System should provided the ability for multiple bill-to and ship-to
               addresses to be maintained at the agency level and default to appropriate
               procurement documents based on the user profile.
PU 92.00       System should provide the ability to process procurement activity for
               multiple agencies and include the ability to set different operator
               abilities/parameters based on the agency for which the user is taking
               action (controlled through security).
PU 93.00       System should provide the ability to define Buyers at the agency and sub-
               agency level with ability to designate a buyer to certain groupings of
               commodities or organizational structure.
                                     Commodity Data / Maintenance
PU 94.00       System should provide the ability for authorized parties to document
               additional commodity specifications and/or comments, and attach at the
               3rd, 5th, and 11th digit level.


    RFP Attachment 6.8                                                Purchasing Requirements                                                        PU18
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                     RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                      N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                     Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                          Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
PU 95.00        System should provide ability for authorized users to add and associate
                key words in addition to the search strings within the commodity file. Key
                words added should subsequently be used in commodity searches.

PU 96.00        System should provide ability to select a commodity and have system list
                all providers of that commodity, whether the provider is a term contract or
                other agreement vendor or not.
PU 97.00        If the vendor is an agreement vendor, system should provide ability to list
                all agreements with that vendor and to drill-down on the agreements to
                see exactly what items are included, along with the specifics of each of the
                items that are included.
PU   98.00      Commodity file should contain the following data items at a minimum:
PU   98.01           Commodity code - first five digits required, full 11 digit capable
PU   98.02           Cross-references to previous commodity codes
PU   98.03           Key words
PU   98.04           Long description
PU   98.05           Short description
PU   98.06           Comments field
PU   98.07           Source indicator (e.g., contract, specific inventory)
PU   99.00      System should provide the ability to cross-reference the State's
                commodity code structure to the UNSPSC structure.
PU 100.00       Users with authorized security should have the ability to add, change,
                deactivate commodity file records.
PU 101.00       System should maintain an on-line audit trail of changes to the commodity
                master file.
PU 102.00       System should provide a statewide shared commodity file.
PU 103.00       System should track and display/print all purchase transactions for any
                commodity, by agency, for a specified date range.
                                   Contract / Agreement Administration
PU 104.00       System should convert awarded bid to approved contract, once approved
                and fully executed.
PU 105.00       System should create and track multiple contracts types.

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                  Purchasing Requirements                                                        PU19
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                              FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                 N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                     Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                               Business Requirements                                  Response                   Comments                   Modify
PU 106.00 System should track the number of contract renewals (total, exercised,
          remaining).
PU 107.00 System should track the total number of dollars authorized, used, and
          available for the entire contract term (including amendments for increases
          and decreases).
PU 108.00 System should automatically generate user-defined contract releases
          (based on dates, dollar amounts, and quantities).
PU 109.00 System should encumber contracts or contract releases per line item and
          also assign accounting data.
PU 110.00 System should provide ability to track multiple encumbrances, receipts,
          and payments against a single contract at the line item level.
PU 111.00 System should provide ability to track multiple releases against a single
          encumbrance.
PU 112.00 System should allow multiple contracts per vendor, multiple commodities
          or services per contract and multiple dates or option years/periods.

PU 113.00 System should provide ability to drill-down on the contract/agreement to
          see exactly what items are included in the contract/agreement and to view
          the specifics of each item.
PU 114.00 System should provide ability to attach electronic documents to a contract.

PU 115.00 System should provide the ability for users to review and print contract text
          and all attachments from within the application.
PU 116.00 System should provide ability to track multiple sub-contractors that will
          provide goods or services for a prime vendor at the contract line level and
          include small and minority-owned business status and dollar amount.

PU   117.00 System should allow for contract tracking by:
PU   117.01    Contract number
PU   117.02    Vendor
PU   117.03    Date (starting, ending, and order)
PU   117.04    Quantity (authorized, used, and available) by FY

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                             Purchasing Requirements                                                        PU20
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                               RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                             FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                               Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                    Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                              Business Requirements                                  Response                   Comments                   Modify
PU 117.05     Dollars (authorized, used, and available) by FY
PU 117.06     Contract status
PU 117.07     Commodity codes
PU 117.08     Class and Item (State's code to the 5th digit)
PU 117.09     Accounting data elements at a sub line-item level
PU 117.10     Renewals (authorized, used, and available)
PU 117.11     Cancellations
PU 117.12     Extensions (authorized, used, and available)
PU 117.13     Add/change
PU 117.14     Contract type (e.g. interagency, etc.)
PU 117.15     Contingency amounts by percent of contract or flat dollar amount
PU 117.16     Small and Minority-owned Business status
PU 117.17     Recycled goods indicator
PU 117.18     Contract Administrator's name, phone, fax numbers and email
PU 117.19     Comment field with internal and external indicator
PU 117.20     User-defined fields (multiple)
PU 118.00 System should provide for umbrella contracts and maintain the authorized
          users/agencies.
PU 119.00 System should contain a flag field indicating that insurance certificates,
          performance and payment bonds, and licensing information are on file for
          each contract line item.
PU 120.00 System should track and monitors contractor insurance certificates and
          performance bonds and flag expiration dates for each contract line item.

PU 121.00 System should generate notifications that can be sent to State employees
          or to vendors when user-defined milestones or thresholds are met (e.g.
          number of days prior to contract expiration [up to 365 days], qty/amount
          thresholds, insurance exp. date, etc.)
PU 121.01     Default values can be set for the milestone notification triggers
PU 121.02     Notices can be automatically regenerated until the contract in acted on
              (i.e., action is taken to stop notices)



     RFP Attachment 6.8                                            Purchasing Requirements                                                        PU21
   State of Tennessee                                                                                                                      RFP # 317.03-134
   Project Edison
                                                FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                     10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                     N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                    Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                         Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                 Business Requirements                                    Response                   Comments                   Modify
PU 121.03      Notification functionality applies to each contract line item or the entire
               contract
PU 121.04      In the case of a contract-expiration milestone, the bid solicitation and
               contract number(s) for prior fiscal year should appear automatically on
               the requisition renewal request.
PU 122.00 System should provide the ability to shut-down the release of all line items
          if all items (e.g., insurance) are not in place.
PU 123.00 System should provide ability to limit contracts (whole contract or specific
          line items) at multiple levels (e.g., agency level, individual user level, etc.).

PU 124.00 System should provide ability to track all purchase orders, receipts,
          adjustments, invoices, or other reference documents within a single
          contract.
PU 125.00 Based on commodities and providers selected, system should provide
          prompts to requestors and purchasers regarding procurements that may
          be covered by existing contracts.
PU 126.00 System should provide ability to support various contract periods,
          including multiple year contracts (i.e., those that span fiscal and/or
          calendar years).
PU 127.00 System should provide a user-populated repository of contract models,
          clauses, specifications, Tennessee-specific specifications, standard
          contract terms and conditions, solicitation templates, evaluation methods,
          for both service & commodity contracts.
PU 128.00 System should allow for a mixture of contract models, clauses,
          specifications, evaluation methods, etc. for the many types of contracts
          that do not fit a standard model.
PU 129.00 System should provide the ability to specify rules to control the combined
          use of terms and conditions in the user-populated repository (i.e.., avoid
          using together those that conflict and denote those that are dependent.




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                                  Purchasing Requirements                                                        PU22
   State of Tennessee                                                                                                                  RFP # 317.03-134
   Project Edison
                                              FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                 N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                     Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                               Business Requirements                                  Response                   Comments                   Modify
PU 130.00 System should provide "key word" search functionality on standardized
          contract clauses (such as "indemnification") that are stored in the
          repository.
PU 131.00 System should provide ability to specify different contract milestones
          depending on the circumstances (e.g., differ by agency, by type of project,
          etc.) with notification.
PU 132.00 System should provide ability to process payment for services based on,
          but not limited to progress made, tasks, milestones, hourly rates, quarterly
          rates, annual rates, commodities, activities and units.
PU 133.00 System should provide the ability for specified users to be notified when
          certain types of new contracts are created and be able to provide
          feedback/comments regarding the contract (e.g., the next time a similar
          contract is drafted, add certain verbiage).
PU 134.00 System should provide a method for tracking contract renewals.
PU 135.00 System should permit the vendor information to be changed on a contract.
          Prior assigned vendors should be maintained.
PU 136.00 System should provide ability to track and report expenditures for each
          individual contract, including budget to actual comparisons by user-
          defined period (i.e., monthly, quarterly, daily, contract year, fiscal year,
          contract term, etc.).
PU 137.00 System should print a Blanket Contract/Notice of Award document.
          Blanket Contract/Notice of Award document references solicitation terms,
          conditions, specifications, and pricing.
PU 138.00 Blanket Contract/Notice of Award documents do not obligate purchases
          (or require encumbrances), but specifies that release POs should be
          dispatched to the contractor for authorization to ship specified qty of goods
          or services to designated delivery addresses.
PU 139.00 System should provide information for purchasers to manage contractor
          performance including risk factors, contract audit results, resolution action
          plans, small business/minority-owned compliance, and scheduling of
          contract compliance reviews.



    RFP Attachment 6.8                                              Purchasing Requirements                                                        PU23
   State of Tennessee                                                                                                                  RFP # 317.03-134
   Project Edison
                                              FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                 N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                     Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                               Business Requirements                                  Response                   Comments                   Modify
PU 140.00 System should provide the user with a place to enter/track contract
          amendments and revisions.
PU 141.00 System should support detailed contract performance analysis and
          generate performance reports, based on the following criteria:
PU 141.01     Contract compliance (based on compliance criteria as defined by
              users).
PU 141.02     Work completed to date
PU 141.03     Timelines/deadline dates
PU 141.04     Contractor performance for vendor contracts
PU 141.05     User-defined milestones & thresholds
PU 141.06     Response to complaints/problems
PU 142.00 System should provide ability to require a contract "owner's" approval to
          use part of a restricted contract.
PU 143.00 System should provide access to contract information on-line and in real-
          time to central and remote users with appropriate security.
PU 144.00 System should provide ability to attach "comments" to each contract.
          Comments could be free-form or standard user-defined (selected from a
          menu or drop-down list).
PU 145.00 System should provide ability to generate new requisition or solicitation
          detail from the contract detail, with ability to update/modify the info (i.e.,
          copy contract info into requisition or solicitation document when the
          contract needs to be re-bid).
PU 146.00 System should provide ability to convert awarded contract detail to the
          eProcurement catalog format (i.e., make awarded contracts available for
          purchasing from a catalog). Catalog should also contain the general
          contract information (GCI).
PU 147.00 System provides the ability to allow for procurement through a qualification-
          based process (i.e. TDOT Engineering Services for Construction
          Contracts, etc.)
PU 148.00 System provides the ability for contracts to be ranked based on published
          criteria for competence and qualifications.



    RFP Attachment 6.8                                              Purchasing Requirements                                                        PU24
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                     RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                      N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                     Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                          Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
PU 149.00 System allows for the procurement of Federal-aid highway contracts for
          engineering and design related services to be evaluated and ranked by
          the contracting agency using one of the following procedures:

PU   149.01         Competitive Negotiations
PU   149.02         Small Purchase
PU   149.03         Non-competitive Negotiations
PU   149.04         Disadvantaged Business Enterprise
PU   149.05         Compensation
                                    Catalog Content and Management
PU 150.00       System should provide ability to create internal catalogs of items stocked
                by the agency.
PU 151.00       System should provide ability to create internal user defined catalogs
                (including services provided by an agency for an agency).
PU 152.00       System should allow the agency system administrator to specify which
                catalogues/contracts in the system are accessible by agency staff and
                other authorized users (e.g., local governments).
PU 153.00       System should provide ability to upload vendor catalog data in various
                formats via the Internet using a secure, structured process and subject to
                the appropriate approvals.
PU 154.00       System should provide for large data loads via file transfers and provide a
                spreadsheet-based input for small data loads.
PU 155.00       System should employ XML-messaging technology for retrieving catalog
                information.
PU   156.00     Catalog should contain at least the following items:
PU   156.01         Contract number
PU   156.02         Contract Start Date
PU   156.03         Contract End Date
PU   156.04         Vendor item number
PU   156.05         Volume discount price break for each item
PU   156.06         Vendor name and number
PU   156.07         Distributor name and number (if different than vendor).

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                  Purchasing Requirements                                                        PU25
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                   RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                    N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                   Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                        Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                  Response                   Comments                   Modify
PU   156.08         Item specifications (could be URL link)
PU   156.09         Recycled content percentage
PU   156.10         Recycled content type
PU   156.11         Manufacturer name
PU   156.12         Manufacturer part number
PU   156.13         Manufacturer URL
PU   156.14         Unit of measure
PU   156.15         Alternate unit of measure
PU   156.16         Minimum order quantity
PU   156.17         Quantity
PU   156.18         Geographic Designation (County, State Highway District, Zone, other)

PU   156.19        Lead time for delivery
PU   156.20        Shipping and handling requirements
PU   156.21        Packaging information
PU   156.22        Commodity codes
PU   156.23        UPC code
PU   156.24        Item code
PU   156.25        Long description (at least 8,000 alphanumeric characters)
PU   156.26        Short description (at least 255 alphanumeric characters)
PU   156.27        Price and effective dates
PU   156.28        Historical price information (e.g., YTD average price)
PU   156.29        Accumulators for dollar amount purchased for the month, quarter,
                   FYTD, PFY, and future FY
PU 156.30          Accumulators for quantity purchased for the month, quarter, FYTD,
                   PFY, and future FY
PU   156.31        Substitute/Alternate items
PU   156.32        Warranty Information
PU   156.33        Hazardous Content Information
PU   157.00     System should calculate price discounts for catalog items.
PU   158.00     System should provide ability to accommodate tiered pricing.



     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                Purchasing Requirements                                                        PU26
   State of Tennessee                                                                                                                 RFP # 317.03-134
   Project Edison
                                             FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                               Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                    Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                              Business Requirements                                  Response                   Comments                   Modify
PU 159.00 System should provide ability to calculate discounts based on the weight
          or volume of items being purchased.
PU 160.00 System should provide ability to incorporate pricing rules (e.g., increase
          prices by 3% for a certain vendor with a $10 cap, on a certain date).

PU 161.00 System should provide ability to attach and view vendor terms for catalog
          items (e.g., minimum order quantity).
PU 162.00 System should provide catalog management tools for transforming and
          cleansing data, importing and exporting content in a variety of formats,
          translating various XML formats, etc.
PU 163.00 System should provide ability for users to search catalogs for items using
          state-of-the-art search agents.
PU 164.00 System should provide ability to attach files in popular formats to
          commodity records (e.g., gif, jpg, xls, doc, URL link, etc.).
PU 165.00 System should provide an online interface for authorized users to update
          and maintain catalog data/content.
PU 166.00 System should provide ability for authorized users to update catalog
          content, including prices, descriptions, terms and conditions, etc.
PU 167.00 System should provide ability to require user feedback regarding items
          being purchased.
PU 168.00 System should provide ability to "punch out" to supplier web sites to
          configure and price items, pulling the required purchasing information
          back into the requisition or purchase order.
PU 169.00 System should provide for standard clauses/wording for specific catalog
          items that can be modified by authorized users.
                                    Requisitions / Requests
PU 170.00 System should provide ability for agencies to define requestors.
PU 171.00 System should provide ability for authorized requestors to initiate a
          purchase requisition for goods and services online, and to query on the
          status of such requisitions.
PU 172.00 System should provide the ability to restrict/control the items requestors
          can see and order.

    RFP Attachment 6.8                                             Purchasing Requirements                                                        PU27
   State of Tennessee                                                                                                                       RFP # 317.03-134
   Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                      N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                     Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                          Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                    Response                   Comments                   Modify
PU 173.00 System provides the ability for users to see the available balance on
          contracts as they are creating a requisition to order from the contracts.
PU 174.00 System should provide for assignment of a unique purchase requisition
          number through system-generated means.
PU 175.00 System should support selection of commodity through a variety of means
          including key words on commodity title and multiple item descriptions or
          coding commodity number directly (3,5,11 digit).
PU 176.00 System shall support user creation of a requisition by copying an existing
          (including canceled) requisition, editing and saving with a new requisition
          ID. The existing requisition can be from different agency.
PU 177.00 System should support the establishment of requisition templates for
          frequently requested items.
PU 178.00 System should provide the ability to automatically generate a requisition to
          renew a contract a user-specified number of days before the contract
          expires.
PU 179.00 System provides the ability for an electronic notification to be sent to the
          respective Buyer informing him/her that the requisition has been
          generated and is pending his/her action.
PU 180.00 System shall provide the ability for the user to be notified of specified
          acquisition process (sourcing rules) once a commodity has been selected.

PU 180.01          These rules should apply to the following purchase methods: catalog
                   purchases, inventory items, blankets, term contracts, Corrections
                   manufactured (TRICOR), handicap manufactured, or other predefined
                   purchase method.
PU 180.02          These purchase methods should default to an agency-defined process
                   or to a State-defined process where no agency-defined process exists.

PU 180.03          The user should be required to enter a justification online for deviating
                   from policy before the transaction will be allowed to continue.




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                                   Purchasing Requirements                                                        PU28
   State of Tennessee                                                                                                                  RFP # 317.03-134
   Project Edison
                                              FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                 N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                     Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                               Business Requirements                                  Response                   Comments                   Modify
PU 181.00 System should provide the ability for a requestor to cancel a requisition or
          individual requisition line items prior to final approval. Authorized
          purchasers should cancel requisitions subsequent to final approval.

PU 182.00 System should provide ability to specify that certain required information
          be entered for certain types of requisitions (e.g., notification that a sole-
          source justification is required).
PU 183.00 System should provide the ability to perform the following functions for all
          types of purchase requests online, with appropriate authority: Inquiry, add,
          change, and cancel (at the line and document level).
PU 184.00 System should provide comment fields (multiple) at the header and line
          level, with an indicator designating internal or external comments (i.e.
          internal - only seen by authorized users; external - printed on PO to be
          seen by Vendor).
PU 185.00 System shall provide for attaching files in popular formats (e.g., gif, jpg,
          xls, doc, URL link, etc.) to entire requisition or individual line items.
PU 186.00 System should provide ability to capture trade-in value information on
          requisitions.
PU 187.00 System should provide ability to capture buy-out value information on
          requisitions.
PU 188.00 System should allow for generating a “hard-copy” of the purchase
          requisition at any time during processing to a local printer or a networked
          printer.
PU 189.00 System shall allow for automatic assignment of requisitions to Buyers
          based on user-defined criteria (e.g., commodity, department etc.) and
          capture routing date and time.
PU 190.00 System should provide ability to manually assign/reassign requisitions to
          Buyers.
PU 191.00 System should provide ability to assign more than one buyer to a
          requisition (at line item level).




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                              Purchasing Requirements                                                        PU29
   State of Tennessee                                                                                                                   RFP # 317.03-134
   Project Edison
                                               FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                  N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                 Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                      Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                               Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
PU 192.00 System provides the ability to assign complexity ratings and an estimated
          processing time to a requisition once it is assigned to a Buyer.

PU 193.00 System provides the ability to maintain a schedule that can cause an
          electronic notification to be sent to a Buyer's supervisor if the Buyer is not
          within the processing time assigned to the requisition.
PU 194.00 System should allow for ordering in negative and fractional quantities.
PU 195.00 System should accommodate zero and negative unit price values.
PU 196.00 System should provide the ability to specify unit prices to at least six
          decimal places.
PU 197.00 System should enable users to override defined sourcing rules with
          appropriate authorizations
PU 198.00 System shall provide for cross-referencing of purchase requisitions to the
          corresponding invitation for bid, purchase order, contract, receiving report,
          order number, and invoice.
PU 199.00 System should provide an audit trail from requisition to payment with
          forward and backward tracking.
                                         Header Elements
PU 200.00 System shall provide for multiple lines of input per individual Requisition
          and shall include all the following data elements:
PU 200.01     Requisition Number
PU 200.02     Requisition date
PU 200.03     Requestor (Creating requisition)
PU 200.04     Requestor phone number
PU 200.05     Purchaser (optional)
PU 200.06     Purchaser phone number (optional)
PU 200.07     Pre-encumbrance reference number
PU 200.08     Suggested vendor number/mail code
PU 200.09     Suggested vendor name (Suggested Vendor info. passed to
              Solicitation) (unlimited #)
PU 200.10     Suggested vendor address
PU 200.11     Suggested Vendor Contact Name

    RFP Attachment 6.8                                               Purchasing Requirements                                                        PU30
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                  RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                   N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                  Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                       Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                 Business Requirements                                  Response                   Comments                   Modify
PU   200.12       Suggested Vendor Contact phone number (multiple)
PU   200.13       Suggested Vendor Contact email address
PU   200.14       Suggested Vendor Contact mailing address
PU   200.15       Need by Date or Start and End of service date
PU   200.16       Priority Code (emergency, expedited or normal handling)
PU   200.17       Justification / Comments
PU   200.18       Confirming order indicator
PU   200.19       Comment fields (multiple) with indicator designating internal or
                  external comments (i.e., internal - only seen by agency personnel;
                  external - carried forward and printed on PO to be seen by Vendor).
PU 200.20         Comment fields should allow agency to enter two brands and/or
                  models.
                                             Lines Elements
PU 201.00       Commodity line items should contain the following data items:
PU 201.01         Line item number (should be sequential and accommodate up to
                  99,999 lines items per requisition)
PU   201.02       Quantity
PU   201.03       Unit of measure,
PU   201.04       Commodity or warehouse stock number
PU   201.05       Commodity Short description
PU   201.06       Commodity Long description
PU   201.07       Custom description - used to provide additional information beyond
                  what is available in the commodity code table. (Does not update
                  commodity table)
PU 201.08         Special instructions
PU 201.09         Shipping instructions
PU 201.10         Estimated unit cost (should allow zero, negative dollar values,
                  percentages and up to five decimal places).
PU 201.11         Estimated total line item cost
PU 201.12         Total requisition cost
PU 201.13         Accounting data elements at a sub line-item level



     RFP Attachment 6.8                                               Purchasing Requirements                                                        PU31
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                     RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                      N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                     Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                          Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
PU 201.14               Minimum of 20 distinct fields (requirement covered in General -
                        Accounting section)
PU   201.15             Ability to split line charges to multiple cost-centers/distributions
PU   201.16         End user (user needing good or service)
PU   201.17         End user phone number and e-mail.
PU   201.18         Delivery address
PU   201.19         Requested delivery date
PU   201.20         Freight
PU   201.21         Delivery contact name
PU   201.22         Comments
PU   201.23         Recycled goods indicator (multiple levels to accommodate First
                    Choice)
PU   201.24         Emergency justifications
PU   201.25         Membership Justifications
PU   201.26         Sole source-Proprietary justification
PU   201.27         Inventory Indicator
PU   201.28         Fixed Asset Indicator (new, replacement, or enhancement; if
                    replacement or enhancement, need existing tag number)
PU 201.29           System administrator-defined indicators/fields for reporting needs (at
                    least 5 fields)
PU 201.30           Suggested vendor number/mail code
PU 201.31           Suggested vendor name (Suggested Vendor info. passed to
                    Solicitation) (unlimited #)
PU 201.32           Suggested vendor address
                                             Requisition Accounting
PU 202.00       System should allow initiation of requisitions prior to year-end which
                cannot be pre-encumbered until availability of new year's funds.
PU 203.00       System should provide the ability for requisitions to be entered without
                posting pre-encumbrance based on organization-defined parameters.
PU 204.00       System should provide ability to define auto-distribution rules and apply to
                the requisition using standard, user-defined distribution code.


     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                  Purchasing Requirements                                                        PU32
   State of Tennessee                                                                                                                       RFP # 317.03-134
   Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                      N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                     Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                          Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                    Response                   Comments                   Modify
PU 205.00 System shall automatically close a requisition line when all
          commodities/services are received and the final invoice is paid and/or
          when the PO is closed.
PU 206.00 System should provide option to liquidate remaining/outstanding pre-
          encumbrance.
PU 207.00 System should provide ability to setup standard auto-close parameters,
          based on dollar amount remaining and last activity.
PU 208.00 System shall provide ability to adjust or cancel a requisition and generate
          appropriate accounting entries.
PU 209.00 System shall provide the capability to reopen a requisition if the requisition
          was closed (with appropriate security authorization).
                                            Solicitations
                                              General
PU 210.00 System shall provide the ability to process bid transactions through the
          following stages:
PU 210.01      Creation of solicitation and addendums by an approved purchase
               requisition (although some solicitations may be created without
               requisitions).
PU 210.02       Automatic posting of the solicitation on the State's Website or GATT
               Website when required.
PU 210.03      Notification sent to registered vendors via fax and/or e-mail, based on
               appropriate dollar threshold.
PU 210.04      Notification sent to registered vendors via fax and/or e-mail, based on
               commodity code when applicable.
PU 210.05      Receipt of vendor responses electronically (with receipt time and date)

PU 210.06          Tabulation of bids including reciprocity, and multiple groups totaled by
                   user defined means.
PU 210.07          Award, including notification of award via email and Web site posting

PU 210.08          Initiation of purchase order
PU 210.09          Entry to contract administration

    RFP Attachment 6.8                                                   Purchasing Requirements                                                        PU33
   State of Tennessee                                                                                                                  RFP # 317.03-134
   Project Edison
                                              FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                 N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                     Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                              Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
PU 211.00 System shall provide ability to cross-reference requisitions and
          solicitations (entire document as well as line items).
PU 212.00 System shall provide ability to amend or cancel solicitations.
PU 213.00 System shall support the following types of bids (but not limited to):
PU 213.01     Advertised sealed bids
PU 213.02     Informal (Phone and fax) quotes
PU 213.03     Written requests for proposals, offers, and quotations
PU 213.04     Electronic bid response
PU 213.05     Reverse auctions
PU 214.00 System should allow inquiry into entire bid or bid commodity by vendor
          name or number, bid number, buyer or commodity number.
PU 215.00 System should provide the ability to create a new bid transaction by
          copying from a previous bid transaction or any other document (all or
          part).
PU 216.00 System should provide comment fields (multiple) at the header and line
          level, with an indicator designating internal or external comments (i.e.,
          internal - only seen by authorized users; external - printed on PO to be
          seen by Vendor).
PU 217.00 System should provide ability for a purchaser to grant a user in a different
          agency to view and copy an existing (not necessarily active) requisition,
          solicitation or purchase order.
                                       Solicitation Creation
PU 218.00 System shall allow for the creation of all types of solicitations, both
          negotiated and non-negotiated (e.g., Invitations for Bids, Request for
          Proposal, Request for Offer, etc.).
PU 219.00 System provides the ability to develop models/templates to be used in the
          development of solicitations. Users' modifications to the templates should
          be highlighted and version-control maintained throughout the approval
          process.
PU 220.00 System shall provide the ability for all elements of the requisition to be
          carried over to the solicitation, but should be edit-able by an approved
          user without affecting the original requisition.

    RFP Attachment 6.8                                              Purchasing Requirements                                                        PU34
   State of Tennessee                                                                                                                   RFP # 317.03-134
   Project Edison
                                               FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                  N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                 Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                      Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                               Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
PU 221.00 System shall provide ability to separate individual line items from
          requisitions to create solicitations.
PU 222.00 System shall provide ability to combine like items from multiple
          requisitions into one solicitation.
PU 223.00 System shall provide ability to combine like items from multiple
          requisitions by multiple agencies into one solicitation. This supports the
          State's scheduled purchase process, which coordinates the requests of
          multiple agencies into one solicitation.
PU 224.00 System shall provide ability to produce documents to be sent to potential
          vendors/bidders (i.e., bid documents, addenda).
PU 225.00 System shall allow user-defined thresholds to dictate number and type of
          bid responses required per transaction (either a warning or a hard-stop).

PU 226.00 System should provide ability to input an agency-specific alphanumeric
          reference number.
PU 227.00 System should allow for the defining of "need" or "start and end of service"
          dates without affecting those entered on the original requisition.

PU 228.00 System should allow for designating a point of contact to be displayed on
          solicitation without affecting the one entered on the original requisition.

PU 229.00 System should allow for interactive document use (i.e., information
          requested from bidders in the format of a user-defined form).
PU 230.00 System should either house interactive documents and enable purchaser
          to flag the required interactive documents to be added to solicitation, or if
          not housed by system provider, allow purchaser to attach interactive
          documents.
PU 231.00 System should provide ability to override commodity information in the
          solicitation that is carried forward from purchase requisition.
PU 232.00 System shall provide ability to attach both internal (not issued w/
          solicitation) and external (issued w/ solicitation) files to the solicitation
          documents. Example: Attach specifications from a MS Word file.

    RFP Attachment 6.8                                               Purchasing Requirements                                                        PU35
   State of Tennessee                                                                                                                 RFP # 317.03-134
   Project Edison
                                             FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                               Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                    Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                              Business Requirements                                  Response                   Comments                   Modify
PU 233.00 System provides version-control functionality for controlling the content of
          solicitation documents, amendments, etc. as they are routed via the
          system's workflow functionality to obtain approvals.
PU 234.00 System should provide the ability to pull standard terms and conditions
          from a repository within the system for inclusion in the solicitation.
PU 234.01     Once the standard terms and conditions have been included in the
              solicitation, they can be modified, but version control must be
              maintained throughout the approval process.
PU 234.02     Modifications are highlighted on the screen as well as on printed
              output.
PU 235.00 System shall provide ability to amend solicitations to include adding and/or
          deleting line items and generate the appropriate notification of
          amendment to vendors and post to the State's Website and GATT
          Website, if appropriate.
                                         Vendor Selection
PU 236.00 System shall provide ability for a purchaser to select a vendor by
          class/item, geographic area, name, zone, small or minority-owned
          registration status.
PU 237.00 System shall provide ability to select active, registered vendors to receive
          the solicitation taking into consideration each of the following (but not
          limited to):
PU 237.01     Vendor registration information
PU 237.02     Vendor identified as supporting the requested commodity
              class/subclass per vendor file
PU 237.03     Vendor's geographic area
PU 237.04     Vendor identified as suggested source by agency on purchase
              requisition
PU 237.05     Vendor has previous history of bidding on a specific commodity (even
              if no longer registered)
PU 237.06     For re-procurements, select all vendors that previously bid on the most
              recent version of the procurement, by commodity.
PU 237.07     Debarred controls

    RFP Attachment 6.8                                             Purchasing Requirements                                                        PU36
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                     RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                      N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                     Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                          Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
PU 237.08           Small/Minority/Women-owned identified as supporting commodity
                    requested per vendor file
PU 237.09           Maximum or minimum number of vendors to be selected
PU 238.00       System should provide the ability to generate a random list of vendors
                taking into consideration the selection criteria specified above when
                building the pool of vendors to select from randomly.
PU 239.00       System should provide the ability to include the incumbent vendor and the
                vendors suggested by an agency on a requisition will always be included
                in the final, randomized list.
PU 240.00       System should provide the ability to combine bid lists (by different
                commodity numbers) without duplication.
PU 241.00       System shall allow the purchaser to edit the solicitation list of registered
                vendors; including ability to add/supplement, select/deselect vendors from
                the solicitation list, including justification
PU 242.00       System allows for a history of updates and changes to the solicitation list
                to be maintained.
PU 243.00       System should provide the ability to display during the vendor/bidder
                selection process:
PU   243.01         Vendor Name
PU   243.02         Vendor address (city and state)
PU   243.03         Telephone number
PU   243.04         Vendor contact person
PU   243.05         Vendor contact phone number
PU   243.06         Vendor contact email address
PU   243.07         Vendor status (e.g., active, inactive, debarred, etc.)
PU   244.00     System should provide the ability for users to specify the order in which
                potential vendors are displayed on the screen during the vendor/bidder
                selection process (e.g., small/minority/women business displayed first,
                large businesses last).
PU 245.00       System should provide the ability to specify the minimum number of
                Solicitations (RFP's, ITB's, etc.) to be sent to vendors based on expected
                dollar value of the responses.

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                  Purchasing Requirements                                                        PU37
   State of Tennessee                                                                                                                      RFP # 317.03-134
   Project Edison
                                                 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                     N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                    Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                         Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                 Business Requirements                                    Response                   Comments                   Modify
PU 246.00 System should automatically build the rules-based approval path if fewer
          than the minimum number are selected.
PU 247.00 System shall provide ability to capture vendors selected for a solicitation
          (who solicitation was sent to). Captured data should include vendor
          characteristics such as small/minority/women-owned designations.

                          Approval, Release, Posting, and Notification
PU 248.00 System shall provide ability to route solicitations for approval via role-
          based workflow.
PU 249.00 System shall facilitate interagency approvals without having to "hard code"
          other agency users into the approval paths.
PU 250.00 System shall provide ability to post a solicitation to the State's Website
          from the ERP system if the amount of the solicitation is more than a
          specified amount and to the GATT Website if more than a specified
          amount.
PU 251.00 System provides the ability for vendors to search the solicitation Website
          for opportunities by keyword and/or:
PU 251.01     At the 3-digit level, first (or at the 5-digit level)
PU 251.02     Then drill-down/filter on the 5-digit level (also able to drill-down/filter on
              5-digit level initially)
PU 251.03     Then view a synopsis of the solicitation that has been automatically
              generated by the system -- system provides the ability to pull user-
              specified data from the solicitation to be displayed.
PU 252.00 System provides the ability to allow only registered vendors to view and
          download entire solicitation.
PU 253.00 System provides the ability to automatically add vendors that download a
          solicitation to that solicitation's bidders' list.
PU 254.00 System provides the ability to track and report which bids are sent to or
          downloaded by which vendors.
PU 255.00 System provides the ability to automatically send (generate FAX or print
          letter if no email address or invalid email address) addendums to
          solicitations to those on a solicitation's bid list.

    RFP Attachment 6.8                                                  Purchasing Requirements                                                        PU38
   State of Tennessee                                                                                                                   RFP # 317.03-134
   Project Edison
                                               FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                  N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                 Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                      Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                               Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
PU 256.00 System provides the ability to automatically generate RFP publication
          email, FAX cover pages for all vendors on a user-defined or system-
          defined bidders list.
PU 257.00 System provides the ability to have the vendor's name inserted into the
          solicitation document downloaded by the vendor.
PU 258.00 System provides the ability for vendors to go to (and return from) the
          system's vendor registration functionality when searching bid opportunities
          (only registered vendors will be allowed to view and download the entire
          solicitation.
PU 259.00 System provides the ability for vendors to view and search/sort (at least
          two sort criteria) solicitation documents (bid opportunities) via the Internet
          based on any or all of the following criteria:
PU 259.01     Solicitation number
PU 259.02     Solicitation title/description
PU 259.03     Opening date
PU 259.04     Award date
PU 259.05     Under evaluation
PU 259.06     Re-bid
PU 259.07     Cancellations
PU 259.08     Commodity
PU 259.09     Agency
PU 259.10     Dollar range
PU 259.11     Closing date
PU 260.00 System provides the ability to identify vendors that have email capability,
          and based on the commodities for which they have registered,
          electronically send them:
PU 260.01     Solicitations
PU 260.02     Addendums
PU 260.03     Notifications of solicitations
PU 260.04     Requests for information
PU 260.05     Notifications of pre-bid conferences



    RFP Attachment 6.8                                               Purchasing Requirements                                                        PU39
   State of Tennessee                                                                                                                 RFP # 317.03-134
   Project Edison
                                             FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                               Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                    Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                              Business Requirements                                  Response                   Comments                   Modify
PU 261.00 System provides the ability to automatically print a hard-copy of a piece of
          standard vendor correspondence (e.g., solicitation, addendums,
          notifications) that was e-mailed to an invalid email address, so the
          correspondence can be mailed to the vendor.
PU 262.00 System provides the ability to automatically modify the solicitation for
          distribution to pre-bid conference invitees in order to prevent vendors from
          filling out the draft and returning it instead of the final solicitation.
PU 263.00 System should delete the bid opening date and replace it with “draft”, print
          "do not return" at the bottom where signed, and put "XXXX" on the line
          items for pricing.
PU 264.00 System provides the ability to record pre-bid conference information such
          as tracking names of attendees, recording of questions and responses
          and changes made to the solicitation.
PU 265.00 System provides the ability to forward changes made to the solicitation to
          the appropriate approval authorities for review.
                                         Vendor Response
PU 266.00 System shall provide ability to select how responses will be accepted (e.g.,
          all or none, by line item, groups, etc.)
PU 267.00 System shall provide ability to record bid responses for each solicitation.
          Responses should include the following data elements:
PU 267.01       Solicitation number
PU 267.02       License Type (permit or registration)
PU 267.03       License Number
PU 267.04       Vendor ID
PU 267.05       Vendor name
PU 267.06       Vendor order address
PU 267.07       Vendor invoice address
PU 267.08       Vendor remit-to address
PU 267.09       Permanent office staffed in Tennessee (yes/no)
PU 267.10       Vendor contact person
PU 267.11       Vendor phone
PU 267.12       Vendor fax number

    RFP Attachment 6.8                                             Purchasing Requirements                                                        PU40
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                   RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                    N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                   Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                        Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                 Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
PU   267.13    Vendor e-mail address
PU   267.14    Small/Minority/Women-owned status (ethnicity and gender)
PU   267.15    Small/Minority/Women-owned subcontracting (yes/no)
PU   267.16    If yes, what percent
PU   267.17    If yes, what percent by subcontractor (multiple)
PU   267.18    Contacted by (informal quotes)
PU   267.19    Contact date (informal quotes)
PU   267.20    Unit price
PU   267.21    Unit of measure/packaging
PU   267.22    Dollar Amount, (zero and negative dollars are permitted)
PU   267.23    Availability date
PU   267.24    Delivery/completion date
PU   267.25    Identified exceptions
PU   267.26    Comment (text) field (at line and header level)
PU   268.00 System shall provide ability for the vendor to attach files to their response.

PU 269.00 System shall provide ability for the vendor to include manufacturer and
          part number being bid.
PU 270.00 System shall accommodate the following pricing methods:
PU 270.01     Percent of list price discount (i.e. 10% off list price)
PU 270.02     Mark-up from wholesale market price (i.e., cost plus 10%)
PU 271.00 System shall provide ability for the vendor to indicate the percent and type
          of recycled material content by line item.
PU 272.00 System shall provide ability for the vendor to submit a primary and
          alternate response.
PU 273.00 System shall support receipt of bid responses through electronic means.

PU 274.00 System should enable buyer to determine if electronic bid responses
          should be allowed for each unique purchase.
PU 274.01    If bid opening date and time has expired, system should prohibit the
             acceptance of a bid through electronic means.



     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                Purchasing Requirements                                                        PU41
   State of Tennessee                                                                                                                       RFP # 317.03-134
   Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                      N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                     Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                          Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                    Response                   Comments                   Modify
PU 274.02          In such cases, an electronic message should be sent to the vendor
                   indicating bid time closed.
PU 275.00      System should provide the ability to track and report/display bids sent to
               the vendor and the vendor's bid response: bid / no bid / late bid.
                                          Tabulation / Evaluation
PU 276.00      System shall provide ability to keep all responses secure until
               opening/closing date and time (except for reverse auctions).
PU 277.00      System shall provide ability to download bid responses in popular file
               formats (e.g., Microsoft Excel, Access, etc.) for evaluation, and then be
               able to upload back to the system.
PU 278.00      System provides the ability to properly calculate unit costs based on
               vendor responses, and on user-defined formulas. Values for certain
               variables can be entered at the time of evaluation.
PU 279.00      System should provide bid analysis tools that can take into consideration:
               price, cash discounts, quantity, quality, set-asides, preferences, recycled
               content and availability.
PU 280.00       System should provide the ability to tabulate and award entire bid
               packages, selected line item(s), or pre-grouped line items.
PU 281.00      System should provide the ability to tabulate and award based on totals
               from a price sheet vs. model evaluation and take into consideration
               adjusted totals for items such as value added credits.
PU 282.00      System should provide for unit of measure conversions and/or ability to
               define specific conversion factors.
PU 283.00      System shall provide ability to establish evaluation criteria, assign weights
               to those criteria, and then tabulate/evaluate responses by those criteria.

PU 284.00 System should provide ability to specify a percentage by which to adjust
          the bid price based on certain criteria.
PU 285.00 System provides the ability to convert bid responses to enable "apples-to-
          apples" tabulation comparisons (i.e., different units of measure, different
          packaging/bundling, etc.)


    RFP Attachment 6.8                                                   Purchasing Requirements                                                        PU42
   State of Tennessee                                                                                                                   RFP # 317.03-134
   Project Edison
                                              FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                  N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                 Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                      Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                               Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
PU 286.00 System should allow purchasers to view responses and vendor comments
          by line item or by total response.
PU 287.00 System shall provide for comparison and summary of multiple vendors on
          a single screen and should identify the lowest bid (overall and by line item)
          once all bids have been entered in the bid tabulation file.
PU 288.00 System should provide ability for authorized users to add purchaser
          comments to a response.
PU 289.00 System provides the ability for authorized users to record any exceptions
          to specifications and terms and conditions on the bid tabulation.

PU 290.00 System shall provide ability to enter the justification for not selecting the
          lowest-price bid (best value criteria), and this information can be posted to
          the State's Website from the ERP system.
PU 291.00 System security provides the ability to exclude certain users from entering
          or modifying tabulation information (e.g., prevent buyers from accessing
          tabulations for their assigned requisitions).
PU 292.00 System should carry forward pertinent solicitation information to the bid
          tabulation file to reduce data entry.
PU 293.00 System shall provide ability to post the bid tabulation to the State's
          Website, from within the ERP system, for public view.
PU 294.00 System's security should provide the ability to allow only the Buyer to view
          a bid that is under evaluation prior to award.
PU 295.00 System should provide links to a vendor's information while viewing that
          vendor's response (e.g., vendor profile, tax payment status, etc.).
PU 296.00 System provides "undo" and "redo" bid tabulation functionality.
                                     Award and Notification
PU 297.00 System should provide the ability to automatically generate a Notice of
          Expiration to the appropriate buyer and identified vendors when quote is
          about to expire.
PU 298.00 System shall facilitate award of purchase orders/contracts:
PU 298.01     Single vendor award



    RFP Attachment 6.8                                               Purchasing Requirements                                                        PU43
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                     RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                      N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                     Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                          Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
PU 298.02            Multiple awards to multiple vendors (i.e. one item to many vendors or
                     multiple items to many vendors) with capability to modify
PU   299.00     System should provide the ability, at the time of award, to:
PU   299.01          Automatically create the appropriate encumbrance
PU   299.02          Automatically liquidate any pre-encumbrance
PU   299.03          Immediately print the PO at any printer available to the buyers (local
                     printer or on the network) or email the PO to the vendor.
PU 300.00       System should provide a mechanism for requesting and accepting
                multiple "best and final offers". That is, making an award at a price other
                than the offered price.
PU 301.00       System shall allow Buyer to designate bid award vendor(s) in the bid
                tabulation file based on total bid, by line item, or a combination thereof.
PU 302.00       System provides a quick, shorthand way to award all line items to a
                vendor without having to click on each line item individually (e.g., "award
                all" button on the screen).
PU 303.00       System shall provide ability to generate an email notification to the party
                receiving an award.
PU 304.00       System should alert purchaser if the responding vendor is not eligible for
                award, but does not prevent award.
PU 305.00       System should provide ability to specify a date on which to notify the
                awarded vendor.
PU 306.00       System should provide ability to specify a date on which to notify bidders
                that they were not selected, or to specify a number of days after notifying
                the awarded vendor to notify those that were not selected and notify the
                vendors not selected.
PU 307.00       System shall provide ability to cancel an award and/or re-award line items
                or entire award from the original solicitation.
PU 308.00       System provides the ability to track vendor protests from inception to
                conclusion and to suspend the procurement until the protest is resolved




     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                  Purchasing Requirements                                                        PU44
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                        RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                    FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                     10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                         N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                        Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                             Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                    Business Requirements                                     Response                   Comments                   Modify
PU 309.00 System should provide the ability for vendors to view, via the Internet,
          posted information regarding awards (i.e., solicitation, tabulation, etc.)
          made within a user-defined period of time (e.g., within the past six
          months).
PU 310.00 System should provide the vendor with the ability to view/search a listing
          of solicitation numbers and brief descriptions, then drill-down to view entire
          award.
                                     Create PO / Contract
PU 311.00 System shall provide ability to initiate a PO process or award a contract
          from the bid process at the buyer's discretion (i.e., pass/use information
          from the requisition and/or solicitation to create a PO/contract).

PU 312.00 Elements from the solicitation and vendor response that should carry over
          to the PO/contract where applicable include:
PU 312.01     The commodity code item number with system-generated description
              and additional descriptions, or description from the solicitation

PU 312.02           Unit price quoted by the vendor or updated calculation per the
                    purchaser
PU 312.03           Quantity (should be open-ended)
PU 312.04           Line item extension/total
PU 312.05           Accounting line information from the solicitation (or requisition if
                    originating from a requisition)
PU   312.06         Delivery Date
PU   312.07         Delivery location
PU   312.08         FOB Terms (Shipping Terms)
PU   312.09         Freight Terms
PU   312.10         Payment terms
PU   312.11         Bill To information
PU   312.12         Purchaser point of contact information
PU   312.13         Vendor name
PU   312.14         Vendor number

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                     Purchasing Requirements                                                        PU45
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                   RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                    N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                   Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                        Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                  Response                   Comments                   Modify
PU 312.15           Vendor point-of-contact information pulled from the vendor response

PU   312.16     Manufacturer and part number input by vendor
PU   312.17     Agency-specific reference number
PU   312.00 Purchaser should provide ability to:
PU   312.01     Insert vendor quoted delivery date or start and end of service dates by
                line item
PU   312.02     Insert "best and final" price if different from offered price
PU   312.03     Refine text from solicitation that does not apply to the PO
PU   312.04     Select PO clauses
PU   312.05     Attach files
PU   313.00 System should provide ability to add line items not listed on the bid, limited
            to those approved through an addendum or amendment to the original
            bid.
PU   314.00 System should have a separate award and issue function. Upon inquiry, a
            user should be able to distinguish between an awarded PO and an issued
            PO.
PU   315.00 System should provide the ability to create and, if needed, print contract
            cover sheets containing the following information:
PU   315.01     Request for Service Number
PU   315.02     Contract Number
PU   315.03     State Agency
PU   315.04     State Agency Division
PU   315.05     Contractor Name
PU   315.06     Contractor ID Number (FEIN or SSN)
PU   315.07     Service Description
PU   315.08     Contract Begin Date
PU   315.09     Contract End Date
PU   315.10     Subrecipient or Vendor Indicator
PU   315.11     CFDA Number (could be more than one)
PU   315.12     Contractor in system indicator
PU   315.13     Contractor's W-9 on File Indicator

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                Purchasing Requirements                                                        PU46
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                     RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                    10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                      N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                     Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                          Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                                   Response                   Comments                   Modify
PU   315.14        Allotment Code(s)
PU   315.15        Cost Center
PU   315.16        Object Code
PU   315.17        Fund
PU   315.18        Funding Grant Code
PU   315.19        Funding Subgrant Code
PU   315.20        Funding by Fiscal Year Row Information
PU   315.21        Funding allocations by year and type (State, Federal, Other,
                   Interdepartmental)
PU   315.22        Totals for all Fiscal years
PU   315.23        Amendment Specific Funding and Date Change information
PU   315.24        State Agency Fiscal Contract and Phone #
PU   315.25        State Agency Budget Officer Approval
PU   315.26        Funding Certification
PU   315.27        Contractor Ownership Characteristics
PU   315.28        Contractor Selection Method
PU   315.29        Procurement Process Summary
PU   316.00     System should have a separate award and issue function. Upon inquiry, a
                user should be able to distinguish between an awarded PO and an issued
                PO.
                                              Purchase Orders
                                                   General
PU 317.00       System shall provide ability for agencies to define requisitioners, buyers
                and receivers (persons who will receive the goods or services).
PU 318.00       System should provide ability for authorized purchasers to initiate a PO for
                goods and services online, and to query on the status of such POs.

PU 319.00 System should provide for assignment of a unique PO number through
          system-generated means.
PU 320.00 System should provide ability to differentiate between service procurement
          transactions and commodity/supplies procurement transactions.


     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                  Purchasing Requirements                                                        PU47
   State of Tennessee                                                                                                                RFP # 317.03-134
   Project Edison
                                             FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                  10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                               N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                              Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                   Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                              Business Requirements                                 Response                   Comments                   Modify
PU 321.00 System should allow for the retrieval of default vendor information when
          creating new purchase orders.
PU 322.00 System should capture and maintains buyer user-ID and displays buyer
          activity with dates.
PU 323.00 System shall provide a listing of individuals authorized to sign the PO
          based on user-defined rules.
PU 324.00 System shall provide an audit trail of purchase orders to the corresponding
          purchase requisitions, solicitation, receipts, invoices, and vouchers with
          forward and backward tracking and accessible via online queries.

PU 325.00 System should provide ability to establish and maintain purchase lead-
          time standards.
PU 326.00 System should provide the ability to capture a Vendor acknowledgment if
          required on a PO.
PU 327.00 System shall provide the ability to capture receiving instructions and to
          carry instructions forward to the receipt (e.g., inspection required,
          quarantine, etc.).
PU 328.00 System should update supply inventory records for quantity on order if
          purchase order line item is an inventory item.
PU 329.00 System should provide the ability to capture a fixed asset indicator that
          designates whether commodity is an asset based on:
PU 329.01     Dollar Amount
PU 329.02     Commodity Code
PU 329.03     Object of Expense
PU 329.04     Other User Defined Criteria
PU 330.00 System provides the ability to drop the "asset" indicator that was
          established at the time a requisition was created if the associated PO
          amount is less than the user-specified dollar threshold, base on the
          State's business rules.
PU 331.00 System should support ordering in negative and fractional quantities.
PU 332.00 System should accommodate zero and negative unit price values.



    RFP Attachment 6.8                                            Purchasing Requirements                                                        PU48
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                 RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                  FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                  N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                 Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                      Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                               Response                   Comments                   Modify
PU 333.00 System should provide ability to issue PO change orders online and
          transmit the new/changed PO to the vendor in the same process as the
          original PO.
PU 334.00 System should maintain original and revised promised ship dates, prices,
          open quantities and “ship via” information (change order process).

PU 335.00 System should carryover open purchase orders to the following fiscal year.

PU 336.00 System should maintain an audit trail of all purchase order changes,
          including the operator who initiates the change.
                                        Header Elements
PU 337.00 System shall maintain the following header level data elements in respect
          to procurement transactions (accessible from the header, but whether to
          print on the PO is optional):
PU 337.01     PO number
PU 337.02     PO Change Notice revision number
PU 337.03     PO date
PU 337.04     Purchaser
PU 337.05     Purchaser contact information (Name, Phone #, Fax #, Email Address)

PU   337.06         Requested by
PU   337.07         Origin of procurement request (Org. code & contact info)
PU   337.08         Start and End Dates for Services (if consistent across lines).
PU   337.09         Date encumbered
PU   337.10         Encumbrance number
PU   337.11         Requestor Name, Phone # and Email Address
PU   337.12         Requested/scheduled delivery date's (if consistent across lines)
PU   337.13         Type of procurement transaction (term contract, open market,
                    emergency, etc.)
PU 337.14           Purchase Category Code (code should carry forward to the voucher)

PU 337.15           Shipping Address (if consistent across lines)

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                              Purchasing Requirements                                                        PU49
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                 RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                  10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                  N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                 Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                      Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                 Business Requirements                                 Response                   Comments                   Modify
PU   337.16         Delivery instructions (if consistent across lines)
PU   337.17         Invoice/Billing address (if consistent across lines)
PU   337.18         Payment terms
PU   337.19         Requisition Number (if consistent across lines)
PU   337.20         Solicitation Number (if applicable)
PU   337.21         Vendor Name & Address
PU   337.22         Vendor Number and Insurance Coverage.
PU   337.23         Vendor Tax Information (FEIN, sales tax, etc.)
PU   337.24         Small/Minority/Women-owned Status (ethnicity and gender)
PU   337.25         "Approved By" fields, to include: "Budget approved by", "Order
                    approved by", and "Received by", along with electronic signature
PU 337.26           Comment fields (multiple) with indicator designating internal or
                    external comments (i.e., internal - only seen by buyers; external -
                    printed on PO to be seen by Vendor)
PU 338.00         System should provide for standard comments that should be selected
                  and included on the PO
PU   338.01         Reference field
PU   338.02         Contract Number
PU   338.03         PO total
PU   338.04         General Terms
PU   338.05         Vendor Acknowledgement required (yes/no)
PU   338.06         Purchase Order Terms and Conditions (may be different based on the
                    agency)
PU   338.07         Type of award (low bid, best value, etc)
PU   338.08         Blanket Order
PU   338.09         Cancel flag (including user who canceled)
PU   338.10         PO Status Indicator
                                            Purchase Order Lines
PU 339.00       System shall maintain the following line item data elements (accessible
                from the line item, but whether to print on the PO is optional):




     RFP Attachment 6.8                                              Purchasing Requirements                                                        PU50
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                       RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                   FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                     10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                        N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                       Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                            Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                    Business Requirements                                    Response                   Comments                   Modify
PU 339.01           Line number (should be sequential and accommodate up to 99,999
                    lines items per PO)
PU 339.02           Quantity Requested
PU 339.03           Quantity Ordered
PU 339.04           Text field (to record reason for any difference between quantity
                    requested and quantity ordered)
PU   339.05         Unit of measure
PU   339.06         Unit price
PU   339.07         Total Line amount
PU   339.08         Item description
PU   339.09         Start and End Dates for Services.
PU   339.10         Commodity code
PU   339.11         Manufacturer's name
PU   339.12         Manufacturer's part number
PU   339.13         Conversion factor (e.g., cases to boxes)
PU   339.14         FOB Terms
PU   339.15         Freight/Shipping charges
PU   339.16         Tax
PU   339.17         Accounting data elements at a sub line-item level
PU   339.18             Multiple distinct fields (requirement covered in General -
                        Accounting section)
PU   339.19             Ability to split line charges to multiple cost-centers/distributions
PU   339.20             Ability to split line charges to multiple projects and grants.
PU   339.21         Requisition number (carried forward from the Req or Solicitation)
PU   339.22         Solicitation Number (if applicable; carried forward from the Solicitation)

PU 339.23           Invoice/Billing address (if entered at header level, value should default
                    to lines)
PU 339.24           Shipping address (if entered at header level, value should default to
                    lines)
PU 339.25           Delivery instructions (if entered at header level, value should default to
                    lines)

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                    Purchasing Requirements                                                        PU51
   State of Tennessee                                                                                                                 RFP # 317.03-134
   Project Edison
                                             FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                               Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                    Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                              Business Requirements                                  Response                   Comments                   Modify
PU 339.26     Contract number
PU 339.27     Recycled goods indicator (multiple levels to accommodate First
              Choice)
PU 339.28     Hazardous material indicator
PU 339.29     Comment fields (multiple) with indicator designating internal or
              external comments (i.e., internal - only seen by buyers; external -
              printed on PO to be seen by Vendor)
                                    Create Purchase Orders
PU 340.00 System shall have multiple line items per purchase order with capability
          for one / multiple delivery schedules per line printed on purchase order.

PU 341.00 System shall provide the ability to create purchase orders from
          requisitions, solicitations, and contracts. Information from documents
          should carry forward to the PO.
PU 342.00 System should support user creation of PO by copying an existing PO,
          editing and saving with a new PO ID.
PU 343.00 System should provide a point and click interface to select the requisition
          lines to carry forward to the PO being generated.
PU 344.00 System should provide ability to:
PU 344.01     Create a single purchase order with line items from a single purchase
              requisition/solicitation
PU 344.02     Create a single purchase order with line items from multiple purchase
              requisitions/solicitation
PU 344.03     Create multiple purchase orders with line items from a single purchase
              requisition/solicitation
PU 344.04     Create multiple purchase orders with line items from multiple purchase
              requisitions/solicitation
PU 345.00 System should provide ability to add supplemental lines to an existing PO.

PU 346.00 System should generate a purchase order (on an exception basis) without
          first processing a purchase requisition based on agency business rules for
          authorized users.

    RFP Attachment 6.8                                             Purchasing Requirements                                                        PU52
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                  RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                   FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                   N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                  Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                       Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                   Business Requirements                                Response                   Comments                   Modify
PU 347.00 System shall provide the ability to carry forward any data maintained in the
          requisition and solicitation to the purchase order in order to reduce data
          entry. Data to carry forward at a minimum (accessible, but whether to
          print is optional):
PU 347.01     The commodity code item number with system generated description
              and additional description
PU 347.02     Requisition and/or solicitation number
PU 347.03     Unit price quoted by the vendor
PU 347.04     Unit of measure
PU 347.05     Quantity
PU 347.06     Accounting information from the requisition or solicitation
PU 347.07     Delivery location
PU 347.08     Delivery instructions
PU 347.09     Bill to information
PU 347.10     Purchaser point of contact information and purchaser number
              (assigned by each agency)
PU 347.11     Vendor point of contact information pulled from the vendor response

PU 347.12      Manufacturer and part number input by vendor
PU 347.13      Agency specific reference number
PU 348.00 System should provide the users the ability to enter the percent and type
          (from a standard drop-down list) of recycled content for each PO line item
          for the commodities for which recycled content information is required.

PU 349.00 System should provide agency defined and maintained edit checks and
          validations at the order level including, but not limited to, the following:

PU   349.01         Valid account coding distribution
PU   349.02         Valid commodity code
PU   349.03         Proper level of approval
PU   349.04         Invalid or incomplete required fields



     RFP Attachment 6.8                                               Purchasing Requirements                                                        PU53
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                   RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                    N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                   Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                        Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                                  Business Requirements                                  Response                   Comments                   Modify
PU 350.00 System should allow entry of payment terms other than the vendor
          standard on the purchase order.
PU 351.00 System shall provide ability to determine volume discounts from a contract
          or agreement (at line item and/or total level).
PU 352.00 System shall provide ability to change purchase order commodity ordered
          – description, part, class, quantity, unit of measure, dollars, vendor,
          account, with proper authority.
PU 353.00 System shall provide the ability to post the purchase order award (full and
          partial) to the State's Website, from the ERP application, if over a
          specified dollar amount. Posting should be linked to the solicitation
          number (if applicable).
PU 354.00 System should provide purchasers the ability to:
PU 354.01     Insert vendors quoted delivery date or start and end of service dates

PU 354.02          Insert “best and final” price if different from offered price
PU 354.03          Refine text from solicitation that does not affect propriety of award
PU 354.04          Add/Select PO clauses and carry forward clauses from the requisition
                   or solicitation
PU 354.05          Attach files
PU 354.06          Designate attached files as internal (agency use only) or external
                   (distributed to the vendor upon PO issuance)
PU 354.07          Look-up PO by requisition number, solicitation number, PO number,
                   agency, department, user, vendor name vendor ID
PU 354.08          Cancel PO for re-award (resource from original solicitation)
PU 354.09          Designate as being a payment/credit card payment
                                        Purchase Orders Issuance
PU   355.00     System employs the following technology for order issuance:
PU   355.01        EDI
PU   355.02        Hard copy
PU   355.03        Facsimile
PU   355.04        Email
PU   355.05        Direct supplier interface via XML

     RFP Attachment 6.8                                                Purchasing Requirements                                                        PU54
   State of Tennessee                                                                                                                 RFP # 317.03-134
   Project Edison
                                             FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                               Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                    Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                              Business Requirements                                  Response                   Comments                   Modify
PU 356.00 System shall allow on-line and batch printing of purchase orders.
PU 357.00 System shall provide ability to reprint hard copy of purchase orders and
          change orders when required.
PU 358.00 System shall provide the ability for users to print all or selected
          attachments from within the application.
                                         PO Accounting
PU 359.00 System should provide ability to define auto-distribution rules and apply to
          the PO, using standard, user-defined distribution code.
PU 360.00 System should create and process individual POs under an existing
          encumbrance (releases against encumbered blankets).
PU 361.00 System should generate the appropriate accounting entries based on the
          PO change notice, including but not limited to increasing or decreasing the
          encumbrance.
PU 362.00 System should provide ability to setup standard auto-close parameters,
          based on dollar amount remaining and last activity.
PU 363.00 System should automatically close a purchase order when all
          commodities/services are received and the final invoice is paid. System
          should provide option to liquidate remaining/outstanding encumbrance, if
          applicable.
PU 364.00 System should provide the ability to carryover open purchase orders to the
          following fiscal year.
PU 365.00 System shall provide ability to close or adjust a purchase order without
          receiving merchandise.
PU 366.00 System should allow a PO to be charged to an accounting area other than
          that of the associated Requisition, with proper authority. Requisition
          liquidations should be based on the original pre-encumbrance.

PU 367.00 System should provide ability to adjust or cancel a purchase order and
          generate appropriate corrections to the agency's financial management
          system for the financial impact (e.g., returns, credit memos).




    RFP Attachment 6.8                                             Purchasing Requirements                                                        PU55
   State of Tennessee                                                                                                                 RFP # 317.03-134
   Project Edison
                                             FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                               Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference                                                                                    Vendor                                              Hours to
  Number                              Business Requirements                                  Response                   Comments                   Modify
PU 368.00 System should provide ability to establish user-defined tolerances (e.g., a
          percentage or a specified dollar amount) whereby a purchase order
          amount may exceed or be below the purchase requisition and still be
          processed, provided sufficient spending authority exists; the tolerance
          functionality should be optional.
PU 369.00 System should provide the capability to reopen a purchase order if the
          purchase order was closed in error (with appropriate security procedures).

PU 370.00 System should provide the capability to reestablish a liquidated PO in a
          subsequent budget year than originally established with appropriate
          security.
                                 Goods and Services Receipt
PU 371.00 System shall allow for decentralized recording of the receipt of goods and
          services.
PU 372.00 System shall provide for the receipt of goods and services to be recorded
          online on an electronic receiving report by authorized personnel, resulting
          in an immediate update of the purchase order status to reflect the receipt
          of goods.
PU 373.00 System should provide ability to accept, process, and report/inquire on
          over and under receipts.
PU 374.00 System should provide the ability to capture the following receipt
          information:
PU 374.01     Receiving Report Number (system-generated)
PU 374.02     Receiving Report Date
PU 374.03     Receiving Report Time
PU 374.04     Receiver User-ID
PU 374.05         Receiver Name
PU 374.06         Receiver phone number
PU 374.07         Receiver email address
PU 374.08     Purchase order number
PU 374.09     Requisition number
PU 374.10     Requisition line number

    RFP Attachment 6.8                                             Purchasing Requirements                                                        PU56
     State of Tennessee                                                                                                                  RFP # 317.03-134
     Project Edison
                                                FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS MATRIX                                                                   10/21/05


Vendor Response Codes:
Y = Standard Function ("Out-of-the-Box")                                                                   N - Cannot Meet Requirement
M = Modification Required                                                                                  Q = Custom Report/Inquiry



 Reference